EIA Report for Proposed Manufacturing Unit of API and ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/FormB/EC/EIA_EMP/... · SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00 EIA Report for Proposed

SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00EIA Report for Proposed Manufacturing Unit of

API and Intermediate Chemicals

ForM/s. NGL Fine-Chem LimitedPlot no. S- 18/3, MIDC- Tarapur, Kolawade village, Boisar, Dist. Palghar, Maharashtra-401 506.EIA Consultant

M/s. Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.QCI-NABET Accredited EIA Consultancy for Sector 5 (f) category ‘A’.NABL Accredited Laboratory, Valid up to 29.06.2016Lab. Recognized by MoEF & CC, Govt. of India, Valid up to 2.01.2019Certified by ISO 9001:2008 & BS OHSAS 18001:2007310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji, Goa state, India. PIN: 403001

Email : [email protected] / [email protected] site:-www.sadekarenviro.com Telephone : 0832-2437048/ 2437164May 2017

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed manufacturing unit of API & APIIntermediates Chemicals at Tarapur MIDC , Palghar district, Maharashtra.

SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd

INDEXSr. No Components Page No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1-1 to 1-111 Introduction 12 History of the project 1 to 33 Justification of project 44 Process description 45 Baseline Environmental Status 5 to 96 Prediction of Impacts & its mitigation 9 to 147 Risk Assessment Study 148 Disaster Management Plan 159 CSR Activity 16

10 Occupational Health Measures 1111 Post Project Monitoring Plan 17 to 1812 EMP Cost & Budgetary 18 to 20

1) CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION 1-1 to 1-171.1 Purpose of the project 1-1 to 1-21.2 Information about project proponent 1-2 to 1-31.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its

importance to the country, region1-3

1.3.1 Nature of the project 1-31.3.2 Size of project 1-31.3.3 Location of the project 1-41.3.4 Importance to the country 1-4 to 1-51.4 Scope of the study 1-5

1.4.1 Standard TOR by MoEF & CC 1-6 to 1-141.4.2 Specific TOR by MoEF & CC dated April 2015 1-14 to 1-151.4.3 Additional TOR given by SEAC-I in the 125th Meeting dated 12th

and 13th April, 20161-15 to 1-16

1.5 Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET Accreditation 1- 16 to 1-17

2) CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2-1 to 2-292.1 Type of project 2-12.2 Need for the project 2-12.3 History of the project 2-12.4 Size or magnitude of operation 2-2 to 2-42.5 Location of the project 2-4




2.5.1 List of major industries within 10 km study area 2-52.5.2 Land Use details of the project plot area 2-6 to 2-102.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 2-11

2.6.1 Status of land acquisition 2-112.6.2 Technology & process description 2-11 - 2 -172.6.3 Details of manufacturing process 2-18

2.6.3.1 Manufacturing process of Diminazene aceturate 2-17 to 2-192.7 If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and

whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference ofearlier EC if any

2-20

2.8 Description of mitigation measures 2-21 to 2-22

3) CHAPTER 3 – BASE LINE STATUS EVALUATION3.1 Methodology 3-5 to 3-12

3.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3-12 to 3-213.3 Surface Water Quality 3-22 to 3-333.4 Ground Water Quality 3-34 to 3-42

3.5 Noise Level Monitoring 3-43 to 3-483.6 Soil Quality 3-49 to 3-553.7 Geology & Hydrogeology of the study area 3-56 to 3-583.8 Traffic Study 3-59 to 3-673.9 Land use Pattern 3-68 to 3-72

3.10 Biotic Environment 3-73 to 3-87

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTALIMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Air Environment 4-1 to 4-124.2 Water Environment 4-13 to 4-224.3 Noise Environment 4-22 to 4-294.4 Details of hazardous and non-hazardous waste generation and their

storage, utilization and management4-30 to 4-32

4.5 Soil environment 4-32 to 4-354.6 Biological environment 4-35 to 4-374.7 Land environment 4-37 to 4-38

4.8 Socio Economic Environment 4-384.9 Odour 4-38 to 4-40

5) CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE 5-1 to 5-3




5.1 Introduction 5-15.2 Analysis of alternative site 5-15.3 Analysis of alternative technology 5-1 to 5-2

6) CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORINGPROGRAM

6-1 to 6-5

6.1 Introduction 6-16.2 Monitoring points/locations and components 6-1 to 6-26.3 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency 6-36.4 Monitoring methodologies 6-46.5 Documentation and Reporting 6-46.6 Budget & procurement schedule 6-4 to 6-5

7) CHAPTER 7 – ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7-1 to 7-527.1 Public Hearing 7-17.2 Risk Assessment 7-1 to 7-27.3 HAZOP Study 7-3 to 7-67.4 Aerial Location of Hazardous Atmosphere (ALOHA) 7-6 to 7-177.5 DOW Fire and Explosion Index 7-18 to 7-207.6 Toxicity (Monds) Index 7-21 to 7-227.7 Disaster Management Plan 7-23 to 7-397.8 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan 7-39 to 7-45

8) CHAPTER 8- PROJECT BENEFITS 8-1 to 8-2

9) CHAPTER 9- ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITANALYSIS

9-1

10) CHAPTER 10- ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Introduction 10-110.2 Organizational Structure Of Environmental Management 10-210.3 Budget for Environmental Management / Environmental Pollution

Control Measures10-3

10.4 Details of EMP Budgetary Allocation 10-3 to 10-410.5 Details of Environmental Mitigation Measures 10-4 to 10-910.6 Fly Ash utilization as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. 10-9

10.7 Action Plan for Green Belt Development 10-10




10.7.1 Design and development of green belt 10-10

10.7.2 Guidelines & Technique for green belt development 10-1010.7.3 Project plot area breakup details 10-910

10.7.4 Proposed green belt 10-11

10.7.5 Area calculations for plantation 10-11

10.7.6 Suggested plant species 10-11 to 10-12

10.7.7 Budgetary Allocation & Action Plan for Green Development Plan 10-12 to 10-13

10.8 Action plan for rain water harvesting measures at plant site 10-1310.9 Storm Water Management 10-14 to 10-15

10.10 Solvent Management System 10-15 to 10-17

10.11 CSR Activity (Enterprises Social Commitment) 10-17 to 10-1810.12 Occupational Health 10-18 to 10-19

10.13 Corporate Environmental Policy 10-19 to 10-22

11) CHAPTER 11- SUMMARY & CONCLUSION11.1 Salient Features of The Project 11-1 to 11-311.2 Conclusion 11-3

12) CHAPTER 12- DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 12-1 to 12-6

ANNEXURE1.1 Statutory permissions2.1 Material balance of all product reactions3.1 Detailed Floral & Faunal Inventory

4.1 Dispersion profile of air pollutants by AERMOD4.2 Details of membership of TEPS CETP, Tarapur MIDC.4.3 Estimation of outlet concentration of fly ash from bag filter7.1 HAZOP methodology7.2 DOW Fire and Explosion index7.3 Mond’s Toxicity Index7.4 ALOHA studies

10.1 consent copies of MPCB authorized vendors for solvent recovery




LIST OF TABLES

Tableno. Name of Table Page No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY1 Salient Features of the Project 1 to 3

2 1. Summary of Impacts & Mitigation Measures 10 to 14

1) CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION1.1 Compliance of Standard TOR 1-6 to 1-14

1.2Compliance of Specific TOR by MoEF & CC 1-14 to 1-

15

1.3Compliance of SEAC Additional TOR 1-15 to 1-

16

1.4Details of Accreditation of SEEPL 1-16 to 1-

172) CHAPTER 2 - PROJECT DESCRIPTION2.1 Project details 2-2 to 2-42.2 Latitude & Longitude of factory corners 2-52.3 Immediate surroundings to the project site 2-52.4 List of major industries 2-5 to 2-62.5 Area break up details of the project plot area 2-62.6 Schedule for approval and implementation 2-11

2.7List of raw materials 2-13 to 2-

16

2.8List of products 2-15 to 2-

172.9 List of proposed major equipments & machineries 2-17

3) CHAPTER 3 - PREVAILINMG ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS3.1 Variation in Meteorological Data from IMD 3-63.2 Wind direction and Wind speed 3-73.3 Site Specific Micro Meteorology Data 3-93.4 Methodology Used for Ambient Air Analysis 3-133.5 Details of Sampling Selected Locations 3-153.6 Ambient Air Quality Status (Criteria Pollutants) 3-173.7 Results of Additional Air Quality Parameters at Project Site 3-203.8 Details of Surface Water Quality Monitoring Stations 3-24




3.9 Methodologies Used for Water Analysis 3-243.10 Surface Water Quality Results 3-283.11 IS: 2296–1982_Inland_Surface_Water_Stds 3-303.12 Details of Sampling Locations for Ground Water samples 3-343.13 Techniques Used for Water Analysis 3-373.14 Ground Water Quality Results 3-393.15 IS:10500:2012 Standards for Drinking Water 3-413.16 Details of Noise Quality Monitoring Stations 3-463.17 Result of Ambient Noise Monitoring 3-463.18 Details of Soil Quality Sampling Stations 3-513.19 Results of soil monitoring 3-513.20 Chemical Classification of Soil Quality 3-543.21 Levels of Soil Fertility 3-503.22 Statigraphic sequences of the geological formation in the district 3-513.23 Traffic study observation locations 3-563.24 Recommended PCU factors for various types of vehicles on urban roads 3-57

3.25 Summary of traffic in terms of PCUs observed at observation point (TS1) - during (08:00 to 10: 00 AM) & (04: 00 to 06:00 PM)

3-60

3.26 Estimated Increase in Traffic Scenario in terms of PCUs at Traffic Sites 3-61

3.27Summary of increased traffic in terms of PCUs due to proposed project (TS1) – during(08: 00 to 10: 00 AM) 3-62

3.28 Categorization of land use & land cover pattern of the study area 3-64

3.29 Descriptive Statistics indicating mean and standard deviation (N=50)3-76

3.30 Indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50)1 3-77

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATIONMEASURES Page No.

4.1 Atmospheric inversion level at TTC, Thane, Maharashtra 4-44.2 Model Input Parameters for Boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater Stack Modeling 4-54.3 Interpretation of the Incremental Values 4-74.4 Water Balance(summer) 4-144.5 Water Balance(rainy season) 4-154.6 Characteristics of the High & Low TDS/COD Wastewater 4-154.7 Characteristics of the Treated Effluent 4-164.8 Dimensions of proposed ETP for treatment of LCOD/TDS effluent 4-18




4.9 Dimensions of proposed ETP for treatment of HCOD/TDS effluent 4-194.10 Noise Level Generated from Construction Equipments 4-234.11 Noise Model Input Data 4-244.12 Drop down of Noise level in Construction Phase 4-264.13 Noise level generated from Operational Phase 4-274.14 Drop down of Noise level in Construction Phase 4-294.15 Sources of hazardous waste generation 4-324.16 Solid waste generation and disposal method 4-33

6) CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME6.1 Pre project monitoring parameters 6-26.2 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency 6-3

7) CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES7.1 HAZOP Study Recommendations 7-3 to 7.-67.2 Storage Details 7-97.3 ALOHA footprints 7-97.4 List of hazardous chemicals and its respective DOW F& E Index 7-187.5 Recommended Minimum Features According To Dow Fire And Explosion Index 7-197.6 Monds Toxicity index of toxic chemicals 7-227.7 Salient Features of Project 7-247.8 Details of fire extinguishers with location 7-287.9 Details of fire fighting system 7-29

7.10 Details of fire hydrant points in the premises 7-297.11 First Aid kit Facility 7-35

7.12Components of First Aid Box 7-36 to 7-

37

7.13Details of external agencies to be involved during emergency 7-44 to 7-

45

LIST OF FIGURESFigure no. Name of Figure Page No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY1 Satellite Image 12 Process Description Diagram 53 Graphical representation of PM10 µg/m3 84 Graphical representation of PM2.5 µg/m3 85 Graphical representation of SO2 µg/m3 96 Graphical representation of NOX µg/m3 9




7 Graphical Representation of CO (mg/m3) 98 Graphical Representation of Noise Level 149 Maximum credible Loss Scenario 21

2) CHAPTER 2 - PROJECT DESCIRPTION2.1 Google Earth image depicting plot boundary 2-42.2 MIDC layout of industrial area 2-72.3 Location On SOI Toposheet 2-82.4 Plot layout 2-92.5 Existing factory & utilities photographs of Modepro India Pvt. Ltd. 2-10

3) CHAPTER 3 -PREVAILING ENVIRONMENTLA STATUS3.1 Methodology For EIA 3-23.2 Methodology for Obtaining Environmental Clearance 3-43.3 Annual Windrose from 2011-2015 3-83.4 Wind rose from 2011 to 2015 (Mar. to May) 3-83.5 Wind rose from Mar. to May at NGL Fine Chem 3-103.6 Sampling Locations selected for NGL Fine Chem. on Google Earth Imagery 3-163.7 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth Imagery) 3-263.8 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth Imagery) 3-383.9 Noise Level Monitoring Locations on Google Earth Imagery 3-45

3.10 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (Google Earth Imagery) 3-503.11 Geological Map of Maharashtra State 3-573.12 Ground Water Level 3-583.13 Traffic Observation Locations 3-61

3.14 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during morning peak hours (8 AM to 9AM)

3-63


3-63

3.16 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during evening peak hours (4 PM to 5PM)

3-63


3-63


3-64


3-64


3-64

3.21Percentage of vehicle count at (TS2) during evening peak hours (5 PM to 6PM)

3-64




3.22 Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area 3-693.23 Percentage wise Land Use classification of the study area 3-703.24 Percentage wise Land Cover classification of the study area 3-713.25 Map depicting Drainage Pattern of the study area 3-72

3.2610 km radial study area (Google Earth Imagery) 3-74

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATIONMEASURES

4.1 General arrangement of bag filter 4-104.2 Scrubber Design 4-124.3 Flow chart of the effluent treatment plant for HCOD/TDS 4-204.4 Flow chart of the effluent treatment plant for LCOD/TDS 4-21

7) CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES7.1 Description of AEGL levels 7-77.2 Schematic Representation of organizational structure of environment

management7-30

7.3 Schematic representation of administrative order of company to deal

with environmental issues7-31



Executive Summary

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd 1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

ES-1 Introduction

The proposed project of M/s. NGL Fine-Chem

Ltd. is a Green field Project. As per the

Environment Impact Assessment Notification

2006 & recent amendments till date, the

project comes in Schedule 5 (f) Category - B1

under Synthetic Organic Chemicals

Manufacturing Units. The company has been

classified as Medium Scale Industry and is

categorized under Red category industry by

Maharashtra Pollution Control Board. The

company is located at Plot no. S- 18/3, village

Kolawade, Tarapur MIDC, Palghar, district

Palghar, Maharashtra.

ES-2 History of the project

NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. has been incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 on 1981. M/s. NGL

fine-chem limited have obtain consent to establish no. MPCB/16/08913/ROT/TR-I/2036/03 dt.

08/07/2016 for formulation of syrups, tablet, capsules and dry powder which is valid upto

07/07/2021. Vide EIA notification, 2006 the formulation units are exempted from EC therefore

the company has started the construction of formulation unit and allied infrastructure on the plot

however the infrastructure required for manufacturing activity will be started after obtaining EC

for manufacturing of API and intermediates. Now the company has proposed to manufacture 17

new products and byproducts to the tune of 62.033 MT/month The salient features of the project

are presented in Table ES-1.

Figure. ES -1Satellite Image: NGL Fine Chem Limited



Executive Summary


Table no ES – 1: Salient features of the proposed project

Sr.No

Components Details

1 Name NGL Fine-Chem Ltd.

2 LocationPlot no. S- 18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Palghar Dist.,Maharashtra, India.

3 Product Type Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients & intermediates

4 Project Type New

5 Schedule 5 (f)

6 Category B-1

7

Area Details Proposed (sq.m)

Total Plot Area 9174.00

Built Up Area 7236.00

Green Belt Area 1521.00

Parking Area 1120.00

8 Production Capacity

API & Intermediates 28033 kg/monthByproducts 34000 kg/monthTotal 62,033 kg/monthFormulation of syrups, ointment/spray, tablets, capsules,dry powder syrups of different capacity

9 Project cost 22.00 Crore10 EMP cost 2.335 Crore

11 Power Requirement

Proposed Connected Load - 3500 KW

Proposed Demand 3000 kVA

12 Water Requirement 159 CMD

13 Fuel Requirement

FO 300 lit./day

Coal 5 MT/day

briquettes 7.5 MT/day (optional fuel to coal)



Executive Summary


Diesel(HSD)

130 L/hr

14 Boiler Details1 boiler of 3 MT/hr steam production capacity and 1Thermic fluid heater of 4 lakh kcal/hr capacity will beinstalled.

15 Stack Height

Boiler Common stack of 30 m high for Boiler & Thermopackwill be installed

Thermopack

DG Set 12 m from ground

ScrubberScrubber 1: 5 m above roofScrubber 2: 5 m above roof

16 D.G. set details 1000 KVA17 ETP Capacity 80 CMD

18 Scrubber2* 200 CFM alkaline Scrubber

19 Effluent Generation 69 CMD (max.)

20 Man Power 150 persons (in three shifts)

21

Hazardous Waste Generationdetails (Category)

Proposed (TPM) Disposal

ETP Sludge (35.3) 10CHWTSDF, TalojaDistillation Residue (20.3) 0.5

MEE Residue (35.3) 37.5Spent carbon (28.3) 0.55 CHWTSDF, TalojaEmpty , carboys , bags etc.(33.1)

150 kg/month. approx. Sell to MPCBauthorized recycler

Drums (33.1) 200 nos. approx.

22

Non Hazardous Waste Proposed Disposal

Scrap Material 50 kg/monthMPCB authorizedscrap recycler



Executive Summary


Boiler ash 750 kg/daySell to authorizedbrick manufacturer

ES-3 Justification of project

The need of the project is justified through the intentions of the company to develop the drugs in

a non-infringing, novel and economical manner so that the drugs are available to the lower

community. The company aims to reduce the demand and supply gap by eliminating the cost

factor. It desires to manufacture and formulate the essential drugs so that it can tap the

international market along with the local merchandise taking into consideration the economic

factor & quality of the products. The project contemplates to serve the health sector worldwide

by producing qualitative & competitive products.



Executive Summary


ES-4 Process Description:

Figure ES-2. Process Description Diagram

ES-5 Baseline Environmental Status:

The study area is 10 km radial distance from centre of existing plant site. All the monitoring has

been completed in various locations within the study area during the period of March 2016 - May

2016. The findings of the baseline environmental status on Land (Topography, Soil Quality,

Land Use Pattern), Micrometeorology (Temperature, Humidity, Rainfall, Wind Speed), Air

(Ambient Air Quality - PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO), Noise Level, Ecological Environment



Executive Summary


(flora and fauna), Socio Economic Conditions are presented in the report and interpreted with

reference to Standards.

The environmental impact of any industry is likely to be seen around 10 km distance. The

baseline data for calculating impact was collected from area of 10km radius keeping the plant in

the centre. The baseline data collection period was March, 2016 to May, 2016. The findings of

the baseline environmental status on land (topography, soil quality, land use pattern),

meteorology (Temperature, Humidity, rainfall, wind speed), air (ambient air quality- PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOX), noise level, ecological environment (flora and fauna), socio economic

conditions, are presented in the report and interpreted with reference to environment standards.

PM10

The results reveal that maximum concentration of PM10 at all locations on 24-hourly basis was

observed to be in the range of 83 & 90 µg/m3. The highest 24-hourly concentration was recorded

at sampling location A5. At the same time minimum average 24-hourly concentration was

observed at location A6. The average concentration of PM10 at all locations was observed to be

ranging between 74µg/m3 to 85µg/m3. The high concentration of particulate matter recorded at

project site (A5) may be due to fugitive emissions and vehicular traffic flow in near sampling

location.

PM2.5

The major source of PM2.5 is due to the anthropogenic activities such as combustion of fossil

fuel, fire wood, biomass burning, etc. The maximum 24 hourly concentration of PM2.5 (46

µg/m3) during the study period was recorded at location A1, whereas the minimum 14 µg/m3

concentration was recorded at A6 location which is a remote area. The minimum concentration

indicates that the residential area experiences minimal combustion and vehicular activity. On the

other hand high concentration at location A1 indicates that the area experiences high emissions

from combustion of fossil fuel and vehicular movement in the surroundings. The average 24

hourly concentration of PM2.5 during the study period was computed to be in the range of 20-38

µg/m3.



Executive Summary


Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

High level of SO2 in ambient air indicates the presence of combustion fossil fuel in the vicinity.

The ambient air monitoring results indicate that the highest average concentration of SO2 is

experienced at the project site, i.e. location A1. High levels concentration of SO2 at A1 can be

attributed to the traffic of vehicles which are diesel driven. The average concentration of SO2

recorded at all the monitoring locations during the study period ranged between 16 & 27 µg/m3

respectively. It should be noted that maximum 24-hourly average concentration was recorded at

location A1 while the lowest can be observed at location A6. The location A6 can be said to be

scarcely populated. Hence low levels of anthropogenic activities and emissions are observed in

the area.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)

The various forms of Nitrogen in NO, NO2 and N2O are collectively called as Oxides of

Nitrogen. The highest value of 24-hourly average of NOX during the monitoring period was

observed at location A1 while the minimum average was recorded at A6. The average

concentrations were in the range of 23 – 40 µg/m3. The maximum 24 hourly value of NOX was

recorded at the monitoring location A1 (49 µg/m3) whereas the minimum concentration of NOx

was recorded at location A6 (15 µg/m3).

Carbon monoxide (CO)

The anthropogenic source of CO is due to incomplete combustion of fossil fuel (by vehicle

movement) or wood around the given area. The maximum 1 hourly average concentration of CO

estimated at all locations during the study period can be observed to be within 1.5 to 2.6 mg/m3

respectively. The minimum 1 hourly concentration at all locations ranged between 0.6 and 1.4

mg/m3. The highest average is calculated at location A1 and the lowest average was estimated

to be at location A6 at Shirgaon Village.



Executive Summary


Figure ES- 3: Graphical representation of PM10 g/m3

Figure ES-4: Graphical representation of PM2.5g/m3

0

20

40

60

80

100

1

0

50

100



Executive Summary




MinMax

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Min Avg Max Std.

MinMax0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Min Avg Max Std.



Executive Summary






Executive Summary


Figure ES- 5: Graphical representation of SO2 g/m3

Figure ES-6: Graphical representation of NOXg/m3

Figure ES-7: Graphical Representation of CO (mg/m3)

which are within the allowable limit of Maharashtra pollution control board limit (MPCB) &

CPCB. The proposed project will be setup in the notified MIDC. The large and medium scale

01020304050607080

01020304050607080

0.01.02.03.04.0



Executive Summary







01020304050607080

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Min Avg Max Std.

01020304050607080

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Min Avg Max Std.

0.01.02.03.04.0

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Min Avg Max Std.



Executive Summary









Executive Summary


industries are in operation surrounding the proposed location. The MIDC area is barren land, no

forest or eco sensitive area or habitation within 5 km radius of the proposed project site.

Monitoring of Additional Parameters:

The monitoring for additional parameters in ambient air namely Ozone, Lead, Ammonia,

Arsenic, Nickel, Volatile Organic Carbon (VOC) & Benzopyrene (a) was conducted within the

project premises (A1 location). The results for these parameters are presented in Table 3.7.

The analysis of additional parameters monitored for ambient air quality at the location A1

reveals that the values did not exceed the limits prescribed by CPCB, during the sampling period.

The values of Ground level ozone were estimated to be within the range of 58 to 87g/m3. The

average concentration was computed to be 69 g/m3. The concentration of Ammonia varied

between 64 to 108g/m3. The average concentration of Ammonia was estimated to be 82g/m3.

The concentration of VOC was estimated to be minimal ranging between 8.2 and 20.4 g/m3.

The average for VOC was computed to be 13.6 g/m3. The presence of heavy metals such as

lead, arsenic and nickel were estimated to be below the detectable limits and thus their presence

can be said to be negligible.

Surface water quality

The results of the surface water analysis are discussed in the section. The values obtained are

compared with the standards prescribed for the respective designated use of the water body as

categorized in the earlier part of the study.

Based on the analysis results of water samples it can be stated that the pH of all the samples was

found to vary between 7.20 – 7.89. It should be noted that the values obtained were within the

desirable limit for pH as prescribed by CPCB. The total hardness was observed to be ranging

between 142.3 to 8542.0 mg/l. The maximum value of hardness was recorded at SW3 which is a

creek water location and the minimum value was recorded at SW4. The concentration of Total



Executive Summary


Dissolved Solids was in the range of 198.3 mg/l to 40536.0 mg/l. The maximum concentration of

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) was observed at SW3 whereas the minimum TDS concentration

was observed at SW4. The large variation observed in the concentration of TDS can be said to be

present since the locations are varied ranging from river water body to lakes and creeks. The

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) & Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) values were

calculated to be in the range of <4 mg/l to 248 mg/l & <3 mg/l to 152 mg/l respectively. The

COD values at all the locations were well within the CPCB prescribed standards. The maximum

value of COD was estimated at Uchelli Creek at location SW 6.

The concentration of heavy metals such as Arsenic, Nickel, Mercury and Lead was observed to

be below the detection limit. The metals namely chromium, zinc and iron were found to be

present in trace concentration.

The analysis of microbiological parameters reveals that total coliforms are present at all the

locations in the selected water bodies. The highest number of Total coliforms can be observed at

SW1 which is Arabian Sea, while the lowest number of coliforms can be observed at SW 08

Surya River. The E-coli were found to be present at all locations except at SW 5 and SW8. It

may be possible that the water bodies are subject to discharge of uncontrolled and untreated

domestic waste in the form of sewage and storm water drainages.

The values of nitrate and phosphates also indicate that domestic sewage can be a major source of

pollution in the selected water bodies.

Based on the above results it can be concluded that out of the selected water bodies (sampling

locations) SW1 to SW4, SW6 and SW7 can be classified under category “E” and while locations

SW5 and SW8 can be categorized under the category “B”. In case of the water bodies classified

under the category “E” it can be observed that, the values of all the prescribed parameters were

exceeded at locations SW1, SW2, SW3 and SW6. The parameters were found to be within the

prescribed limits except for SW4 and which have minimal human interference. It is important to



Executive Summary


note that the locations SW1, SW2, SW3, SW5 and SW6 are saline water bodies. SW1 is the

Arabian sea, whereas other locations creek or back waters of the Arabian sea and hence

experience the estuarine conditions leading to a mixed aquatic environment. Therefore these

water can be considered fit for control discharges of waste water. The location SW 4 is a

seasonal lake and thus is suitable for designated purpose under the category “E” as per the

standards.

The high load of pollutants at location SW6 can be said due to the discharge of Taloja CETP in

Uchelli Creek.

In the case of location SW5 and SW8 which are categorized under the category “B”, it can be

observed that the permissible limits set under the criteria are not exceeded and hence these water

bodies can be said to be fit for outdoor organized bathing activities.

Ground water quality

Ground Water monitoring was carried out at eight different locations. Most of the sampling was

done from the bore wells located in the near-by villages of the study area. During the baseline

data collection it was observed that in some of the cases the water from the ground water sources

is used for drinking, domestic and irrigation purposes. The results obtained thereby are compared

with the IS 10500:2012standards.

It can be observed that the results indicate that pH ranges in between 7.1 to 7.9, which is well

within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. The maximum pH of 7.9 was observed at Salwad

Village (GW3) and the minimum pH of 7.1 was observed at Umroli village (GW6). Total

hardness was observed to be ranging between 208 to 364 mg/l. The maximum hardness was

recorded at Navapur (GW4) and the minimum hardness (208 mg/l) was estimated at Satpati

Village (GW1). It should be noted that the values of hardness were found to be exceeded the

acceptable limit of limit of IS 10500:2012 standards at all the eight sampling locations but was

found to be under the permissible limit of 600mg/l. The concentrations of Chlorides at all the



Executive Summary


locations were estimated to be ranging between 50.6 and 442.7 mg/l. The concentration of

chlorides was observed to be exceeding the acceptable standards but within the permissible limit

at two locations (GW7 and GW8). The amount of Nitrate in the given samples was found to be

in the range of from 1.6 mg/l to 4.9 mg/l.

It should be noted that iron content in all the samples collected was found to be below the

detection limit. The microbiological analysis for the samples revealed that E-coli were absent in

all the locations.

Based on the above analysis it can be concluded that the ground water can be considered for use

for drinking, domestic & irrigation purposes after a basic primary treatment.

Noise Quality

Industrial Zone

The day time noise level at the project premises was observed to be 66.4 dB (A) while during

night time the noise level was recorded to be 60.8 dB (A). It should be noted that the noise levels

during the day time as well as night time can be observed to be under the prescribed standards by

Central Pollution Control Board for Industrial Areas. One of the major reasons for low noise

levels can be the absence of any production, construction or operational activity on the project

site at present.

Residential Zone

The noise monitoring was conducted at representative sites at seven locations for 24hr. As

prescribed the sampling was carried out once in a week and average hourly readings were

recorded. The minimum noise level recorded during the daytime was observed at location N6,

where as the maximum noise levels can be observed at location N5. The high values of noise are

due to the presence of major road which connects Boisar to Palghar in the vicinity of the



Executive Summary


sampling location. It should be noted that the permissible limits for noise did not exceed at any

of the locations selected for sampling.

Figure ES-8: Graphical Representation of Noise Level

Soil Quality

The findings of the study reveal that pH of the soil in the study area ranged between 7.1 to 7.8.

This is indicative of the neutral to slightly alkaline nature of soil. The values for Nitrogen at all

locations varied between 276.9 to 460.2 Kg/ha. Maximum concentration of nitrogen was

observed at location S2.

The concentration of phosphate was estimated to be between 79.2 to 135.2 Kg/ha. The highest

concentration can be observed at location S5, while the lowest concentration can be observed at

location S3. It is important to note that the concentration of potassium was found to be ranging

between 230.1 to 643.5 Kg/ha. The presence of heavy metals like arsenic, cadmium, lead &

chromium in all the soil samples were below the detection limit.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

N1 N2

DaytimeDay time Std. (Industrial Area)Daytime Std. (Residential Area)



Executive Summary





Soil Quality










N3 N4 N5 N6 N7

Night TimeDay time Std. (Industrial Area) Night time Std. (Industrial Area)Daytime Std. (Residential Area) Night Time Std. (Residential Area)



Executive Summary





Soil Quality










N8

Night time Std. (Industrial Area)Night Time Std. (Residential Area)



Executive Summary


Based on the above findings it can be concluded that the soil samples can be classified as per soil

classification given by Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi and Tondon H.L.S. (2005).

The samples can be said to contain nutrients from average to more than sufficient amount at all

the sampling locations (Table 3.21 and table 3.22).

Biological Environment

The proposed project is located in notified Tarapur MIDC industrial area and the project plot

being devoid of any vegetation any sort of clearing/felling activities will not be involved hence

any sort of habitat loss will not occur. The project does not envisages any liquid or solid

(effluent/hazardous waste) discharge/disposal on the ground or in the water bodies within the

study area since it will be operated as zero liquid discharge until the commission of new CETP &

after which effluent will be disposed to CETP & hazardous waste to be disposed at CHWTSDF,

also any species of conservation concern is not present within the study area & moreover & the

project plot being located well within precincts of MIDC area no adverse impacts are anticipated

on the biotic environment.

Socio-Economic aspects

The data collected by the assessment tool had three variables namely; accessibility of

public resources and its satisfaction, impact of industrial activity of NGL Fine Chem Ltd. and

attitude towards NGL Fine Chem Ltd. The data of 50 participants was put for correlation

analysis. The data was found to be normally distributed hence; the data fulfils the assumptions

of parametric statistics. Based on this information Pearson product-moment correlation was

conducted.

It is found that accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is significantly correlated in

positive direction with impact of NGL Fine Chem Ltd. industry activity (r = 0.69; p = .01). This

indicates that accessibility of public resources will lead to low impact of industry activities and

vice versa. Accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is also found to be significantly

correlated with attitude towards NGL Fine Chem Ltd. industry activity (r = -0.53; p = .05) but in



Executive Summary


negative direction. This indicates that accessibility of public resources has positive inclination

for NGL Fine Chem Ltd. in the study area. Further, it is also found that impact of industrial

activity is significantly correlated with attitude towards industrial activity (r = -0.48; p = .01).

This indicates that due to low impact there is positive attitude towards among the participants in

the study area (Table 3.29).

ES-6 Prediction of Impacts & Mitigation Measures

The summary of mitigation measures is presented in tabulated format in Table ES-3.

Table No. ES-3: Summary of Impacts & Mitigation Measures

A) Construction Phase

Sr.No

Environmental

Parameters

Aspect Attributes Impact Proposed MitigationMeasures

1. Air Quality Dust emissionsfrom handling &transportation ofcement/concrete/stone aggregates.

The emission would bearound 0.67 tons/month ofthe construction activity.Workers getting exposedto the dust pollutiongenerated due to theconstruction activity cansuffer from respiratoryproblems and prolongedexposure can lead tomalfunctioning of lungs.

Traffic managementfor loading andunloading of thematerials. Regularsprinkling of water onthe working site,Avoiding Cementdust emission,Managing stockpiles.Creating wind barrierfor controlling thedust emissions.

2. Noise Quality Noise generatedfrom constructionequipments/machinery like spade,shovel, dabber,drill, hammer,concrete mixer etc.Transportation of

The impacts of high noiselevel would beTemporary/Permanenthearing loss,Mental disturbance,Increase in heart rate,Affecting worker'sperformance.

Appropriate PPEswill be provided tothe workers.Implementation ofTraffic management.Development ofGreen belt.



Executive Summary


constructionmaterials.

3. WaterQuality

Water used forconstructionactivity mainly forconcrete mixing,sprinkling etc.

Contamination of the soiland nearby water bodiesdue to the surface runoff.

Proper surface waterrunoff managementwould beimplemented. Stormwater drain should beprovided.

4. Solid WasteManagement

No demolitionwork is envisagedhowever minorquantities of solidwaste generation isanticipated in theform ofconcrete/construction materials leftover.

Unhealthy WorkConditions at project site.

The solid wastegenerated in theconstruction phasewould be disposed offthrough ThaneMunicipalCorporation.

B) Operational Phase

Sr.No EnvironmentalParameters

AspectAttributes

Impact Proposed MitigationMeasures

1. Air Quality Operation ofBoiler,Thermopack &D.G SetGaseousemission frommanufacturingprocess, Nonspontaneousemissions fromtransportation ofraw materials &finished goods.VOC emissiongenerated due tothe handling andstorage of thesolvents & other

The MaximumIncrementalconcentration will bePM10 – 0.1 ug/m3

PM2.5 - 0.036 ug/m3

SO2 - 0.34 ug/m3

NOx - 0.05ug/m3

CO - 1.16 ug/m3

The Health effectsrelated to particulatematter are majorlyrespiratory,pulmonary injury &lung cancer etc.Exposure to SO2 andNOx majorly leads torespiratory problems.Carbon monoxide

1. Bag filter will beprovided to boiler exhaustfor controlling PMemission below 100µg/Nm3

Common stack of 30 mhigh will be provided forboiler & thermopack.2. D.G Set will beprovided with a stackheight of 12 m fromground level.3. Two alkali scrubbers of200 CFM respectively areprovided to mitigate theprocess emissions.Scrubbers will beprovided with 5 m stack



Executive Summary


raw materials. decreases the oxygencarrying capacity ofthe blood by reducingthe hemoglobin. Thehealth effects relatedto VOC emission areeye, nose and throatirritation headaches,loss of coordinationand nausea, damage toliver, kidney andcentral nervoussystem etc.The air emissions inlong course of timemay affect theimmediatesurroundingvegetation staturephysically (leafsenescence, hamperedgrowth etc.) &biologically thus mayaffect the overallsurrounding ecology.

measured from rooftop ofthe building.4. The roads within thepremises are concreted /paved to avoid the dustgeneration from vehicularactivity.5. It will be ensured thatall the transportationvehicles have a validPUC (Pollution underControl) Certificate.6. Proper servicing &maintenance of vehiclesis carried out. Samepractice will be continuedin future.7. Regular sweeping of allthe roads & floors isbeing /will be done.8. Development of thegreen belt along the plantboundary will help tocapture the fugitiveemission.9. To control VOCemission carbonadsorption system can beimplemented.10. Industry to ensure thatat no point of time the airemission concentrationsdoes not exceed theprescribe standards.

2. Noise Quality Operation ofD.G set, Boiler,Reactors,ancillary utilities& transportationactivity.

The impacts of highnoise level would beTemporary/Permanenthearing loss,Mental disturbanceIncrease in heart rateDecreasing in workers

1. Acoustic enclosure willbe provided to D.G set forattenuation of noise levelduring operation.2. Boiler & Thermopackare placed in a confinedspace viz. boiler house



Executive Summary


performance due topsychiatric disorderWorkers developingTinnitus due to highlevel of noiseexposure on regularbasis.

The increased noiselevel may inducelocale leveldisturbances/temporary migrationof fauna in theimmediate vicinity ofthe project area.

where the surroundingwalls acts as a barrier fornoise propagation.3. Isolation of highintensity noise generatingequipments.4. Appropriate trafficmanagement to beimplemented.5. Green belt developedaround the companypremises will acts a noisebarrier.6. Appropriate PPEshould be provided toworkers.

3. Water Quality 1. Effluent frommanufacturingprocess.2. Effluent fromScrubberoperations3. Blow downwater fromBoiler andCooling Tower.4.Domesticwastewater

Indiscriminaterelease/discharge ofeffluents maycontaminate thesurrounding surfaceand groundwater &there by affecting theoverall ecology &agriculturalproductivity.

1. The effluent generatedfrom the process will besegregated into HighCOD/TDS stream & LowTDS/COD stream.2. The High COD/TDSstream will be subjectedto pre primary & primarytreatment followed bysolvent stripper withMEE & ATFD. The MEEcondensate shall bedirected to aeration tankof the ETP.3. The Low COD/TDSeffluent will be treated inthe ETP having full-fledged primary,secondary & tertiarytreatment scheme.

4. The Domestic effluentwill be treated in the



Executive Summary


aeration tank of theconventional ETP.

5. NGL Fine-chem havemembership of upcomingnew 50 MLD CETP atTarapur MIDC. Till thecommissioning of newCETP all treated effluentwill be recycled andreused within the plantpremises. Aftercommissioning of CETPtreated effluent will bedischarged to TEPSCETP (MIDC, Tarapur).

4. Solid WasteManagement -HazardousWaste

1. Hazardouswaste generatedfrom themanufacturingprocess.2. Sludgegenerated fromthe ETPoperation.3. Residual saltsgenerated fromthe MEEoperation.

Unscientific handling& disposal may leadto contamination ofsurrounding soil,water sources & thereby affecting theecology & health ofthe workers coming indirect contact with thehazardous waste likeskinallergies/rashes/burnsetc.

1. Hazardous wastegenerated from themanufacturing process isdisposed toCHWTSDF,Taloja.2. Dry sludge generatedfrom the ETP operationswill be disposed toCHWTSDF.3. MEE residue generatedfrom MEE operation willbe sent to CHWTSDF,The mixed solventgenerated from thestripper column would beconcentrated and reusedfor in-house purpose.

Solid WasteManagement -Non Hazardouswaste

1. Scrap Metal &plastic2. Office Waste

3.Food Waste4. Carboys &wooden pellets5. Ash from coalcombustion

1.Hap-Hazardhandling & storagemay lead toinadequate open spacein plant premises & itmay lead to rodentbreedingImproper storage will

Designated area for Scrapmaterials will be providedin the plant.

Scrap materials will berecycled throughregistered scrap vendors.



Executive Summary


Fig. ES- 9 Maximum credible Loss Scenario: NGL FineChemLtd.

lead to emission of flyash in the ambient air.This may lead torespiration of the fineash particle which canlead to respiration

Daily housekeeping wasteand food waste will bedisposed throughmunicipal wastemanagement facility.

Ash will be kept indemarcated enclosed areaand it will be sold to brickmanufacturer.

ES-7 Risk Assessment Study

Risks likely to pose harm to man,

environment or property

associated with various activities

are addressed in this report. Such

activities include transport,

storage; handling and usage of

hazardous raw materials & fuels

etc. To calculate the risk

involved in the process of the

proposed project; ALOHA 5.2.2

is performed for all gas cylinders.

The MCLS (Maximum Credible

Loss Scenario) for the factory

works out to about 3700 meter in

case of Chlorine (Direct Instantaneous source - Toxic area of vapour cloud). The scenario is

presented in adjoining Figurer (Figure. ES- 9).The Dow index has been calculated for chemicals

stored chemical storage area. Dow Index has been calculated for HSD Tank considering total

volume of 12400 L of HSD. As per the Degree of Fire and Hazard Index the DOW Index falls in

light category for F H.S.D whereas it falls in Light - intermediate category for other chemicals.



Executive Summary


Mond's Index for the toxic material was performed for 1,2-dichloroethane, nitrobenzene,

epichlorohydrin and acetic acid The value of toxicity falls in moderate category of the Toxicity

Index for all the chemicals. Appropriate preventive and mitigation measures have been provided

to cater all the hazards. HAZOP recommendations are included for major products.

ES-8 Disaster management plan

In view of the chemical industry, Onsite and Offsite Emergency Plans are important hence, has

been prepared for the industry. During operational phase, surrounding population shall be made

aware of safety precautions to be taken in case of any emergency situation due to the overall

project activity. On-site disaster management plan and Off-site emergency management plan,

commands communication and controls will be established and maintained. Adequate provisions

like emergency response, response organization, response plan, Material Safety Data Sheets

(MSDs), command and control, capabilities, transportation, medical facilities, mitigation

measures, training, education, public awareness emergency plan review etc. to control any

disaster situation will be made available.

ES-9 CSR Activity

Project undertaking social responsibility is not a business posture, but is the result of market

economy development in some stage, is the inner demand of enterprise and self-conscious

action. Social responsibility has become a new competition after the talent, technology and

management, is the important variable effected enterprise sustainable development, true

sustainable and build up harmonious society through undertaking social responsibility. Since the

project comes under MIDC area no public hearing was carried out. For development &

improvement in socio economic condition company will make provisions for fixed budgetary

allocation for social commitment as a part of social responsibility. After establishment of the

proposed project, company is willing do following ESC activities:

Initiatives for clean environment in the nearby areas under Swachh Bharat Abhiyan.

Plantation drives in the rural areas



Executive Summary


Free medical check-up camp for nearby residents once a year.

Donation to economically backward patients to avail expensive medical facility.

Donate school stationary to needy students in nearby villages.

Action Plan for CSR Activity

Table No.ES - 4 : List of CSR Activity

Year ofImplementation

Amount in Lakhs Activities

2017 11 Initiatives for clean environment in thenearby areas under Swachh BharatAbhiyan.

Plantation drives in the rural areas Free medical check-up camp for nearby

residents once a year. Donation to economically backward

patients to avail expensive medicalfacility.

Donate school stationary to needystudents in nearby villages

2018 11

2019 11

2020 11

2021 11

As a part of CSR activity the appropriate support was given to the nearby school and nearby

villages for construction of temple. Aid for medical treatment was given for needy people in

nearby village. The 2.5% of total project cost will be reserved as a fund for enterprise social

commitment and will be spend in the next years for social causes in nearby area.

ES-10 Occupational Health Measures



Executive Summary


The company will strictly adhere to the rules of Factories Act 1948 & the Maharashtra Factories

Rules, 1963 regarding the occupational health facilities to be provided to the workers of the

company. The industry has provided decontamination facilities for the workers. The health

records of the workers would be maintained. For the continuous and continual development, the

company will train & educate the operators and workers with the environment, health & safety

rules & regulation, procedure and measures.

ES -11 Post Project Monitoring Plan

Monitoring of environmental parameters shall be done as per the guidelines provide by

MoEF/CPCB/SPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF/CPCB. The Table ES-5 explains the approach for

environmental monitoring program.

Table No. ES-5 : Post Project Monitoring Parameters & Frequency

Sr.No. Activity/Area Pollutant PollutantCharacteristics

Frequency Period

OPERATION PHASE1. Vehicular

MovementDust

EmissionCO, SO2, NOX,

SPM in AmbientAir

Intermittent /Periodic

Quarterly

2. DG Set, Boiler,Thermic fluid

heater.

Airemissions

CO, SO2, NOX,SPM from Boiler &D.G. Set & Thermic

fluid heater


Quarterly

3. Scrubbers Airemissions

Acid Mist Intermittent /Periodic

Quarterly

3. Boiler Area,D.G Set, ETP,

Work PlaceArea

Sound Noise Level dB (A) Intermittent /Periodic

Quarterly

4. Effluenttreatment plant

Allparameters

pH, O & G, TDS,TSS, COD, BOD

Continuous Daily



Executive Summary


Heavy Metals &Organic

Compounds specificto project

5. HazardousWastes

E.T.Psludgeresidue

H.W. characteristics As per therequirement of

CHWTSDFproviders

Once in aYear

6. Work Place Airpollutants,

Heavymetals

Volatile OrganicCompounds &

Heavy Metals inambient Air specific

to project


Quarterly

ES - 12 EMP Cost & Budgetary Allocation

The proposed budgetary allocation has been made with a view to install new pollution control

devices & management of overall environment during the operational phase the basis and

estimated costing of the EMP budget is as depicted in the following table.

Table No.4: Justification of EMP budgetary allocation

Sr.No.

Component Particulars

BudgetaryAllocation

CapitalInvestment

BudgetaryAllocationRecurring

Expenditure

1 Air

2 alkali scrubbers. Bag filterwith 30 m common stack toboiler and thermopack. DG andscrubber stack as per CPCBguidelines

22,00,000.00/- 8,00,000.00/-

2 Water

Low and high COD/TDS streamsegregation. ETP comprising ofpre-primary, primary, secondary& tertiary treatment having 80CMD capacity along withinstallation of 20 CMD capacityMEE with ATFD.

1,85,00,000.00 19,00,000.00



Executive Summary


3OccupationalHealth

Goggles, Breathing Masks,Gloves, Boots, Helmets, EarPlugs etc. & annual health-medical checkup of workers

5,00,000.00 1,80,000.00

4 NoiseInstallation of anti-vibrationpads, & Enclosures for DG set &Boiler.

6,50,000.00 2,30,000.00

5Solid WasteManagement

Purchase of additional containersfor storage of solid waste

1,50,000.00 90,000.00

6 Green BeltDevelopment and maintenance ofgreen belt

6,00,000.00 1,10,000.00

7Rain WaterHarvesting

Installation of RWH system &annual cleaning of RWH tank

2,50,000.00 65,000.00

8

EnvironmentMonitoring&Management

Quarterly EnvironmentMonitoring

5,00,000.00 1,75,000.00

Ambient AirMonitoring

PM10, PM2.5,SO2, NOx, CO

Work PlaceAirMonitoring

VOCs &FugitiveEmissions

Boiler & DGSetMonitoring

TPM, SO2,NOx

Effluent(Treated &Untreated)

pH, COD,BOD, TSS,TDS, Oil &Grease

Total (Rs.)2,33,50,000.00 35,50,000.00


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00CHAPTER NO- 1: INTRODUCTION

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd Chapter 1- 1

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the project

NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. has envisaged production of API & API Intermediates with production

capacity of 62,033 kg/ month along with formulation in different forms of medicines at plot no.

S-18/3, Kolawade village, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Palghar district, Maharashtra, India spanning

in an area of 9174 sq.m with an estimated total budgetary cost of 22.00 crore rupees.

As per the Environment Impact Assessment Notification dated 26th September 2006 the

proposed project comes under the schedule 5 (f) - Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry & since

the proposed project is located in the Tarapur - MIDC (Maharashtra Industrial Development

Corporation) area, the proposed project is categorized as a ‘B-1’ which entails prior

Environmental Clearance from the State Authorities (SEAC & SEIAA). None of the proposed

project related activities can be carried out except securing the land until the project is accorded

prior Environmental Clearance from Maharashtra State Environment Impact Assessment

Authority as per the EIA Notification dated. 26th September 2006. In order to assess the probable

environmental impacts due to the proposed project, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

report has been prepared.

The Objective of the EIA studies area as detailed below;

Assessment of the background concentration of the pollutants around the 10 km study

area of the project site.

Ensuring environmental factors are considered in the decision-making process during the

planning and designing stage of the project.

Avoid serious and irreversible damage to the environment.

Identify and quantify potential sources and determine the significance of impacts on

sensitive receptors.

Identify and quantify any potential losses or damage to flora, fauna and natural habitats.




Identify any impacts on sites of cultural heritage and to propose measures to mitigate

these impacts.

Identify, describe and quantify any potential landscape and visual impacts and evaluate

the significance of impacts on sensitive receivers.

Identify & quantify anticipated risk & hazard in the operating phase of the project &

recommending appropriate mitigation measures to minimize the impact.

Identify, predict and evaluate the environmental impacts and the cumulative effects

expected to arise during the construction and operation phases of the proposed

developments in relation to the sensitive receptors.

Identify, assess and specify methods, measures and standards, to be included in the

detailed design, construction and operation of the proposed developments which are

necessary to mitigate these environmental impacts and reducing them to acceptable

levels.

Delineation of environmental management plan (EMP) outlining prevention and control

strategies for minimizing adverse impacts of the project.

Formulation of environmental quality monitoring program for operational phases to be

pursued by the project proponent.

1.2 Information about project proponent

NGL Fine-Chem Limited is established in 1981 and started its first production unit in 1984.

NGLFC is a small scale manufacturer of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient (API) and

formulations i.e. ready to consume drugs for the use in veterinary and health practice. The

company has established a good in-house use and export market for API. Company’s annual sale

in year 2014-15 was 760 million rupees registering 25% CAGR growth compared with previous

year.

M/s. NGL fine-Chem limited have obtain consent to establish no. MPCB/16/08913/ROT/TR-

I/2036/03 dt. 08/07/2016 valid through 07/07/2021 for formulation of syrups, tablet, capsules




and dry powder. Vide EIA notification, 2006 the formulation units are exempted from EC

therefore the company has started the construction of formulation unit on the plot however the

infrastructure required for manufacturing activity will be started after obtaining EC for

manufacturing of API and intermediates.

NGL fine-Chem has an existing production unit located at Tarapur MIDC at plot no. F-11

producing veterinary grade API and intermediates along with formulation. The company has a

successful track record in developing non-infringing processes and scaling them up from

laboratory to kilo scale to commercial scale production. NGL’s expertise enables to successfully

manage and develop a wide range of processes that conform to stringent quality and safety

guidelines.

NGL fine-Chem.’s quality assurance & quality control departments are staffed with competent

individuals with a thorough understanding of GMP requirements. Another existing

manufacturing unit is GMP certified and approved by FDA and US-FDA.

1.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the

country, region.

1.3.1 Nature of the project

The nature of the proposed project for manufacturing API intermediates & Fine Chemicals is of

Synthetic Organic Chemicals. The manufacturing process would involve various chemical

reactions like, alkylation, neutralization, benzoylation, chlorination, acylation, oxidation,

acidification, sulphonation, chlorosulphonation, amination, silylation, reactions and physical

operations like filtration, extraction, sieving and drying, distillation etc.

1.3.2 Size of the project




The total plot area of the plant is 9174 sq.m. Total production capacity will be 62,033 kg/month

of bulk drug manufacturing and formulation of medicines in different capacities. The estimated

cost for proposed project would be around 22.0 Crore.

1.3.3 Location of the Project

NGL fine-Chem Ltd. is located at plot S-18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Palghar district,

Maharashtra, India. The geographical location co-ordinates of the manufacturing unit is

19°47'3.62"N Latitude & 72°44'45.40"E Longitude & it has been demarcated on SOI (Survey of

India) Topo Sheet No. 47A9. The project plot is accessible from Mumbai- Ahmadabad

Expressway viz. NH-08 which is further connected to project site by road leading to Boisar town

and internal access roads developed by MIDC. The project location is also accessible through

Mumbai suburban rail network and expresses trains the nearest railway station is Boisar railway

station located at a distance of 1.2 km from the project site. The nearest airport is Chatrapati

Shivaji International Airport (Mumbai Airport) located at an approximate distance (aerial) of 78

km.

1.3.4 Importance to the country

Demand supply gap: The production capacity is proposed to reduce demand and supply

gap of animal grade and human grade API in the India as well as Asian and Latin

American countries. It is believed that the proposed project will try to meet the 12%

requirement of API grade chemicals in the country.

Imports vs. Indigenous manufacturing: Major raw materials required for additional

production are available in India and can be transported to the plant by road and railways.

Animal grade pharmaceutical products have large business potential as animal husbandry

is major activity done along with farming in India and demand for veterinary grade

pharmaceuticals in increasing constantly. Presently the demand has been met by

importing the API in the country and formulation is done in India. The activity will meet




some of the demand of API which reduces the cost of the medicines, save time for the

availability which results in larger people can afford the medication.

Export possibility: The veterinary grade API and human grade API both have huge

market potential in European and African countries. The pharmaceutical formulation

done for domestic purpose and have great export potential to US, South East Asia,

African countries.

Employment generation: The proposed production activity of this project will create

employment opportunities for Technical, administration professionals also, skilled and

non skilled labour. The semi-skilled and non skilled labour can be employed from nearby

area. This can improve socio- economic condition of the surrounding area.

The company envisages to manufacture intermediates for various drugs such as Diminazine

diaceturate (Anti-infection), (Anti parasites and worms), febuxostat (Anti hyperuricemic drug),

Ranolazine (to treat chronic angina) and other drugs.

The objective of the company is to provide cost effective solutions for customer’s diverse

requirements & to reduce the demand and supply gap in national as well as international market.

1.4 Scope of the study

The application of Environmental Clearance for NGL fine-Chem Ltd. was submitted to State

Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC-1), dated 23/03/2016 along with all necessary documents.

The baseline data collection was carried out on the basis of the standard TOR approved by

MOEF & CC in the period of March 2016 to May 2016 with respect to the letter of intent from

the client. In the 125th meeting of SEAC held on 12th -13th April 2016 additional Terms of

References for the preparation of EIA were granted. Therefore the Environment Impact

Assessment report is prepared based on standard ToR by MoEF & CC dated April 2015 &

Additional ToR given by SEAC in its 125th meeting dated 12th -13th April 2016.




1.4.1 Standard TOR by MoEF & CC dated April 2015

Table No.1.1: Compliance of Standard TOR

Sr. No. Standard TOR Compliance1 Executive Summary of EIA report2 Introduction

Details of the EIA Consultant includingNABET accreditation

Chapter 1

Information about the project proponent Chapter 1Importance and benefits of the project Chapter 8

3 Project DescriptionCost of project and time of completion. Chapter 2Products with capacities for the proposedproject.

Chapter 2

If expansion project, details of existingproducts with capacities and whetheradequate land is available for expansion,reference of earlier EC if any.

NA

List of raw materials required and theirsource along with mode of transportation.v.

Chapter 2

Other chemicals and materials requiredwith quantities and storage capacities

Chapter 2

Details of Emission, effluents, hazardouswaste generation and their management.

Chapter 4

Requirement of water, power, with sourceof supply, status of approval, waterbalance diagram, man-power requirement(regular and contract)

Chapter 4

Process description along with majorequipments and machineries, processflow sheet (quantative) from raw materialto products to be provided.

Chapter 2

Hazard identification and details ofproposed safety systems

Chapter 7

Expansion/modernization proposals: NACopy of all the EnvironmentalClearance(s) including Amendmentsthereto obtained for the project fromMOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an

NA




Annexure. A certified copy of the latestMonitoring Report of the Regional Officeof the Ministry of Environment andForests as per circular dated 30th May,2012 on the status of compliance ofconditions stipulatedin all the existing environmentalclearances including Amendments shallbe provided. In addition, status ofcompliance of Consent to Operate for theongoing/ existing operation of the projectfrom SPCB shall be attached with theEIA-EMP reportIn case the existing project has notobtained environmental clearance,reasons for not taking EC under theprovisions of the EIA Notification 1994and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be provided. Copies ofConsent to Establish/No ObjectionCertificate and Consent to Operate (incase of units operating prior to EIANotification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY2005-2006) obtained from the SPCBshall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents fromthe SPCB shall be submitted.

NA

4 Site DetailsLocation of the project site coveringvillage, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State,Justification for selecting the site, whetherother sites were considered.

Chapter 2

A toposheet of the study area of radius of10km and site location on1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areasand environmentally sensitive places)

Chapter 2

Details w.r.t. option analysis for selectionof site

Chapter 5

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four cornersof the site.

Chapter 2




Google map-Earth downloaded of theproject site.

Chapter 2

Layout maps indicating existing unit aswell as proposed unit indicating storagearea, plant area, greenbelt area, utilitiesetc. If located within an Industrialarea/Estate/Complex, layout of IndustrialArea indicating location of unit within theIndustrial area/Estate.

Chapter 2

Photographs of the proposed andexisting (if applicable) plant site. Ifexisting, show photographs ofplantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Chapter 2

Landuse break-up of total land of theproject site (identified and acquired),government/ private - agricultural, forest,wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etcshall be included. (not required forindustrial area)

Chapter 2

A list of major industries with name andtype within study area (10km radius)shall be incorporated. Land use details ofthe study area

Chapter 2

Geological features and Geo-hydrologicalstatus of the study area shall be included

Chapter 3

Details of Drainage of the project up to5km radius of study area. If the site iswithin 1 km radius of any major river,peak and lean season river discharge aswell as flood occurrence frequency basedon peak rainfall data of the past 30 years.Details of Flood Level of the project siteand maximum Flood Level of the rivershall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

Chapter 3

Status of acquisition of land. If acquisitionis not complete, stage of the acquisitionprocess and expected time of completepossession of the land.

Chapter 2

R&R details in respect of land in line withstate Government policy.

Chapter 2




5 Forest and wildlife related issues (ifapplicable):

NA

6 Environmental StatusDetermination of atmospheric inversionlevel at the project site and site-specificmicrometeorological data usingtemperature, relative humidity, hourlywind speed and direction and rainfall.

Chapter 4

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX,CO and other parameters relevant to theproject shall be collected. The monitoringstations shall be based on CPCBguidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reservedforests.

Chapter 4

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12weeks of all stations as per frequencygiven in the NAQQM Notification ofNov. 2009 along with - min., max.,average and 98% values for each of theAAQ parameters from data of all AAQstations should be provided as anannexure to the EIA Report.

Chapter 3

Surface water quality of nearby River(100m upstream and downstream ofdischarge point) and other surface drainsat eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF &CC guidelines.

Chapter 3

Whether the site falls near to pollutedstretch of river identified by theCPCB/MoEF &CC, if yes give details.

Chapter 3

Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8locations shall be included.

Chapter 3

Noise levels monitoring at 8 locationswithin the study area.

Chapter 3

Soil Characteristic as per CPCBguidelines.

Chapter 3

Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, Chapter 3




frequency of vehicles for transportation ofmaterials, additional traffic due toproposed project, parking arrangementetc.Detailed description of flora and fauna(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in thestudy area shall be given with specialreference to rare, endemic and endangeredspecies. If Schedule-I fauna are foundwithin the study area, a wildlifeConservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

Chapter 3

Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter 3

7 Impact and Environment ManagementPlanAssessment of ground level concentrationof pollutants from the stack emissionbased on site-specific meteorologicalfeatures. In case the project is located on ahilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall bedone using inputs of the specific terraincharacteristics for determining thepotential impacts of the project on theAAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources ofemissions (including transportation) onthe AAQ of the area shall be assessed.Details of the model used and the inputdata used for modelling shall also beprovided. The air quality contours shall beplotted on a location map showing thelocation of project site, habitation nearby,sensitive receptors, if any.

Chapter 10

Water Quality modelling - in case ofdischarge in water body

Chapter 10

Impact of the transport of the rawmaterials and end products on thesurrounding environment shall beassessed and provided. In this regard,options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large

Chapter 10




quantities) by rail or rail-cum roadtransport or conveyor cum rail transportshall be examined.A note on treatment of wastewater fromdifferent plant operations, extent recycledand reused for different purposes shall beincluded. Complete scheme of effluenttreatment. Characteristics of untreated andtreated effluent to meet the prescribedstandards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

Chapter 4

Details of stack emission and action planfor control of emissions to meet standards.

Chapter 4

Measures for fugitive emission control Chapter 4Details of hazardous waste generation andtheir storage, utilization and management.Copies of MOU regarding utilization ofsolid and hazardous waste in cement plantshall also be included. EMP shall includethe concept of waste-minimization,recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energyconservation, and natural resourceconservation.

Chapter 4

Proper utilization of fly ash shall beensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.A detailed plan of action shall beprovided.

Chapter 10

Action plan for the green beltdevelopment plan in 33 % area i.e. landwith not less than1,500 trees per ha.Giving details of species, width ofplantation, planning schedule etc. shall beincluded. The green belt shall be aroundthe project boundary and a scheme forgreening of the roads used for the projectshall also be incorporated.

Chapter 10

Action plan for rainwater harvestingmeasures at plant site shall be submittedto harvest rainwater from the roof topsand storm water drains to recharge theground water and also to use for thevarious activities at the project site to

Chapter 10




conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.Total capital cost and recurringcost/annum for environmental pollutioncontrol measures shall be included.

Chapter 10

Action plan for post-projectenvironmental monitoring shall besubmitted.

Chapter 6

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural andMan-made) Preparedness and EmergencyManagement Plan including RiskAssessment and damage control. Disastermanagement plan should be linked withDistrict Disaster Management Plan.

Chapter 7

8 Occupational healthPlan and fund allocation to ensure theoccupational health & safety of allcontract and casual workers Chapter 10Details of exposure specific health statusevaluation of worker. If the workers'health is being evaluated by pre designedformat, chest x rays, Audiometry,Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Nearvision, colour vision and any other oculardefect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details ofthe same. Details regarding last monthanalyzed data of above mentionedparameters as per age, sex, duration ofexposure and department wise.Details of existing Occupational & SafetyHazards. What are the exposure levels ofhazards and whether they are withinPermissible Exposure level (PEL). If theseare not within PEL, what measures thecompany has adopted to keep them withinPEL so that health of the workers can bepreserved.Annual report of heath status of workerswith special reference to OccupationalHealth and Safety.




9 Corporate Environment PolicyDoes the company have a well laid downEnvironment Policy approved by itsBoard of Directors? If so, it may bedetailed in the EIA report.

Chapter 10Does the Environment Policy prescribefor standard operating process /procedures to bring into focus anyinfringement / deviation / violation of theenvironmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in theEIA.What is the hierarchical system orAdministrative order of the company todeal with the environmental issues and forensuring compliance with theenvironmental clearance conditions?Details of this system may be given.Does the company have system ofreporting of non compliances / violationsof environmental norms to the Board ofDirectors of the company and / orshareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall bedetailed in the EIA report

10 Details regarding infrastructurefacilities such as sanitation, fuel,restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as wellas to the casual workers including truckdrivers during operation phase.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of theproject cost) shall be earmarked towardsthe Enterprise Social Commitment basedon Public Hearing issues and item-wisedetails along with time bound action planshall be included. Socio-economicdevelopment activities need to beelaborated upon.

Chapter 10

Action Plan for CSR Activity Chapter 10




12 Any litigation pending against the projectand/or any direction/order passed by anyCourt of Law against the project, if so,details thereof shall also be included. Hasthe unit received any notice under theSection 5 of Environment (Protection)Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air andWater Acts? If so, details thereof andcompliance/ATR to the notice(s) andpresent status of the case.

Chapter 10

1.4.2 Specific TOR by MoEF & CC dated April 2015

Table No.1.2: Compliance of Specific TOR by MoEF & CC

Sr. No. Specific TOR Compliance1 Details on solvents to be used measures

for solvent recovery and for emissionscontrol.

Chapter 10

2 Details of process emissions from theproposed unit and its arrangement tocontrol.

Chapter 4

3 Ambient air quality data should includeVOC, other process- specific pollutants*like NH3*, chlorine*,HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(* asapplicable)

Chapter 3

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements forhazardous chemicals.

Chapter 6

5 Detailed effluent treatment schemeincluding segregation of effluent streamsfor units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

Chapter 4

6 Action plan for odour control to besubmitted.

Chapter 4

7 A copy of the Memorandum ofUnderstanding signed with cementmanufacturers indicating clearly that theyco-process organic solid/hazardous wastegenerated.

NA

8 Authorization/Membership for the Chapter 4




disposal of liquid effluent in CETP andsolid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryerssalts

Chapter 4

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all theChemicals are being used/will be used.

--

11 Authorization/ Membership for thedisposal of solid/hazardous waste inTSDF

Chapter 4

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed NA13 Risk assessment for storage and handling

chemicals/solvents. Action plan forhandling and safety system to beincorporated.

Chapter 7

14 Arrangement for ensuring health andsafety of workers engaged in handling oftoxic materials.

Chapter 10

1.4.3 Additional TOR given by SEAC-I in the 125th Meeting dated 12th & 13th April, 2016

Table No.1.3: Compliance of SEAC Additional TOR

Sr. No. SEAC Additional TOR Compliance1 The ToR shall be in accordance with the

provisions contained in the Model ToRprescribed by MoEF & CC in April, 2015

Complied

2 Notification of MoEF dated 4.4.2016regarding Disposal of Hazardous Wasteshould be the basis of waste management

Complied

3 Details of recovery of solvents and modeof disposal of unrecovered solvents shallbe given. Details of by-products and theirdisposal to authorized vendors (details ofvendors to be given) shall be given in theEIA report

Chapter 10

4 Management of emissions from boiler toachieve TPM of less than 100 mg/Nm3.

Chapter 4

5 Extra emergency gate shall be providedon the southern side of the plot.

Chapter 2




6 There shall be maximum conservation ofwater through recycling and rain waterharvesting

Chapter 4

7 The use of chloroform should be avoidedand alternative solvent may be used.

Chapter 2

8 A Separate chapter on Risk Assessmentand Risk management should be provided.

Chapter 7

1.5 Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET Accreditation

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. established in the year 1998 is a NABET accredited EIA

consultant as per NABET Certificate no. certificate no. NABET/EIA/1518/SA 021 dt.

28/03/2017. The registered office of SEEPL is at 310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji –

403001, Goa State, India.

M/s SEEPL is accredited by QCI-NABET for the following sectors:

Table No.1.4: Details of Accreditation of SEEPL

Sr.No.

Name of Sectors Project/Activity asper Schedule of EIANotification

Category

1 Mining of Minerals 1 (a) i A2 Offshore and onshore oil and gas exploration,

development & production1 (b) A

3 Pesticide Industry and pesticide specificintermediates (excluding formulations)

5 (b) A

4 Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dyeintermediates; bulk drugs and intermediatesexcluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers;basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organicchemicals and chemical intermediates

5 (f) A

5 Sugar industry 5 (j) B6 Oil & gas transportation pipeline (crude and

refinery/ petrochemical products), passing throughnational parks/ sanctuaries/ coral reefs/ ecologicallysensitive Areas including LNG terminal

6 (a) A

7 Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/Areas, export 7 (c) A




processing Zones(EPZs), Special economiczones(SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes

8 Ports, Harbours, Jetties, marine terminals, breakwaters and dredging

7 (e) A

9 Common municipal solid waste management facility(CMSWMF)

7 (i) B

10 Building and large construction projects includingshopping malls, multiplexes, commercialcomplexes, housing estate

8 (a) B

11 Township and area Development projects 8 (b) B

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has a highly qualified team of Subject Experts. SEEPL

has full-fledged laboratory recognized by Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) &

accredited by National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories, (NABL).

M/s SEEPL is also certified by ISO 9001:2008 and BS OHSAS 18001:2007.

M/s SEEPL is engaged in providing Turnkey projects of ETP & STP along with their Operation

& Maintenance. Analytical Laboratory Services of various elements and environmental

parameters. Fabrication of air & water pollution control device. Annual monitoring service as per

MoEF / CPCB / SPCB guidelines is provided. Consultancy for Hazardous waste Management to

industries are also offered by SEEPL.


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter 2: Project Description


CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of project

The proposed project is a green field project aiming for production of API and intermediates. As per the

Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 & its amendments of till date the project comes

under Schedule 5(f) Category B-1 for synthetic organic chemicals manufacturing unit, also the company

is classified as medium scale industry under red category industry by Maharashtra Pollution Control

Board.

2.2 Need for the project

The need of the project is justified through the intentions of the company to develop the drugs in a non-

infringing, novel and economical manner so that the drugs are available to the lower community. The

company aims to reduce the demand and supply gap by eliminating the cost factor. It desires to

manufacture and formulate the essential drugs so that it can tap the international market along with the

local merchandise taking into consideration the economic factor & quality of the products. The project

contemplates to serve the health sector worldwide by producing qualitative & competitive products.

2.3 History of the project

NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. has been incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 on 1981. M/s. NGL fine-

chem limited have obtain consent to establish no. MPCB/16/08913/ROT/TR-I/2036/03 dt. 08/07/2016

for formulation of syrups, tablet, capsules and dry powder which is valid upto 07/07/2021. Vide EIA

notification, 2006 the formulation units are exempted from EC therefore the company has started the

construction of formulation unit and allied infrastructure on the plot however the infrastructure required

for manufacturing activity will be started after obtaining EC for manufacturing of API and

intermediates. Now the company has proposed to manufacture 17 new products and byproducts to the

tune of 62.033 MT/month




2.4 Size or magnitude of operation

Table No.2.1: Project details

Sr.No

Components Details

1 Name NGL Fine-Chem Ltd.

2 LocationPlot no. S- 18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Palghar Dist., Maharashtra,

India.3 Product Type Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients & intermediates

4 Project Type New

5 Schedule 5 (f)

6 Category B-1

7


Total Plot Area 9174.00

Built Up Area 7236.00

Green Belt Area 1521.00

Parking Area 1120.00

8 Production Capacity

API & Intermediates 28,033 kg/monthByproducts 34,000 kg/month

Total 62,033 kg/monthFormulation of syrups, ointment/spray, tablets, capsules, dry powder

syrups having varying manufacturing capacity9 Project cost 22.00 Crore

10 EMP cost 2.335 Crore

11 Power Requirement

Proposed Connected Load - 3500 KW

Proposed Demand 3000 kVA

12 Water Requirement 159 CMD

13Fuel

Requirement

FO 300 lit./day

Coal 5 MT/day

briquettes 7.5 MT/day (optional fuel to coal)




Diesel(HSD)

130 L/hr

14 Boiler Details1 boiler of 3 MT/hr steam production capacity and 1 Thermic fluid

heater of 4 lakh kcal/hr capacity will be installed.

15Stack

Height

BoilerCommon stack of 30 m high for Boiler & Thermopack will be installed

Thermopack

DG Set 12 m from ground.

ScrubberScrubber 1: 5 m above roofScrubber 2: 5 m above roof

16 D.G. set details 1000 KVA17 ETP Capacity 80 CMD

18 Scrubber2* 200 CFM alkaline Scrubber

19 Effluent Generation 69 CMD

20 Man Power 150 persons (in three shifts)

21

Hazardous WasteGeneration details

(Category)Proposed (TPM) Disposal

ETP Sludge (35.3) 10

CHWTSDF, TalojaDistillation Residue

(20.3)0.5

MEE Residue (35.3) 37.5Spent carbon (28.3) 0.55 CHWTSDF, Taloja

Empty , carboys , bagsetc. (33.1)

150 kg/month. approx. Sell to MPCB authorizedrecycler

Drums (33.1) 200 nos. approx.22 Non Hazardous Waste Proposed Disposal




Scrap Material 50 kg/monthMPCB authorized scrap

recycler

Boiler ash 750 kg/daySell to authorized brick

manufacturer

2.5 Location of the project

M/s NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. is located at Plot No. S-18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Dist. - Palghar, State -

Maharashtra, India.

Figure No. 2.1: Google Earth Image depicting plot boundary of NGL Fine-Chem Ltd.




Table No.2.2: Latitude & Longitude of factory corners

Factory

Corners

Latitude Longitude

A 19°47'6.06"N 72°44'45.37"E

B 19°47'5.81"N 72°44'42.65"E

C 19°47'2.40"N 72°44'42.96"E

D 19°47'1.92"N 72°44'45.13"E

The project site is surrounded by MIDC road from three sides. The immediate surroundings to the

project site are as described table no. 2.3.

Table No. 2.3: Immediate surroundings to the project site

Sr.

No.Component Direction

1 MIDC Road North, east and south

2 Open plot west

2.5.1 List of major industries within the 10 km study area

The List of Major Industries in the study area is depicted in the below table no. 2.4

Table No. 2.4: List of major industries

Sr.

No.Name of the Industry Type of Industry

Distance (aerial)

in kmDirection

1 Viraj Profiles Ltd. Steel fabrication 0.05 North

2 JSW Steel Ltd. Steel fabrication 1.8 NW

3Tata Steel and Wires

Ropes Ltd.Steel fabrication 1.73 W

4 Lupin Ltd. Pharmaceutical 2.95 NW

5 Bombay Rayon Ltd. Specialty Chemicals 1.9 N




6 Galaxy surfactants Ltd. Specialty Chemicals 0.9 W

2.5.2 Land Use details of the project plot area

The proposed project is located at Plot No. S-18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Dist. - Palghar, State -

Maharashtra, India spanning in an area of 9174.00 sq.m.

Table No. 2.5: Area break up details of the project site


Total Plot Area 9174

Built-up Area 7236

Parking Area 1120

Green belt 1521

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed manufacturing unit of API & API Intermediates Chemicals at Tarapur MIDC ,Palghar district, Maharashtra.



NGL Fine-Chem Ltd.Plot No. S-18/3, Tarapur MIDC,Boisar, Dist. - Palghar, State -Maharashtra, India.Scale: 1:50,000

Figure No. 2.2: MIDC layout of Tarapur industrial area.




Figure No. 2.3: Location of NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. on SOI Toposheet

NGL Fine-Chem Ltd.Toposheet No. 47A9Scale: 1:50,000




Figure No. 2.4: Plot layout of NGL Fine chem Ltd.




Figure No. 2.5: Site photographs of NGL Fine-Chem Ltd., plot no. S-18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar,

Palghar, Maharashtra.




2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation

The proposed project is a green field project. The total project cost of proposed project including land

and machinery is 22.00 Crore & the budget for environmental management plan for the proposed green

field project is estimated to be 2.335 Crore rupees & recurring cost is estimated to be around 35.5 Lakh

rupees/Year.

The completion period of the proposed project is as tabulated below

Table No.2.6: Schedule for approval and implementation

Sr. No. Description Time Period Cost in %

1. Obtaining all statutory Permissions with respect to

factory

6 months --

2. Design and Engineering plan 6 months 1%

3. Manufacturing unit construction 9 months 90%

4. Testing and commissioning 2 months 5%

5. Actual Starting 2 months 4%

2.6.1 Status of acquisition of land

The proposed unit will be established on plot no. S-18/3 in Tarapur MIDC. The plot has been allotted by

MIDC to M/s NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. on lease basis through the agreement dt. 22 July 2015. No other

land outside MIDC area has been acquired for the proposed manufacturing project. As the land is leased

through MIDC no of rehabilitation and resettlement plan will be needed for local residents.

2.6.2 Technology & process description

The manufacturing process for existing & proposed products is briefly explained below along with the

reaction scheme followed by the process flow diagram and mass balance. The list of proposed products

and raw materials that would be required for production is detailed below along with source and mode

of transportation. The SEAC-1 has suggested that chloroform being toxic solvent shall be replaced with

suitable alternative. The company has replaced chloroform with other solvents like toluene or methylene

dichloride which are less toxic than chloroform and immiscible with water thereby easy to recover from




aqueous phase The major equipments required for the proposed project are also tabulated in table 2.9

below.

Table No. 2.7: List of raw materials

Sr. No. Material ProposedrequirementKg/month

Availability Mode oftransport

1 2,6-xylidine 668 Local vendor road2 2-methoxyphenol 728 Local vendor road3 Acetic acid 3559 Local vendor road4 Acetone 31892.7 Local vendor road5 Acetonitrile 6555.71 Local vendor road6 Aceturic acid 7125 Local vendor road7 Ammonia gas 1960 Local vendor road8 Ammonia solution 2184 Local vendor road9 ammonium chloride 2700 Local vendor road

10 Ammonium persulfate

1139.75 Local vendor road

11 BLT-IV 4500 Local vendor road12 Carbon 275.75 Local vendor road13 Catalyst-E 152 Local vendor road14 CCA 205.25 Local vendor road15 CCACL 2250 Local vendor road16 Chlorine gas 130 Local vendor road17 Chloroacetyl chloride 748 Local vendor road18 Chlorosulfonic acid 2204 Local vendor road19 CLX-IV 2440 Local vendor road20 DBA 478.5 Local vendor Road21 Dichloromethane 31451 Local vendor road22 Epichlorohydrine 580 Local vendor road23 Ethylene dichloride 26339.25 Local vendor Road24 FABN-I 2506 Local vendor road25 FeCl3 10 Local vendor road26 formaldehyde

solution4066.71 Local vendor road

27 Formamide 1497.73 Local vendor road28 Formic acid 3880.95 Local vendor road29 HBT-4 909.6 Local vendor road




30 HDS-5 1762.5 Local vendor road31 HMS 124.8 Local vendor road32 HMS-III 1020.6 Local vendor Road33 Hydrazine Hydrate 350 Local vendor road34 Hydrochloric acid 22123.35 Local vendor Road35 Hydrogen cyanamide

sol.225 Local vendor road

36 Hydrogen gas 643.5 Local vendor road

37 Hyflow 243 Local vendor road38 Ice 1000 Local vendor Road39 IMD-II 1262 Local vendor road40 iodine 492 Local vendor Road41 IPA 4806 Local vendor road42 iron powder 300 Local vendor Road43 KCL-C 390 Local vendor Road44 KCL-D 375.2 Local vendor road45 MEG 230 Local vendor road46 Meta acid 78.4 Local vendor Road47 Methanol 195062.29 Local vendor road48 methyl chloroformate 275 Local vendor road49 Nitrobenzene 5565 Local vendor Road50 nitrogen gas 124.5 Local vendor road51 NQ 216.5 Local vendor Road52 NX-I 775.5 Local vendor road53 Octapamine HCL 1363.5 Local vendor Road54 Oxime 11394 Local vendor road55 PCB 182 Local vendor Road56 pd/c 61.5 Local vendor Road57 Piperazine 1150 Local vendor Road58 Potassium acetate 2190 Local vendor Road59 potassium carbonate 2280.75 Local vendor road60 Potassium Hydroxide 475.5 Local vendor Road61 potassium Iodate 222 Local vendor Road62 Propionic acid 374 Local vendor Road63 Raspberry ketone 1180.5 Local vendor road64 SNA 500 Local vendor Road65 Soda ash 74.4 Local vendor road




66 Sodium Acetate 149.5 Local vendor road67 sodium bisulfite 25.5 Local vendor road68 sodium Hydroxide 25479.16 Local vendor road69 sodium Nitrite 2202 Local vendor road70 Sulfuric acid 19230.15 Local vendor road71 Thionyl chloride 2250 Local vendor road72 Toulene 25729.2 Local vendor road

Total 487595.7

Table No. 2.8: List of Products

Sr. Product Quantity, kg/monthMain ProductsAPI

1 Diminazene Aceturate 12,0002 Isometamidium Chloride Hydrochloride 1003 Homidium Chloride / Homidium Bromide 4504 Nitroxynil FP 5005 Clorsulon USP 1,0006 Buparvaquone 4007 Parvaquone 2508 Imidocarb Dipropionate 1,0009 Amitraz 500

10 Lumefantrine 50011 Febuxostat 2,00012 Praziquantel 3,00013 Fenbendazole 50014 Ranolazine 2,00015 Ractopamine Hydrochloride 1,500

Intermediates16 TCA (Trichloro vinyl aniline) 1,50017 TMTA (Trimethyl triazacyclononane) 833

TOTAL 28,03318 Spent solvent (Byproduct) 34000

TOTAL 62,03319 Formulation Products*




i Liquid Syrup 250000 L/monthii Aqua Preparation 200000 L/monthiii Dry Powder Syrup (Powder) 10 MT/monthiv Ointment/ Spray 5 MT/monthv Tablets 50000000 Nos./ monthvi Capsules 40000000 Nos./ month

*CTE no.: MPCB/16/08913/ROT/TR-I/2036/03 dt. 08/07/2016 valid upto 07/07/2021

Table No. 2.9: List of proposed major equipments & machineries

Sr. Name of equipment Total (Nos) Material of

Construction

1 Glass Line Reactors 21 Glass lined

MS

2 SS Reactors 29 SS-316

3 Centrifuge 19 SS

4 Sparkler Filters 14 SS

5 Nutsche Filters 7 SS

6 Dryers 32 SS

7 Multi mill 6 SS

8 Octagonal Blender 9 SS

9 Agitated Nutsche Filter Drier 6 SS




2.6.3 Details of manufacturing process

2.6.3.1 Manufacturing process of Diminazene aceturate

A) Synthesis scheme

Step: Oxime to DMA-III

N O 2

H 2N N O H

N H 2

H 2N N H

M ethanol

H 2 & Pd/C2H C l

Step: DMA-III to Hydrochloride

2HCl

NH2

H2N NH

2HCli) HClii) Sodium acetate

NN

HN

HN

NH2

NH

NH2

Step: Base and Acetureate formation

2 H C l

NN

HN

H N

N H 2

N H

N H 2

NH

C O O H

ON

N

HN

H N

N H 2

N H

N H 22

i ) S o d i u m h y d r o x i d ei i ) A c e t u r i c a c i d




B) Process Flow

INPUT PROCESS OUTPUT

Quantity QuantityMethanol 2.331 Kg SS 316

Hydrogenator2.3 KL

Pd/C 0.001 Kg

DMA-II 0.760 Kg Nitrogen gas 0.01 Kg

Pd/C catalyst 0.001 Kg Hydrogen gas 0.001 Kg

Acetic acid 0.150 Kg Methanol ML 3.45 Kg

Nitrogen gas 0.006 Kg GLR

3 KL

Drying Loss 0.136 Kg

Hydrogen Gas 0.041 Kg Dry Product 0.838 Kg

Concentrated HCl 0.709 Kg

Methanol 0.430 Kg

4.426 Kg 4.426 Kg

Methanol RecoveryQuantity Quantity

Methanol ML 3.446 Kg SSR 316

3 KL

Methanolrecovery for

reuse

2.622 Kg

Aq. ML to ETP 0.485 KgEvaporation Loss 0.339 Kg

3.446 Kg 3.446 Kg

Stage DMA-hydrochlorideQuantity Quantity

DMA-III 0.838 Kg GLR

3 KL

Aqueous motherliquor

6.571 Kg

Conc HCL 0.400 Kg Evaporation loss 0.072 kg

Sodium Nitrite 0.145 Kg DMA-Hydrochloride

1.438 Kg




Water 6.698 Kg8.081 Kg 8.081 Kg

Stage -- base and di-aceturateQuantity Quantity

DMA-Hydrochloride 1.438 Kg SSR 316

4 KL

Aq. ML (main) 2.386 Kg

Sodium hydroxide 0.403 Kg Evaporation Loss 0.23 Kg

water 4.788 Kg Methanol ML forRecovery

6.208 Kg

aceturic acid 0.475 Kg GLR

3 KL

Loss 0.25 Kg

Methanol 2.970 Kg Dry 1 Kg

10.074 Kg 10.074 Kg

Methanol Recovery

Methanol ML

6.208

Kg

SSR 316

3 KL

Methanolrecovery forreuse

2.66 Kg

Aq.ML to ETP 2.908 Kg

Evaporation Loss0.627 Kg

6.208 Kg 6.20 Kg

The material balance of all other products is attached as Annexure 2.1

2.7 If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is

available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

This is a green field project. The details of proposed products are given above.




2.8 Description of mitigations measures

Figure No. 2.6: Description of Mitigation Measures during construction phase




Figure No. 2.7: Description of Mitigation Measures during Operation phase


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00CHAPTER NO 3: Description of Environment

Sadekar Enviro Engineers . Ltd Chapter 3- 1

CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIROMENT

Obtaining environmental clearance is a regulatory norm for any expansion or new industrial

production unit in India. An overview of the process of obtaining environmental clearance from

the regulatory authorities is depicted in the Fig. 3.1. To follow the process a systematic approach

is necessary to be sketched and followed which is termed as Methodology. The methodology

adopted by the consultant organization for availing the said clearance is presented in Fig. 3.2.

As a part of methodology, describing the present status of the environment is an important

function which enables the consultant and the decision makers to predict and minimize the

environmental impacts. The present chapter describes the status of prevailing environmental

conditions in the defined study area. The chapter provides insights on climatic and

meteorological features in around the project site along with air quality, water quality, soil

quality and noise pollution levels. The study also encompasses the ecological biodiversity of the

study area.

Other aspects which are indirectly related to the environment such as traffic conditions, hydro-

geology, socio-economical status of the population and land use and land cover details are also

discussed in the present study. For the purpose of conducting the study duration of three months

is taken into consideration.

The Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for the above mentioned functional areas as

applicable in the study are followed from SEE-METH-EIA-02 to SEE-METH-EIA-06 as per the

Quality Management System of the consultant organization (Sadekar Enviro Engineers . Ltd.).




Fig. 3.1 Process of EIA




Contd…




Fig. 3.2 Methodology for Obtaining Environmental Clearance




3.1. Meteorology

Since the meteorological conditions are known to influence the formation and dispersion of

pollutants at local, regional, national as well as global scale, it is important to study the

meteorology of an area before carrying out any assessment of other aspects. Moreover these

meteorological conditions are known to vary spatially and temporally. Thus, it is important to

study the micro-meteorological conditions around the study area in order to estimate their

influence on formation and dispersion of pollutants.

For the present study primary data for meteorological parameters was monitored during the

sampling period (three months) at the site and for reference a secondary data of five years (2011-

2015) was obtained from Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) of Palghar (Dahanu) district.

3.1.1. Secondary Data from IMD

As mentioned earlier the secondary data of meteorological parameters was obtained from the

IMD Palghar (Dahanu) for a period of five years from Jan., 2011 to Dec., 2015. The secondary

data was obtained for Temperature, Barometric Pressure, Relative Humidity, Wind speed, Wind

direction and Precipitation (rainfall). The data for Cloud Cover was compiled from the

climatological tables from the IMD. The monthly average of the temperature, relative humidity,

barometric pressure and rainfall is presented is presented in Table 3.1.

a. Temperature:

On the basis of the data it can be inferred that the study area exhibits characteristics of typical

tropical site having four distinct seasons. The winter season starts during December and it is at

peak in mid January. The minimum temperature drops up to 13.0 C and is mostly experienced

during the night time. The maximum temperature of the season is recorded to be 34.5 C in the

month of December. The season ends in February with the on-set of summer season which lasts

till month of May. During this season maximum temperature was recorded to be 35.9 C whereas

the minimum ambient temperature was observed to be 17.1 C. It is important to note that both

the minima and maxima of temperature are experienced in the same month.




The summer season is followed with monsoon season which provides moderate to heavy rainfall

from June to September. The temperature in the monsoon season varied between 23 C and 36.7

C. The temperature range in the post monsoon season varied from 18.3 C to 36.5 C .

Table No. 3. 1 Variation in Meteorological Data from IMD

MonthTemperature C Relative humidity % Rainfall

(mm)Pressure

(mb)Min Max Average Min Max Average Avg. Avg.

Jan. 13.0 32.0 21.3 20.7 79.7 70.0 0.0 1013.184Feb. 14.0 34.4 23.1 19.7 92.0 66.8 1.8 1011.257Mar. 17.1 35.9 26.4 30.3 74.3 66.5 0.0 1010.513Apr. 21.6 35.4 28.5 33.7 93.3 71.2 0.0 1008.479May. 25.3 35.7 30.8 53.7 82.0 74.0 0.07 1006.670Jun. 23.2 36.7 29.8 48.7 97.7 81.1 430.1 1003.001Jul. 23.6 33.1 27.8 60.0 97.7 88.9 883.9 1002.281Aug. 24.2 32.2 27.7 55.7 92.7 91.4 396.5 1004.618Sep. 23.0 33.8 28.0 60.3 76.3 86.0 485.6 1006.233Oct. 20.8 36.5 28.5 33.3 80.7 77.8 49.8 1009.104Nov. 18.3 36.3 26.8 25.3 88.0 72.8 0.95 1010.951Dec. 15.1 34.5 23.5 14.7 79.7 70.5 0.0 1012.740

b. Relative Humidity:

The presence of relative humidity indicates the level of water vapour in the atmosphere. From

the data it can be inferred that relative humidity was observed to lowest in winter season and

highest in the monsoon season. The highest average of relative humidity was observed to be up

to 91.4 % in the month of August.

c. Rainfall:

The months of July and August are considered to be the months which receive maximum rainfall

of the year. The data indicates that on average 883.9 mm of rainfall is received in the month of

July. In rare cases retreating precipitation from retreating monsoon winds is received in the

month of February.




d. Atmospheric Pressure:

The change in atmospheric pressure is experienced diurnally and seasonally which coincides

with the change in night and day time temperature. The variation in pressure influences the

vertical mixing of the air and thereby interferes with the vertical as well as horizontal mixing

pollutants present in the atmosphere. The maximum average atmospheric pressure is experienced

during the winter season while minimum average atmospheric pressure is experienced in the

rainy season during the months of July.

e. Wind direction and Wind speed:

The details of the wind direction and wind speed for the five year are presented in Table 3.2.

The distribution of wind pattern for past five years data collected from IMD is presented in Fig.

3.2 and the Windrose presented in Fig 3.3 depicts the wind direction and wind speed during the

specific mentoring duration considered for the present study.

The details of the micro meteorological data collected using the monitoring station installed at

proposed site is discussed in detail in separate section.

Table No 3.2 Wind direction and Wind speed from (Secondary Data)

Interpretation: Similar to the atmospheric pressure, wind speed and wind direction influences

horizontal and vertical dispersion of pollutants. The impact of wind speed and wind direction is

greater than that of atmospheric pressure as wind has the capacity to disperse the pollutant

parcels to local, regional as well as global scale. The windrose for annual & 3 months (March to

May) has been plotted using secondary data obtained from Indian Meteorological Department

(IMD). The Annual plotted wind rose clearly shows that, during five years (from 2011-2015)

predominant wind were blowing from South-East-East direction to North-West direction.

Annual (2011-2015) Sampling Period (Mar to May) (2011-2015)

Wind Speed inKm/Hr

Dominant winddirection

(Blowing from)

Wind Speed inKm/Hr

Dominant winddirection

( Blowing from)Max. Min.

SEEMax. Min.

SW32.0 0.5 24 0.5




Figure No. 3.3 Annual Windrose from 2011-2015 Figure No. 3.4 Wind rose from 2011 to 2015 (Mar. to May)

Examining the wind from South-East-East direction shows that, around 11% of wind blows from

this direction during the period of five years.

The wind rose prepared for period of five years for month of March to May (summer season) in

Fig. 3.4 clearly represents that the maximum air is blowing from South-West direction during the

summer season.

By observing the strand from South-West direction it is evident that around 25% of wind is

blowing from this direction in summer season during five years (i.e. 2011-2015)

By observing both the Windrose, it can be seen that the predominant wind direction of the region

is South West to North East. The maximum wind speed is also observed in the same direction.

For determining the sampling locations of air quality monitoring it is important to understand the

distribution of wind direction during the monitoring period, i.e. during the months of March to

May. According to the interpretation of the secondary data for meteorology it is concluded that

the downwind direction is towards the North East.




3.1.2. Site Specific Meteorological Data

In order to determine the prevailing micro-meteorological conditions during the study period, an

automatic weather monitoring station was installed at the project site. The station was installed at

a height of 10 m above the ground level and away from obstructions in the vicinity of the

sensors. The crucial Micro meteorological parameters like wind speed; wind direction, rainfall,

temperature and relative humidity were monitored continuously on hourly basis. The

meteorological data was monitored for a period of 3 months from March 2016 to May 2016. The

summary of the meteorological data is provided in Table 3.3.

TemperatureTemperature during the study period was found to vary from 20.80C to 37.40C during the studyperiod.Relative HumidityThe Relative Humidity during the study period varied in the range of minimum 30% tomaximum 93%Wind Speed and Wind Direction

A review of the composite wind rose diagram for three months March 2016 to May 2016(summer season) as depicted in figure 3.5 shows that prominent wind direction is South – West –to North East. The minimum & maximum wind speeds observed are 0.5 km/hr & 28.6 km/hrrespectively.Table 3.3 Summary of Site Specific Meteorological Data from March to May, 2016

Month Rainfall(mm)

Temperature(C)

Relative Humidity(%)

Wind Speed(Km/hr)

DominantWind

Direction(Blowing

from)MIN MAX AVG MIN MAX AVG MIN MAX AVG

March 0 20.8 33.4 29.1 30 85 58.0 0.5 18.6 9.4SWApril 0 24.8 36.2 29.8 31 92 66.6 0.5 28.6 11.8

May 0 26.4 37.4 30.9 48 93 72.0 0.5 26.2 13.5




Interpretation: The site specific wind rose has been prepared by using the micro meteorological

data at project site. The wind rose thus obtained pattern in both cases exhibits that the maximum

wind is blowing from South –West. By observing the strands from South –West direction it can

be inferred that, about 29% of total wind was blowing from these directions. Examining the

spoke of South West it can be stated that 15% of wind blowing with the speed higher than 10.6

m/s, 4% of the wind is blowing with the speed between 8.6-10.6m/s, 3% of the wind is blowing

with the speed between 6.6-7.6 m/s & calms wind is 8 % of the total sampling duration.

Comments: The secondary data and the primary data collected from the project site have been

compared and analyzed to verify the quality of the data. The comparison of the secondary (for

five years from Mar to May) meteorological data with the primary data monitored at site is

summarized as under indicates:

Figure No. 3.5 Wind rose from Mar. to May at NGL Fine Chem




Minimal variation in the values is observed in the two data sets. For instance the

minimum temperature recorded at the monitoring site was 20.8 C and the same from the

secondary data was observed to be 17.1 C, while the maximum temperature at project

site was measured to be 37.4 C at the same time the maximum temperature from the

meteorological data from IMD was observed to be 35.7 C.

The data for minimum relative humidity recorded at site was noted to be 30% and that

from secondary was observed to be 30.3%. At the same time maximum relative humidity

recorded at site was 93 % while the same according to the secondary data was 93.3%.

It can be inferred from the above data that the pre-dominant wind direction during the

monitoring period is similar in the secondary as well as primary data collected from the

monitoring station.




3.2. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The baseline data for the proposed project is collected during month of March – May, 2016. As

per the guidelines an area having a radius of 10 Km from project site was considered as the study

area. Air quality monitoring was carried out at selected locations within the study area. The study

area comprises of scattered settlements of Industries, Residential areas & Commercial areas,

small agricultural areas and open/scrub land. It should also be noted that the satellite imagery

indicates presence of salt pans on large scale occupying the northern and southern parts. The

major fresh water body in the study area is Surya River to the extreme east and the Arabian Sea

to the West.

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in 10 km radial distance of the project site.

The study area is categorized as an urban area.

Sources of Pollution in the vicinity:

As mentioned earlier since the area is located inside MIDC, the surrounding industries and

their emissions are one of the most important sources of ambient air pollution.

Adjoining to the industrial belt is residential town of Boisar. Along with this, numerous small

towns like Pasthal, Salagaon, Saravali are located in the vicinity. The activities from

residential which are mostly linked with transportation area can be considered as significant

contributors towards air pollution.

The transportation activities other than that of the residential area another major source of air

pollution. A major Highway (Boisar-Palghar Highway) passes from 1.0 k. m. distance of the

site which has high traffic density of heavy vehicles.

3.2.1. Sampling Details

The ambient air quality monitoring network of eight locations as per Standard ToR was designed

after referring to the interpretations related to meteorological analysis of the prominent wind

direction (from secondary and primary sources). The sampling was carried out twice a week as

per the NAAQS Notification of November 2009. At the project site the Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring was carried out for all the 12 parameters for which standards are prescribed by the




CPCB (location A1). The monitoring of five parameters namely, PM2.5, PM10, NOX, SO2 & CO

was carried out at the remaining 7 locations. The reasons for selection of the monitoring location

are discussed as under.

3.2.2. Criteria for selection of ambient air monitoring locations

The ambient air quality monitoring locations were selected considering the following criteria:

i. Prevailing prominent wind direction in the study area as examined form the Windrose

distribution as generated from the secondary data.

ii. Location of sensitive receptors such as reserved forests, National Parks, hospitals,

archeological sites, etc. in the vicinity of the study area.

iii. Topography of the study area.

iv. Location of densely populated residential areas in the up-wind and down-wind directions

of the study area.

v. Site feasibility related to accessibility, security, distances from nearest shades and trees,

etc.

vi. Availability of electrical supply and supplementary arrangements.

3.2.3. Methodology for Sampling

The sampling was carried out at selected locations as per the CPCB guidelines. The standard

methodology for analysis is presented in Table 3.4. The details of the detection limits and the

standard methods for analysis are provided subsequently.

Table No.3.4 Methodology Used for Ambient Air Analysis

Sr. No. Parameters Analysis MinimumDetection limit

1. PM10 IS 5182( Part 23): 2006 5.0 g/m3

2. PM2.5 USEPA Quality assurance handbook VOL-II part II 2.0 g/m3

3. SO2 IS 5182 (Part 02): 2001 Reaff.2006. 3 g/m3

4. NOx IS 5182 (Part 06): 2006 9 g/m3

5. CO Based On Instrument ACE 9000XT 0.02 mg/m3

6. Ozone (O3) Lab SOP No.-SEE/LD/SOP-AA-05. 20 g/m3

7. Lead (Pb) EPA Inorganic Compendium method IO-3.2 0.10 ng/m3

8. Ammonia (NH3) Method 401,Air Sampling and analysis , 3rd edition 20.0 g/m3




Sr. No. Parameters Analysis MinimumDetection limit

9.Benzo(a)pyrene(BaP)

IS 5182 (Part 12): 2004 Reaff.2009 0.20 ng/m3

10. Arsenic (As)Based On CPCB guidelines for measurement of

ambient air pollutant Vo. I May 20115.0 ng/m3

11. Nickel (Ni) EPA Inorganic Compendium method IO-3.2 5.0 ng/m3

12. Benzene) IS 5182 (Part 11) 1 g/m3

13.Volatile OrganicCarbon(VOCs)

EPA/625/R-96/010b 1 g/m3

Equipment used for sampling: The sampling of PM10 was conducted using Envirotech make

sampler (model no.: APM-460), while the sampling of PM2.5 was carried out using Envirotech

make sampler (model no. APM550). The monitoring of carbon monoxide was conducted by

online instruments of Rave innovations instruments (model no.: COA-109). The monitoring of

ambient VOC was carried out using Envirotech make portable sampler with model no.: APM

802.

Sample Transportation and Sample Preservation: The Gaseous samples were

preserved in an ice box (below 4°C) and transported to the laboratory for analysis. The filter

papers were collected using forceps and stored in polythene bags and stored in cool and dry

containers during transportation.

The eight locations selected for ambient air quality monitoring are presented on Google Earth

Imagery (Fig. 3.7). The locations are fixed considering the up-wind and down-wind direction of

wind pattern and ecologically sensitive receptors. The details of the sampling locations identified

for the present study are presented in Table 3.5.

3.2.4. Ambient Air Quality Status

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight locations including the project site

for a period of three months from March to May, 2016. The results of ambient air quality

monitoring provided in Table 3.6.




Table 3.5 Details of Sampling Selected Locations

Sr.No.

Sampling Location& Codes Direction

Dist.(Km) Coordinates

Type ofArea

1 A1 At Project Site - - 19°47'3.49"N 72°44'44.84"E Industrial2 A2 Pam Tembhi WWW 4.97 19°47'25.43"N 72°42'54.04"E Residential3 A3 Pasthal NNN 3.77 19°49'13.95"N 72°43'46.11"E Open Scrub4 A4 Murbe SW 5.74 19°44'34.38"N 72°42'32.03"E Residential5 A5 Boisar NE 2.90 19°48'24.03"N 72°45'21.05"E Residential6 A6 Shirgaon NE 8.29 19°50'19.96"N 72°47'40.56"E Residential7 A7 Umroli SSE 4.46 19°45'9.73"N 72°45'32.64"E Residential8 A8 Maan village EEE 5.90 19°46'49.04"N 72°47'35.01"E Residential




Figure 3.6 Sampling Locations selected for NGL Fine Chem. on Google Earth Imagery

The results of the additional parameters monitored at project site are presented in Table 3.6.




Table 3.6 Ambient Air Quality Status

Sr.No.

Sampling LocationCode & Name Stats

Values in µg/m3Values

inmg/m3

PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx CO

1 A1 At ProjectSite

Min 79 30 21 33 1.4Max 88 46 32 49 2.6Avg. 85 38 27 40 1.8

98th Percentile 88 45 31 49 2.6

2 A2 Pam Tembhi

Min 72 23 17 19 1.1Max 89 35 26 31 1.9Avg. 82 29 22 26 1.3

98th Percentile 88 35 25 31 1.9

3 A3 Pasthal

Min 69 15 17 18 0.9Max 84 26 27 36 1.8Avg. 78 21 22 24 1.2

98th Percentile 84 26 27 36 1.8

4 A4 Murbe

Min 73 17 16 21 1.2Max 87 28 24 32 2.1Avg. 76 24 20 27 1.6

98th Percentile 86 28 24 32 2.1

5 A5 Boisar

Min 75 26 19 29 1.3Max 90 44 30 43 2.4Avg. 84 35 25 38 1.7

98th Percentile 89 43 29 43 2.4

6 A6 Shirgaon

Min 68 14 12 15 0.6Max 83 25 19 29 1.5Avg. 74 20 16 23 0.9

98th Percentile 81 25 19 29 1.5

7 A7 Umroli

Min 70 19 17 23 1.0Max 86 29 28 38 2.2Avg. 77 25 19 32 1.5

98th Percentile 86 28 27 38 2.2

8 A8 Maan

Min 71 18 15 20 1.1Max 85 27 23 34 2.0Avg. 80 23 18 29 1.4

98th Percentile 85 27 23 34 2.0NAAQ Standard 100 60 80 80 4.0

Note: *Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers . Ltd, Laboratory.




3.2.5. Interpretation of Primary Data

PM10

The results reveal that maximum concentration of PM10 at all locations on 24-hourly basis was

observed to be in the range of 83 & 90 µg/m3. The highest 24-hourly concentration was recorded

at sampling location A5. At the same time minimum average 24-hourly concentration was

observed at location A6. The average concentration of PM10 at all locations was observed to be

ranging between 74µg/m3 to 85µg/m3. The high concentration of particulate matter recorded at

project site (A5) may be due to fugitive emissions and vehicular traffic flow in near sampling

location.

PM2.5

The major source of PM2.5 is due to the anthropogenic activities such as combustion of fossil

fuel, fire wood, biomass burning, etc. The maximum 24 hourly concentration of PM2.5 (46

µg/m3) during the study period was recorded at location A1, whereas the minimum 14 µg/m3

concentration was recorded at A6 location which is a remote area. The minimum concentration

indicates that the residential area experiences minimal combustion and vehicular activity. On the

other hand high concentration at location A1 indicates that the area experiences high emissions

from combustion of fossil fuel and vehicular movement in the surroundings. The average 24

hourly concentration of PM2.5 during the study period was computed to be in the range of 20-38

µg/m3.

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

High level of SO2 in ambient air indicates the presence of combustion fossil fuel in the vicinity.

The ambient air monitoring results indicate that the highest average concentration of SO2 is

experienced at the project site, i.e. location A1. High levels concentration of SO2 at A1 can be

attributed to the traffic of vehicles which are diesel driven. The average concentration of SO2

recorded at all the monitoring locations during the study period ranged between 16 & 27 µg/m3




respectively. It should be noted that maximum 24-hourly average concentration was recorded at

location A1 while the lowest can be observed at location A6. The location A6 can be said to be

scarcely populated. Hence low levels of anthropogenic activities and emissions are observed in

the area.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)

The various forms of Nitrogen in NO, NO2 and N2O are collectively called as Oxides of

Nitrogen. The highest value of 24-hourly average of NOX during the monitoring period was

observed at location A1 while the minimum average was recorded at A6. The average

concentrations were in the range of 23 – 40 µg/m3. The maximum 24 hourly value of NOX was

recorded at the monitoring location A1 (49 µg/m3) whereas the minimum concentration of NOx

was recorded at location A6 (15 µg/m3).

Carbon monoxide (CO)

The anthropogenic source of CO is due to incomplete combustion of fossil fuel (by vehicle

movement) or wood around the given area. The maximum 1 hourly average concentration of CO

estimated at all locations during the study period can be observed to be within 1.5 to 2.6 mg/m3

respectively. The minimum 1 hourly concentration at all locations ranged between 0.6 and 1.4

mg/m3. The highest average is calculated at location A1 and the lowest average was estimated to

be at location A6 at Shirgaon Village.




Monitoring of Additional Parameters:

The monitoring for additional parameters in ambient air namely Ozone, Lead, Ammonia,

Arsenic, Nickel, Volatile Organic Carbon (VOC) & Benzopyrene (a) was conducted within the

project premises (A1 location). The results for these parameters are presented in Table 3.7.

The analysis of additional parameters monitored for ambient air quality at the location A1

reveals that the values did not exceed the limits prescribed by CPCB, during the sampling period.

The values of Ground level ozone were estimated to be within the range of 58 to 87g/m3. The

average concentration was computed to be 69 g/m3. The concentration of Ammonia varied

between 64 to 108g/m3. The average concentration of Ammonia was estimated to be 82g/m3.

The concentration of VOC was estimated to be minimal ranging between 8.2 and 20.4 g/m3.

The average for VOC was computed to be 13.6 g/m3. The presence of heavy metals such as

lead, arsenic and nickel were estimated to be below the detectable limits and thus their presence

can be said to be negligible.

Table 3.7 Results of Additional Air Quality Parameters at Project Site

Sr.No.

Parameters Min. Max. Avg. NAAQStandards

Unit

1. Ozone (O3) 58 87 69 100 (8 Hourly) g/m3

2. Lead (Pb) <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 1.0 (24 Hourly) ng/m3

3. Ammonia (NH3) 64 108 82 400 (24 Hourly) g/m3

4.Benzo (a) pyrene(BaP)

<0.20 <0.21 <0.22 1.0 (Annual) ng/m3

5. Arsenic (As) <5.00 <5.00 <5.00 6.0 (Annual) ng/m3

6. Nickel (Ni) <5.00 <5.00 <5.00 20 (Annual) ng/m3

7. Benzene (C6 H6) <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 (Annual) g/m3

8. VOC 8.2 20.4 13.6 N.S. g/m3

*Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers . Ltd., Laboratory

N.S.: Not Specified




Conclusion: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out at all the locations in the study

area as per the CPCB guidelines. It was conducted with an aim to understand the prevailing

environmental conditions at the receptor sites as identified by Functional Area Experts from the

reconnaissance surveys, secondary data, published literature and meteorological data. The

analysis and observations indicate that levels of pollutants were found to be within the standards

prescribed by the CPCB except at the project site as well as at other locations. Highest level of

pollution can be observed at location A1 in MIDC at the project site at location A5 (Boisar). It

should be noted that the level of pollution at location A1 and A5 is close and the values have

minimal difference. This can be a result of continuous anthropogenic activities such as industrial

processes, vehicular traffic, etc. A major highway connecting Boisar and Palghar passes near the

sampling site which may be the reason for high concentration of pollutions in the region.

The above findings were verified and compared with authentic secondary data provided

Maharashtra State Pollution Control Board. The data from MPCB also indicates that the levels of

PM10 were high and near to the permissible on multiple occasions at the monitoring stations of

MPCB in the Tarapur MIDC. It is important to note that the readings for PM10 were observed to

remain consistently high during the monitoring period. The observations of statistical analysis

indicate that there is negligible degree of variation in the 98th Percentile values compared to the

maximum values at all the sampling locations. It is important to highlight that the present project

is a Greenfield project.

The results of additional parameters monitored at the project site reveal that the permissible

limits of exposure were not exceeded on any occasion.

The lowest level of pollution is experienced at location A6. The reason for the low

concentrations of pollutants can be said to be its remote location and scarce population.




3.3. Surface Water Quality

3.3.1. Surface water sources in the study area

The study area when observed in satellite images reveals that the area has presence of Arabian

Sea on the Western side as the major Surface Water body. The Arabian Sea is observed to

ingress into the study area in the form of few creeklets and creek. The creeks in the area are

known as Satpati Creek and Dandi Creek. Apart from the salt water body, the major fresh water

body in the area runs on the Far East side of the study area and is known as Surya River. Another

small river known as Banganga River is also reported to be flowing in the study area.

The area has presence of canal which carries water from the Surya River and in from North East

to South West Direction. The canal can be observed to be dry during the summer season.The

river later joins the Arabian Sea on the Western Coast at Virar, Thane Dist. Apart from this the

study area also has presence of few artificial lakes, located within the radius 10km. The lakes

found in the study area are mostly used for recreational purposes. One of the most peculiar

features of the study area is that it has presence of several stagnant water bodies, which are used

as Salt Pans and hence such sites were not considered for sampling. The sampling locations for

the water bodies were finalized after reconnaissance survey and consultation with the functional

area experts from the respective areas.

3.3.2. Probable sources of surface water pollution in the study can be said to be:

The Surya River Stretch in the study area is originating in the hilly area of Kawadas. On

its way it is expected to be subjected to run-offs from agricultural fields and orchards which use

chemical fertilizers for plantations. Also on certain occasions in the study area the river is also

subjected to domestic discharges from the surrounding residential areas.

3.3.3. Sampling Methodology

a. Criteria for Selection of sampling locations

The locations were selected by the respective FAEs after considering the following points-




1. The sampling locations were selected based on upstream and downstream uses of the

water body.

2. Drainage Pattern.

3. Mouth of local/MIDC drains into the river.

4. Lake/Dam in the study area.5. Water bodies which may be affected due to the proposed activity.

Based on the above understanding the selected sampling locations are presented on Google Earth

Imagery in Fig. 3.8. A total of eight sampling locations were selected for the present study. The

details of sampling locations are provided in Table 3.8.The list of parameters assessed and the

methodologies for analysis of water samples are presented in Table 3.9. The method detection

limits are also provided in the table with respective units of measurement.


Grab samples were collected from the identified surface water bodies located in the study area.

The sampling frequency was once during the sampling period of the proposed project (study

period – March to May, 2016).

3.3.5. Sample Collection, Preservation and Transportation:

Sampling was carried out by trained personnel with relevant experience and knowledge of

sampling. It is also important to note that care should be taken that the samples are not altered

significantly in their condition and are in a state acceptable for analysis at the laboratory. Hence,

it is vital that all the procedures are followed during the process of sample transport and storage

in order to ensure homogeneity of the samples.

The key aspects which were focused during transport and storage are highlighted as under:

• Samples were collected in HDPE containers and packed to avoid breakage and cross-

contamination.

• Sample degradation was reduced through appropriate preservation and 1ml 1N HNO3 per

liter of sample was added for analysis of selected metals.




• Sample containers were sealed, labeled and carefully packed with an appropriate packing

material and stored in chilled containers (around 4C). The chain of custody records was

also maintained as per standard protocol.

• Microbiology samples were collected in sterile Pyrex-glass bottles

• The pH and Temperature were monitored at the time of collection and the DO was fixed

on site.

Table No. 3.8 Details of Surface Water Quality Monitoring Stations

Sr.No.

Sampling Location DirectionDist.(Km) Lat Long

Type ofWaterBody

1 SW 01Satpati- ArabianSea

SSW 8.59 19°43'5.65"N 72°42'1.05"ESea

Water

2 SW 02 Murbe Creek SSW 6.12 19°44'18.43"N 72°42'35.30"ECreekWater

3 SW 03 Kumbhawali SSW 3.29 19°45'41.20"N 72°43'30.84"ECreekWater

4 SW 04 Saravali SE 0.8 19°46'44.35"N 72°45'3.57"EPondWater

5 SW 05Banganga atPasthal

NNN 4.7 19°49'25.43"N 72°43'50.59"ERiverWater

6 SW 06 Uchelli NWW 5.8 19°48'11.35"N 72°41'38.63"ECreekWater

7 SW 07 Alewadi SWW 5.5 19°46'30.03"N 72°41'36.89"EPondWater

8 SW 08 Surya River E 9.8 19°47'3.82"N 72°50'24.26"ERiverWater

Table No.3.9: Methodologies Used for Surface Water Analysis

Sr. No. Parameter Method Detection Limit/Unit

1 pH APHA 4500 H+ - B 0.01-142 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 2540 - C 5.00 mg/lit3 Chlorides as Cl - APHA 4500 Cl- - B 10.00 mg/lit4 Sulphate as SO4

- APHA 4500 SO42- - E 1.00 mg/lit

5 Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 2340 - C 2.00 mg/lit6 Nitrate as NO3 APHA-4500-NO3-B 1.00 mg/lit




Sr. No. Parameter Method Detection Limit/Unit

7 Fluoride as F- APHA-4500-F- - D 0.02 mg/lit8 Phosphate APHA-4500-PC 1.00 mg/lit9 Bicarbonate APHA 2340 - B 1.00 mg/lit

10 COD APHA-5220-B 4.00 mg/lit11 BOD APHA-5210-B 3.00 mg/lit12 DO APHA-4500-C 1.00 mg/lit13 Arsenic as As APHA- 3114-B 0.01 mg/lit14 Calcium as Ca APHA- 3500-B 1.00 mg/lit15 Cadmium as Cd APHA- 3111-B 0.003 mg/lit16 Chromium as Cr APHA- 3112-B 0.05 mg/lit17 Iron as Fe APHA- 3111-B 0.3 mg/lit18 Lead as Pb APHA- 3111-B 0.01 mg/lit19 Magnesium as Mg APHA- 3111-B 1.00 mg/lit20 Mercury as Hg APHA- 3112-B 0.001 mg/lit21 Nickel as Ni APHA- 3111-B 0.02 mg/lit22 Potassium as K APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit23 Sodium as Na APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit24 Zinc as Zn APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit

25Total coliforms at 370C for 48hrs.

APHA-9221-B Absent

26 Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. APHA-9221-G Absent




Fig No 3.7: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth Imagery)

The results for the sampling are presented in Table 3.10. It should be noted that the water from

the selected water bodies for sampling locations is used for different purposes. Based on their

usage these are water bodies are categorized as per CPCB guidelines. The categorization was




also on the basis of field observations and experience of respective Functional Area Experts. The

criteria for classification of the water bodies are provided in Table 3.11.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed manufacturing unit of API & API Intermediates Chemicals at TarapurMIDC , Palghar district, Maharashtra.



Table No. 3.10 Surface Water Quality ResultsSr.No.

ParametersLocations

UnitSW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8

1. pH 7.63 7.20 7.89 7.48 7.55 7.70 7.69 7.63 -2. Total Dissolved Solids 38364 26598 40536 198.3 2796 30824 368 458 mg/lit3. Chlorides as Cl - 18652 15432 20185.5 23.6 1156 15634 47.2 52 mg/lit4. Sulphate as SO4

- 3682 680 2864.5 19.6 308.2 2864 39.3 45 mg/lit5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 5126.9 6128.0 8542.0 142.3 207.4 1586.0 264.4 288.9 mg/lit6. Nitrate as NO3 4.7 5.9 6.2 3.28 2.8 5.8 4.5 6.42 mg/lit7. Fluoride as F- 1.24 0.86 1.32 0.71 0.46 0.66 0.68 0.34 mg/lit8. Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit9. PO4-- 3.6 3.8 4.3 1.7 1.6 2.7 1.5 1.2 mg/lit10. Bicarbonates 524 468 496 120.6 186 359 238 250.3 mg/lit11. Calcium as Ca 682 188.4 868 27.4 187.4 357.2 69.1 70.4 mg/lit12. Cadmium as Cd <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 mg/lit13. Iron as Fe 0.68 0.42 0.38 0.40 <0.3 0.45 <0.3 <0.3 mg/lit14. Lead as Pb <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit15. Magnesium as Mg 1245 302 1548.1 17.9 42.3 168.5 24.7 27.2 mg/lit16. Chromium as Cr 0.36 0.22 0.28 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/lit17. Mercury as Hg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/lit18. K+ 112 116 86.2 1.2 22.7 68.2 2.1 1.3 mg/lit19. Nickel as Ni 0.16 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit20. Na+ 12467 9486 13268 12.6 864 10682 26 30 mg/lit21. Zinc as Zn 0.72 0.56 0.64 0.13 0.22 0.42 0.16 <0.1 mg/lit22. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. >1600 500 690 33 27 480 25 20 Org/100ml23. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Present Present Present Present Absent Present Present Absent Org/100ml24. COD 45 116 240 24 <4 248 20 <4 mg/lit25. BOD 10 42 152 8.6 <3 90 9.6 <3 mg/lit26. DO 6.1 5.9 4.7 5.7 5.3 5.2 5.4 5.6 mg/lit

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers . Ltd., Laboratory




Table No. 3.11 IS: 2296–1982_Inland_Surface_Water_Stds

Parameter A B C D E UnitpH 6.5-8.5EC - - 1000 2250 mS/cColor 10 300 300 - - Hazen

OdorAgreeabl

e- - - - -

TSS - - - - - mg/lTDS 500 - 1500 - 2100 mg/lTurbidity - - - - - mg/lAlkalinityasCaCO3 - - - - - mg/lChloride as Cl 250 - 600 - 600 mg/lSulphateasSO4 400 - 400 - 1000 mg/lNitratesasNO3 20 - 50 - - mg/lHardnessasCaCO3 300 - - - - mg/lCalciumasCaCO3 200 - - - - mg/lMagnesiumasCaCO3 100 - - - - mg/lSodium as Na - - - - - mg/lPotassium as K - - - - - mg/lFluoride as F 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - mg/lIron as Fe 0.3 - 50 - - mg/lDO 6 5 4 - - mg/lCOD - - - - - mg/lBODat27oC 2 3 3 - - mg/lA-Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfectionB-Outdoor bathing(organized)C-Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfectionD - Propagation of wild life, fisheriesE -Irrigation, industrial, cooling, controlled waste disposal




3.3.6. Interpretation

The results of the surface water analysis are discussed in the section. The values obtained are

compared with the standards prescribed for the respective designated use of the water body as

categorized in the earlier part of the study.

Based on the analysis results of water samples it can be stated that the pH of all the samples was

found to vary between 7.20 – 7.89. It should be noted that the values obtained were within the

desirable limit for pH as prescribed by CPCB. The total hardness was observed to be ranging between

142.3 to 8542.0 mg/l. The maximum value of hardness was recorded at SW3 which is a creek water

location and the minimum value was recorded at SW4. The concentration of Total Dissolved Solids

was in the range of 198.3 mg/l to 40536.0 mg/l. The maximum concentration of Total Dissolved

Solids (TDS) was observed at SW3 whereas the minimum TDS concentration was observed at SW4.

The large variation observed in the concentration of TDS can be said to be present since the locations

are varied ranging from river water body to lakes and creeks. The Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

& Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) values were calculated to be in the range of <4 mg/l to 248

mg/l & <3 mg/l to 152 mg/l respectively. The COD values at all the locations were well within the

CPCB prescribed standards. The maximum value of COD was estimated at Uchelli Creek at location

SW 6.

The concentration of heavy metals such as Arsenic, Nickel, Mercury and Lead was observed to be

below the detection limit. The metals namely chromium, zinc and iron were found to be present in

trace concentration.

The analysis of microbiological parameters reveals that total coliforms are present at all the locations

in the selected water bodies. The highest number of Total coliforms can be observed at SW1 which is

Arabian Sea, while the lowest number of coliforms can be observed at SW 08 Surya River. The E-

coli were found to be present at all locations except at SW 5 and SW8. It may be possible that the




water bodies are subject to discharge of uncontrolled and untreated domestic waste in the form of

sewage and storm water drainages.

The values of nitrate and phosphates also indicate that domestic sewage can be a major source of

pollution in the selected water bodies.

Based on the above results it can be concluded that out of the selected water bodies (sampling

locations) SW1 to SW4, SW6 and SW7 can be classified under category “E” and while locations

SW5 and SW8 can be categorized under the category “B”. In case of the water bodies classified

under the category “E” it can be observed that, the values of all the prescribed parameters were

exceeded at locations SW1, SW2, SW3 and SW6. The parameters were found to be within the

prescribed limits except for SW4 and which have minimal human interference. It is important to note

that the locations SW1, SW2, SW3, SW5 and SW6 are saline water bodies. SW1 is the Arabian sea,

whereas other locations creek or back waters of the Arabian sea and hence experience the estuarine

conditions leading to a mixed aquatic environment. Therefore these water can be considered fit for

control discharges of waste water. The location SW 4 is a seasonal lake and thus is suitable for

designated purpose under the category “E” as per the standards.

The high load of pollutants at location SW6 can be said due to the discharge of Taloja CETP in

Uchelli Creek.

In the case of location SW5 and SW8 which are categorized under the category “B”, it can be

observed that the permissible limits set under the criteria are not exceeded and hence these water

bodies can be said to be fit for outdoor organized bathing activities.




Based on the above results and inferences it can be stated that the water from the above water bodies

can be said to be fit for their designated purpose under the “B and E” category as compared to the

permissible limits provided therein for the Inland Surface Water Standards.

3.3.7. Whether the site falls near to the polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF& CC

The proposed project of NGL Fine Chem falls at a distance of 9.8 Km from Surya River which is not

identified as polluted river by CPCB.

(Reference: Series: MINARS/37 /2014-15 RIVER STRETCHES FOR RESTORATION OF

WATER QUALITY by CPCB, dated Feb 2015.)




3.4. Ground Water Quality

3.4.1. Ground water sources in the study area

Although, fresh water is supplied by the pipeline in the areas of Tarapur and Boisar city, ground

water is used as an alternate source in surrounding villages for drinking and domestic purposes.

Therefore it is important to assess the existing baseline status of the ground water quality.

3.4.2. Probable sources of ground water pollution in the study area

The major factors that can affect the ground water quality in the study area can be said to be

uncontrolled discharge of treated and/or untreated industrial effluent, open discharge of treated

and/or untreated sewerage. Apart from the above ground water can be polluted by other activities

such as use of excessive chemical fertilizers in farming, leaching from landfills having toxic or

municipal solid waste, leakage of waste disposal pipelines of CETPs and STPs, etc.


The section discusses regarding the sampling related procedures, methodologies and parameters

selected for analysis. The section also highlights the criteria adopted for selection of ground

water sampling locations.

The selected sampling locations and their coordinates are presented in Table 3.12.

Table No. 3.12 Details of Sampling Locations for Ground Water samples

Sr.No. Sampling Location Direction Aerial

Dist. (Km) Lat Long Source ofSampling

1 GW1 Satpati SW 8.1 19°43'23.29"N 72°42'10.23"E Hand Pump

2 GW2 Boisar NNE 2.3 19°48'12.25"N 72°45'14.99"E Bore well

3 GW3 Salwad NNW 3.8 19°48'33.16"N 72°43'14.08"E Bore well

4 GW4 Navapur WWW 5.8 19°47'18.39"N 72°41'23.90"E Bore well

5 GW5 Maan EEE 5.1 19°46'53.48"N 72°47'39.95"E Bore well

6 GW6 Umroli SSE 3.6 19°45'16.31"N 72°45'36.53"E Bore well

7 GW7 Saravali SE 0.86 19°46'39.18"N 72°44'57.80"E Hand Pump8 GW8 Nandgaon SWW 6.3 19°45'52.42"N 72°41'20.60"E Bore well




As suggested by the FAE and the guidelines provided in the Standard ToR, sampling was

decided to be carried out at 8 locations. The water quality monitoring network was designed with

the intention to evaluate the prevailing ground water quality in the study area. The sampling

frequency was once in a season (study period – March to May, 2016). The details of the

methodology for ground water sampling are provided in Table No. 3.13.

3.4.4. Selection criteria for water quality sampling locations

The sampling sites were selected considering after conducting a reconnaissance survey. While

conducting the survey followings points were considered for finalization of sampling locations -

1. Drainage Pattern.

2. Areas which may be affected due to the proposed activity.

3. Any probable locations with open discharge of sewage or waste water.

4. Location of any solid waste dumping facility in the vicinity of the project site.

5. Feasibility and accessibility to the sampling locations

Apart from this in cases where the sampling locations are situated close to MIDC areas, ground

water pollution can be said to be affected by underground (illegal) discharging of waste water by

the industrial units. If any such cases are reported then sampling is conducted in the surrounding

area.

Based on the above criteria eight sampling locations were selected for the present study.

These locations are marked on Google Earth Imagery in Fig. 3.8.

The results for analysis conducted are presented in Table 3.14. These results are compared

with the drinking water standards provided by IS (Table 3.15).

The aspects related to Sample Collection, Preservation and Transportation are described in

detail in the above section 3.3.5.




Table.3.13 Parameters and Methodologies for Analysis of Ground Water

Samples

Sr. No. Parameter Method Detection Limit/Unit1. pH APHA 4500 H+ - B 0.01-142. Total Dissolved Solids APHA 2540 - C 5.00 mg/lit3. Chlorides as Cl - APHA 4500 Cl- - B 10.00 mg/lit

4. Sulphate as SO4- APHA 4500 SO4

2 -E

1.00 mg/lit

5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 2340 - C 2.00 mg/lit6. Nitrate as NO3 APHA-4500-NO3-B 1.00 mg/lit7. Fluoride as F- APHA-4500-F- - D 0.02 mg/lit8. Phosphate APHA-4500-PC 1.00 mg/lit9. Bicarbonate APHA 2340 - B 1.00 mg/lit10. COD APHA-5220-B 4.00 mg/lit11. BOD APHA-5210-B 3.00 mg/lit12. Arsenic as As APHA- 3114-B 0.01 mg/lit13. Calcium as Ca APHA- 3500-B 1.00 mg/lit14. Cadmium as Cd APHA- 3111-B 0.003 mg/lit15. Chromium as Cr APHA- 3112-B 0.05 mg/lit16. Iron as Fe APHA- 3111-B 0.3 mg/lit17. Lead as Pb APHA- 3111-B 0.01 mg/lit18. Magnesium as Mg APHA- 3111-B 1.00 mg/lit19. Mercury as Hg APHA- 3112-B 0.001 mg/lit20. Nickel as Ni APHA- 3111-B 0.02 mg/lit21. Potassium as K APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit22. Sodium as Na APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit23. Zinc as Zn APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit

24.Total coliforms at 370C for 48hrs.

APHA-9221-B Absent

25. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. APHA-9221-G Absent




Fig No. 3.8: Ground Water Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth Imagery)




Table No.: 3.14 Results for Analysis of Ground Water Samples for NGL Fine Chem.

Sr. No. ParameterResults

UnitGW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8

1. pH 7.4 7.2 7.9 7.7 7.68 7.1 7.6 7.5 -2. Total Dissolved Solids 372 468 616.4 651 361 438 1086 1146 mg/lit3. Chlorides as Cl - 50.6 54.8 172.6 114.9 55.5 66.8 368.4 442.7 mg/lit4. Sulphate as SO4

- 28 46.3 36.4 108 46.8 46.7 65.1 72.8 mg/lit5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 208 352.8 346 364 258.4 264 316.8 361 mg/lit6. Nitrate as NO3 2.94 1.6 2.26 4.9 2.1 3.1 3.5 1.68 mg/lit7. Fluoride as F- <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit8. Phosphate 1.3 1.8 1.2 1.7 2.6 2.2 2.4 1.9 mg/lit9. Bicarbonate 242.4 318.6 296.4 326.4 216.4 216 282.7 308.6 mg/lit10. COD <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 mg/lit11. BOD <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 mg/lit12. Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit13. Calcium as Ca 38.4 78.8 56.8 86.5 42.5 58.5 69.6 56.8 mg/lit14. Cadmium as Cd <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 mg/lit15. Chromium as Cr <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/lit16. Iron as Fe <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 mg/lit17. Lead as Pb <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit18. Magnesium as Mg 27.1 37.8 49.5 35.9 37.1 28.6 34.4 53.1 mg/lit19. Mercury as Hg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/lit20. Nickel as Ni <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit21. Potassium as K 1.6 1.8 4.8 3.4 3.1 2.9 9.8 34.2 mg/lit22. Sodium as Na 40 29.6 92.4 89 31 38.4 208 295.8 mg/lit23. Zinc as Zn <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 mg/lit

24.Total coliforms at 370C for48 hrs.

<2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 Org/100ml

25. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Org/100mlNote: *Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers . Ltd., Laboratory




Table 3.15 IS: 10500:2012 Standards for Drinking Water

Sr. No. Parameter AcceptablePermissible in the Absence

of Alternate sourceUnit

1 pH 6.5-8.5 No relaxation2 Total Dissolved Solids 500 2000 mg/l3 Chlorides as Cl - 250 1000 mg/l4 Sulphate as SO4

- 200 400 mg/l5 Phosphate NS NS mg/l6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 200 600 mg/l7 Nitrate as NO3 45 No relaxation mg/l8 Bicarbonate NS NS mg/l9 Arsenic as As 0.01 0.05 mg/l

10 Calcium as Ca 75 200 mg/l11 Sodium NS NS mg/l12 Potassium NS NS mg/l13 Cadmium as Cd 0.003 No relaxation mg/l14 Iron as Fe 0.3 No relaxation mg/l15 Lead as Pb 0.01 No relaxation mg/l16 Chromium 0.05 No relaxation mg/l17 Mercury as Hg 0.001 No relaxation mg/l18 Nickel as Ni 0.02 No relaxation mg/l19 Zinc as Zn 5 15 mg/l

20Total coliforms at 370C for 48hrs.

Absent Absent Org/100ml

21 Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Org/100ml22 COD NS NS mg/l23 BOD NS NS mg/l24 Fluoride F- 1.0 1.5 mg/l25 Magnesium Mg++ 30 100 mg/l

* NS: Not Specified

3.4.5. Interpretation:

Ground Water monitoring was carried out at eight different locations. Most of the sampling was

done from the bore wells located in the near-by villages of the study area. During the baseline

data collection it was observed that in some of the cases the water from the ground water sources

is used for drinking, domestic and irrigation purposes. The results obtained thereby are compared

with the IS 10500:2012standards.

It can be observed that the results indicate that pH ranges in between 7.1 to 7.9, which is well

within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. The maximum pH of 7.9 was observed at Salwad

Village (GW3) and the minimum pH of 7.1 was observed at Umroli village (GW6). Total




hardness was observed to be ranging between 208 to 364 mg/l. The maximum hardness was

recorded at Navapur (GW4) and the minimum hardness (208 mg/l) was estimated at Satpati

Village (GW1). It should be noted that the values of hardness were found to be exceeded the

acceptable limit of limit of IS 10500:2012 standards at all the eight sampling locations but was

found to be under the permissible limit of 600mg/l. The concentrations of Chlorides at all the

locations were estimated to be ranging between 50.6 and 442.7 mg/l. The concentration of

chlorides was observed to be exceeding the acceptable standards but within the permissible limit

at two locations (GW7 and GW8). The amount of Nitrate in the given samples was found to be

in the range of from 1.6 mg/l to 4.9 mg/l.

It should be noted that iron content in all the samples collected was found to be below the

detection limit. The microbiological analysis for the samples revealed that E-coli were absent in

all the locations.

Based on the above analysis it can be concluded that the ground water can be considered for use

for drinking, domestic & irrigation purposes after a basic primary treatment.




3.5. Noise Level Monitoring

Due to increasing anthropogenic activities and development Noise level pollution has become a

topic of concern in the rural as well as urban areas. Noise pollution has various short term and

long term health impacts based on the exposure of individuals. Studies have linked prolonged or

continuous exposure to noise levels with deleterious effects on the humans, plants and animals.

Therefore the Central Pollution Control Board has issued permissible limits for noise level

depending upon the area. The noise level monitoring data can be considered as a baseline data

for a given area. Noise levels monitored help in deciding the control strategies for abatement of

noise pollution.

3.5.1. Probable sources for Noise generation in the study area

As reported earlier the project site is located in the notified industrial area; therefore it is likely

that the primary sources of noise generation around the project site will occur to due various

from the surrounding industrial units in the area. These activities include vehicular movement,

operation of industrial equipment and machinery, construction and demolition, etc. Other sources

of noise pollution in the study area can be said to be anthropogenic activities such as

construction, demolition, repairing, use of loudspeakers, fire crackers, etc.

3.5.2. Monitoring Details

Noise monitoring was carried out as per the Central Pollution Control Board guidelines at 8

locations in 10 km radius of the study area. Monitoring was carried out on weekly basis (once in

a week). The locations were decided as per the guidance of the Functional Area Experts and are

presented in Fig.3.9 on Google Earth Image. The noise levels monitored were grouped into day

and night time noise levels. The day time is considered to be during 6 am to 10 pm and night

noise time is considered between 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations in the study area. The noise

monitoring was carried out by a precision integrated noise meter of baseline technology Model

No. 2511.




The location A1 is situated in the industrial area while rest of the locations can be categorized

into residential areas. The standards used for comparison of the noise levels are therefore used as

per the standards prescribed regulations of CPCB.

3.5.3. Criteria for selection of noise level monitoring locations

The locations for noise monitoring were selected considering the following criteria:-

1. Identification of probable sources.

2. Identification of Sensitive Receptors around the project area.

3. Individuals/Areas likely to be affected due to the proposed activity.

4. Topography of the study area.

5. Site feasibility related to accessibility, etc.

The details of the monitoring locations are provided in Table 3.16.




Fig No. 3.9 : Noise Level Monitoring Locations on Google Earth Imagery




Table No. 3.16 Details of Noise Quality Monitoring StationsSr. No. Sampling Location Direction Dist. (Km) Lat Long Type of Area

1 N 01 Project Site NWW - 19°47'14.97"N 72°44'14.08"E Industrial

2 N 02 Pam Tembhi NNN 3.3 19°47'25.43"N 72°42'54.04"E Residential

3 N 03 Pasthal SW 4.3 19°49'13.95"N 72°43'46.11"E Residential

4 N 04 Murbe NNE 6.0 19°44'34.38"N 72°42'32.03"E Residential

5 N 05 Boisar NNE 2.7 19°48'24.03"N 72°45'21.05"E Residential

6 N 06 Shigaon SW 7.9 19°50'19.96"N 72°47'40.56"E Residential

7 N 07 Umroli SEE 3.8 19°45'9.73"N 72°45'32.64"E Residential

8 N 08 Maan village NWW 5.0 19°46'49.04"N 72°47'35.01"E Residential

The ambient air quality monitoring results for all the monitoring locations is presented in Table

3.17.

Table No. 3.17 Result of Ambient Noise Monitoring

Code Monitoring LocationNoise in dB(A) Leq

DaytimeNoise in dB(A) Leq

Night Time

N1 Project Site 66.4 60.8

N2 Pam Tembhi 52.6 40.8

N3 Pasthal 51.9 42.8

N4 Murbe 50.8 41.2

N5 Boisar 53.8 44.6

N6 Shigaon 48.6 40.2

N7 Umroli 52.8 43.1

N8 Maan village 52.6 42.5

NAAQ Noise Limit (Industrial Area) 75 70NAAQ Noise Limit (Residential Area) 55 45

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers . Ltd, Laboratory.





Industrial Zone

The day time noise level at the project premises was observed to be 66.4 dB (A) while during

night time the noise level was recorded to be 60.8 dB (A). It should be noted that the noise levels

during the day time as well as night time can be observed to be under the prescribed standards by

Central Pollution Control Board for Industrial Areas. One of the major reasons for low noise

levels can be the absence of any production, construction or operational activity on the project

site at present.

Residential Zone

The noise monitoring was conducted at representative sites at seven locations for 24hr. As

prescribed the sampling was carried out once in a week and average hourly readings were

recorded. The minimum noise level recorded during the daytime was observed at location N6,

where as the maximum noise levels can be observed at location N5. The high values of noise are

due to the presence of major road which connects Boisar to Palghar in the vicinity of the






3.6. Soil Quality

3.6.1. Probable sources of soil pollution/contamination in the study area

Soil can be said to be polluted due to the discharge of treated or un-treated effluent,

hazardous waste generated, solid waste by various industries located in the industrial cluster. If

the industrial wastes are not disposed off scientifically they may leach into soil and affect the soil

quality adversely. This problem can also arise by uncontrolled disposal of municipal solid waste

or sewage inhabited or vacated land.

3.6.2. Sampling Techniques:

The soil samples were collected from 1.5 m depth

The samples were stored in 1Kg. HDPE zip-lock bags and transported to laboratory in

cool and dry containers.

The samples were analyzed for physical & chemical characteristics. The samples have been

analyzed as per the established methods for physico-chemical parameters & heavy metals.


The sampling frequency was once a season (study period March to May, 2016) and

samples were collected from five locations.

3.6.4. Criteria for selection of soil sampling location

The locations for collection of representative sample were selected considering -

1. From agricultural land in downwind direction

2. From comparatively polluted site viz. within industrial area

Based on the above understanding five sampling locations were identified for the purpose of

sampling is presented in Fig. 3.10 on Google Earth Image. The coordinates of the sampling

locations are provided in Table 3.18.




Fig. No. 3.10 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (Google Earth Imagery)




Table No.3.18 Details of Soil Quality Sampling Stations

Sr.No.

Sampling Code& Location

DirectionDist.(Km)

Coordinates Area/Land use type

1. S1 Salwad CETP NW 4.8 19°48'15.29"N 72°43'30.59"E Industrial

2. S2 Ranishigaon NNE 2.7 19°49'26.54"N 72°45'49.91"E Agricultural

3. S3 Boisar NNE 3.0 19°48'24.04"N 72°45'21.84"E Residential

4. S4 Murbe SW 6.1 19°44'32.38"N 72°42'30.30"E Agricultural

5. S5 Maan ESE 4.9 19°46'49.00"N 72°47'33.50"E Residential

The parameters for the analysis and the corresponding methodologies are presented in Table

3.18. the results are provided in Table 3.19

Table No. 3.19 Methodology of soil quality analysis

Sr.No.

Parameters Units Method

1. pH - IS:2720 (PART 26)-19872. Moisture Content %

Procedure for Soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization ofUnited nations /International soil reference & information centercompiled under Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002

3. Organic matter %

4.Exchangeable Calcium asCa

mg/kg

5. Color - SW 8466. Soil texture mg/kg Trivedi & Goel7. Electrical Conductivity mS/cm IS :14767 : 20008. Water holding Capacity % Hand book of methods in envt studies vol-II by S K Maiti

9. Phosphorus as P mg/kg

Lab SOP no. SEE/LD/SOP-SA/28 issue dt 29/03/2014 based onprocedure of soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization ofUnited nations /International soil reference & information centercompiled under Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002

10. Total Nitrogen mg/kg

Lab SOP No. SEE/LD/SP-SA/04 (Based on procedure for SoilAnalysis by Food and Agriculture Organization of United nations/International soil reference & information center compiled underEdited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002)

11. Nitrite as NO2- mg/kg

Leachate Preparation - Soil Analysis by Food and AgricultureOrganization and rest as per APHA 4500- NO2-B 22nd Edition

12. Arsenic as As mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B13. Cadmium as Cd mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B14. Chromium as Cr mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B15. Lead as Pb mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B16. Magnesium as Mg mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B17. Iron as Fe mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B18. Potassium as K mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B19. Sodium as Na mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B














Based on the above findings it can be concluded that the soil samples can be classified as per soil

classification given by Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi and Tondon H.L.S. (2005).

The samples can be said to contain nutrients from average to more than sufficient amount at all

the sampling locations (Table 3.21 and table 3.22).




Table 3.19 Results of Soil Samples for NGL Fine Chem. . Ltd.

Sr. No. ParametersLocation Units

S1 S2 S3 S4 S51 pH 7.1 7.6 7.5 7.8 7.3 -2 Moisture Content 1.58 3.9 4.2 2.6 3.8 %3 Organic matter 0.6 2.9 2.7 1.9 2.5 %4 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca 46.3 48.9 58.6 39.6 45.2 mg/kg5 Color Black Black Black Black Black -6 Soil texture Sandy Sandy Sandy loom Sandy loam Sandy loam mg/kg7 Electrical Conductivity 1.96 1.45 1.34 1.48 1.55 mS/cm8 Water holding Capacity 46.3 55.8 39.8 43.6 48.7 %9 Arsenic as As <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 mg/kg10 Cadmium as Cd ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg11 Chromium as Cr ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg12 Lead as Pb ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg13 Magnesium as Mg 450 486 358 364 470 mg/kg14 Iron as Fe 268 342 228 276 312 mg/kg15 Potassium as K 153.4 196.8 168 346 429 mg/kg16 Total Nitrogen 186.4 306.8 243.8 284.0 298.0 mg/kg17 Phosphate as PO4- 85.9 76.4 52.8 69.4 90.1 mg/kg18 Cation exchange capacity 25.8 36.4 19.6 28.3 30.5 mg/kg19 SAR 4.95 8.6 4.2 4.7 4.4 mg/kg

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers . Ltd, Laboratory.




Table 3.21 Chemical Classification of Soil Quality

Sr. No. Soil Test Classification

1 pH

4.5 Extremely acidic4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic5.51-6.00 moderately acidic6.01-6.50 slightly acidic6.51-7.30 Neutral7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline9.01 very strongly alkaline

2Salinity Electrical Conductivity(mmhos/cm)(1ppm = 640 mmho/cm)

Upto 1.00 Average1.01-2.00 harmful to germination2.01-3.00 harmful to crops(sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%)

Upto 0.2: very less0.21-0.4: less0.41-0.5 medium,0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient0.81-1.00: sufficient>1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha)

Upto 50 very less51-100 less101-150 good151-300 Better>300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha)

Upto 15 very less16-30 less31-50 medium51-65 on an average sufficient66-80 sufficient>80 more than sufficient

6 Potash (Kg/ha)

0 -120 very less120-180 less181-240 medium241-300 average301-360 better>360 more than sufficient

Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi

Table 3.22 Levels of Soil FertilitySoil Fertility

LevelOrganic

Carbon (%)AvailableN kg/ha

AvailableP2O5 kg/ha

AvailableK2O kg/ha

Very high > 1.00 > 700 > 80.0 > 360High 0.81- 1.00 561 – 700 64 – 80 301 – 360Medium 0.61-0.80 421 – 560 48 – 64 241 – 300Medium Low 0.41-0.60 281 – 420 32 – 48 181 – 240Low 0.21-0.40 141 – 280 16 – 32 121 – 180Very Low 0.20 140 16.0 120Source : Tondon H.L.S.( 2005 )




3.7. Geology & Hydrogeology of the study area

The geological & hydrogeology aspects are often associated with larger areas hence the

geomorphologic aspects of entire Palghar District are considered as described below.

3.7.1. Geology of Palgar District

A major part of district is covered with basalt lava flows generally called as Deccan trap (Fig.

3.12). This volcanic activity was confined mainly to Upper Cretaceous to Lower Eocene age.

Besides Deccan traps, the formation like local alluvium, beach sand, coastal alluvium,

laterites, trachytes & rhyolite cover very small area of the district. The main topographic

features of this lava flows are flat topped hills and steps like terrace Statigraphic sequences

of the geological formation in the district is shown as below:-

Table No. 3.3.22: Statigraphic sequences of geological formation in Palghar District

Formation Age LithologyAlluvium Recent clay, silt and sand

Beach sand Recent sand and siltLaterite Pleistocene LateriteDykes --------- Basic intrusion

Deccan traps basalt Eocene to upper cretaceous AmygdularbasaltRhyolite Eocene to upper cretaceous RhyoliteTrachyte Eocene to upper cretaceous Trachyte

Deccan Traps: The Deccan trap has been divided into three major groups, i.e. upper, middle

and lower. The Bombay basalt flows have been grouped into upper traps on the basis of the

inter-trappean and ash beds present in them. Being in the contiguous area, the Deccan traps in

the district can also be grouped with the upper flows. There are number of dykes criss-

crossing the area. The general trend is however, north-northwest south-southeast and north-

northeast south-southwest, dipping steeply to the east. The thickness seldom exceeds six

meters. The dykes send out offshoots of different sizes, at places enclosing lenticular wedges

of country rock. Chilled margins are seen along dykes flow contact. The dykes vary from

coarse dolerite to fine grained basalts. Most of the dykes are porphyritic of feldspars.

Laterite: Few high basalt plateaus of the district are capped by laterites. These are

Boundongri (190 10’N: 750 57’E) and Bombassadongri (190 11’N: 750 57’E) 430 meters,




Kanheri (190 13’N: 720 58’E) 510 meters, and Tungar (190 26’N: 720 55’E) 665 meters

hills. The Kanheri and Tungar laterites have conspicuous development of bauxite.

Shore Sands: The sea coast of the district stretching several kilometers along the western

boundary is covered by sands.

Figure No. 3.11: Geology of Maharashtra




Figure No. 3.12: Ground Water Level Source: Groundwater Survey & Development Agency

Hydrogeology of Palghar District

Hydro geologically the basaltic terrain has aquifers in the form of jointed and fractured trap

(Fig. 3.12). The occurrence of ground water in Deccan trap is governed by its degree of

weathering, concentration of joints & fractures planes, porosity & permeability of geological

units. The movement & storage of ground water are mainly controlled by physical &

geological set up of the terrain. The lava flows have no primary porosity. Only after

weathering the cracks develop which allow ground water to store. However due to adverse

morphological conditions, the availability of ground water is mainly restricted to plains &

valley fill. The irrigation based on ground water is seen only in the parts of Dahanu, Talasari,

Vasai, & Palghar Tahsils. The irrigation is mainly of horticultural crops. The coastal sandy

aquifers are sufficiently good yielding, but even a marginal over exploitation causes intrusion

of saline water.




3.8. Traffic Study

The present project site is located in industrial area of Tarapur MIDC, thus is surrounded by

many industries & commercial establishments which lead to anthropogenic activities and

thereby vehicular movement. The road access to the project site is provided by MIDC road

which is a feeder road. This MIDC road is also being utilized by neighbouring industries for

transports of raw material & products. The major traffic on this road is heavy vehicles like

truck, mini trucks, public vehicles such as taxis, auto rickshaws and private vehicles such as

two wheelers and four wheelers.

The present section discusses the results of assessment of the present scenario of local

transportation and connectivity to the project site. The study attempts to achieve this by

analyzing the adequacy of the existing infrastructure related to vehicular movement and

based on this the impacts of increased load of transportation related facilities will be

proposed. Appropriate mitigation measures are suggested at the end of the section in order to

eliminate or minimize the impacts related to vehicular congestion around the proposed

project site.

3.8.1. Objective

The objective of the study is to assess & evaluate the present traffic pattern from the main

access roads to the project site in order to estimate the traffic flow pattern on completion of

the proposed project.

3.8.2. Methodology

Generally traffic surveillance study involves one or other survey techniques either by manual

observation or automatic method by using instruments. The traffic survey methodology

adopted for current study is Classified Traffic Volume Count Survey. The sampling locations

for the study are depicted in Fig. 3.13 and provided in Table 3.23.




3.8.3. Method of Counting

The counting of vehicles was achieved by following one method:

1) Manual Method

The survey by this method mainly involves visual counts by the survey team.

3.8.4. Equipments used

1) Garmin GPS

Garmin etrex 10 GPS was used to locate the pre decided observation points.

2) Measuring Tape

A measuring tape was used to measure the road breadth.

3.8.5. Data Collection

The transport roads for the proposed project have been identified; transportation of material

carrying vehicles will mainly take place through Boisar – Palghar road. Further access up to

project site is achieved by internal connecting MIDC Road (MIDC Main Road)/. The

important traffic junctions identified on the above road are:

i) Junction joining the Boisar-Palghar road and MIDC

ii) Junction joining the MIDC main feeder road to project site




Figure 3.13: Traffic Observation Locations

Table 3.23 Traffic study observation locations

Sr.No.

ObservationPoint Code Observation Point Details

Aerial Distancefrom project site

(m)1 TS1 MIDC Feeder road Junction near Project Site -

2 TS2 Boisar to Palghar Highway 885

3.8.6. Categorization of Traffic

To establish effective vehicle count during the survey the traffic was categorized into Heavy

Vehicles (Multi Axle Vehicles), Truck, Tempo, Bus, Car, Auto (Three Wheelers),

Motorcycle (Bike) & Cycle. The results of vehicle count are converted into Passenger Car

Units (PCU’s) as per the equivalent PCUs prescribed by Indian Road Congress (IRC)




guidelines (Table 3.23). The equivalency factor for various types of vehicles is as given in the

below table.

Table 3.24 Recommended PCU factors for various types of vehicles on urban roads

Type of VehicleEquivalent PCU’s

5% 10% & aboveTwo Wheelers, Motor Cycle or Scooter etc. 0.5 0.75Passenger Car, Pick-up Van 1.0 1.0Auto-Rickshaw 1.2 2.0Light Commercial Vehicle 1.4 2.0Truck or Bus 2.2 3.7Agricultural Tractor Trailer 4.0 5.0Cycle 0.4 0.5Cycle Rickshaw 1.5 2.0Tonga (Horse drawn vehicle) 1.5 2.0Hand Cart 2.0 3.0

Source IRC: 106-1990

3.8.7. Observation & Assessment

The traffic flow pattern observed at traffic observation point - TS1 during morning & evening

peak hours is as shown in the following figures Fig. (3.14 to 3.17). The results obtained

thereby are summarized in later section.

3.8.8. Observation at (TS1): Junction joining the Kolad-Roha Road and MIDC duringmorning peak hours




Fig. 3.14 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) duringmorning peak hours (8 AM to 9 AM)

Fig. 3.15 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) duringevening peak hours (9 AM to 10 AM)

2% 4% 2% 2%

20%

14%44%

12%

Heavy Truck Truck TempoBus Auto CarMotorcycle Cycle

The percentages of vehicles at TS1 in evening peak hours are depicted in Fig. 3.17 and 3.18.

6%7%

16%

37%

11%

Heavy Truck TruckBus AutoMotorcycle Cycle

Figure 3.16 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) duringevening peak hours (4 PM to 5 PM)

Figure 3.17: Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1)during evening peak hours (5 PM to 6 PM)




3%

34%

16%




20%

TempoCar


7%

9%

4%

10%

TempoCar

33%

13%







3%5%

6%

9%

13%

14%

Truck TempoAuto CarCycle




6%4%

7%

8%

12%

17%







3.8.9. Observation at (TS2): The percentages of vehicles at TS2 in morning and eveningpeak hours are depicted in Fig. 3.18 and 3.19, and Fig. 3.20 and Fig. 3.21, respectively.

8%

17%

11%

6%

11%

30%

13%

4%


Figure 3.18: Percentage of vehicle count at (TS2) duringevening peak hours (8 AM to 9 AM)

Figure 3.19: Percentage of vehicle count at (TS2)during evening peak hours (9 AM to 10 AM)

7%

19%

12%

6%12%

30%

11%

3%


Figure 3.21: Percentage of vehicle count at (TS2)

during evening peak hours (5 AM to 6 AM)





17%

11%

TempoCar

6%

12%

36%

11%

3%




19%

12%

HeavyTruckTruck

Tempo

Bus

Auto

Car

Motorcycle

Cycle

33%

10%

4%









6%

17%

10%

5%

12%




5%

17%

11%

6%

14%

10%

4%








The Summary of Traffic Details in terms of PCUs for the traffic locations is presented in theTable 3.25.

Table 3.25 Summary of traffic in terms of PCUs observed at observation point (TS1 andTS 2) - during (08: 00 to 10: 00 AM) & (04: 00 to 06:00 PM)

Time T S 1 T S 2

Morning Peak Hours

8 A.m. to 9 A.m. 159 892

9 A.m. to 10 A.m. 76 793

Average PCUs Per Hour 118 842

Evening Peak hours

4 P.m. to 5 P.m. 83 667

5 P.m. to 6 P.m. 112 760


Interpretation

It can be observed that high vehicular density is observed at TS2 as compared to TS 1. The

reason behind such a finding is that TS2 is the point of entry for the MIDC from NH8 which

connects Maharashtra Gujarat and States. Thus it experiences vehicular traffic from both the

directions. The lowest traffic in terms of PCUS is observed near TS1 which is situated inside

the MIDC premises near to the project site. Minimum traffic density was observed near TS1

during evening as well as morning peak hours.

3.8.9.1. Increased traffic scenario due to proposed project

As mentioned earlier the project site is going to be a new establishment and hence addition of

vehicles is unavoidable. The proposed project intends to engage trucks/tempos for the

purpose of transportation of raw materials as well as finished goods. Along with this the

vehicles from the employees are also expected to increase. It is estimated that the proposed

activity will lead to addition 4 trucks/tempos per day to the project site.




The transportation activity will mainly take place by Boisar-Palghar Road from which further

access to MIDC will be achieved. It should be noted that the same route will be utilized for

exit as alternative route is not available at present.

Along with the transport of raw materials and finished products the number of vehicles used

by the employees, visitors and owners is also expected to increase. This is increase is

accounted up to 50 vehicles in total considering all the vehicular types.

As an initiative for efficient traffic management the project proponent will ensure that

transportation activity will be carried out mainly after 10 a.m. in order to avoid peak hour

traffic. However to assess the increased traffic scenario due to the proposed project the

increased fleet vehicles has been considered. It is estimated that due to the proposed project

the increase in traffic would be 109 PCUs. The present road conditions are sufficient and

effective to carry the increased load of traffic.

The estimated load of PCUs at the traffic monitoring stations is considered and the increased

load of traffic is presented in the Table 3.26 below.

Table 3.26 Estimated Increase in Traffic Scenario in terms of PCUs at Traffic Sites

Time T S 1 T S 2

Morning Peak Hours

8 A.m. to 9 A.m. 193 9159 A.m. to 10 A.m. 114 787


Evening Peak hours

4 P.m. to 5 P.m. 121 694

5 P.m. to 6 P.m. 159 780





Increased traffic scenario

The increased Traffic scenario is explained by segregating temporally and presented in Table

3.27.

Table 3.27 Summary of increased traffic in terms of PCUs due to proposed project

(TS1) - during (08: 00 to 10: 00 AM)

Location Time Present Proposed Estimated Increase

TS 1Morning 118 153 35

Evening 98 140 42

TS 2Morning 842 851 9

Evening 714 737 23




3.9. Land use Pattern

The prevailing Land Use & Land Cover (LULC) pattern in the 10 km radial study area are

assessed based on remote sensing technique using satellite imagery.

The interpretation of satellite image was done in succession stages as described below:

i) Visual Interpretation:

The land use/ land cover classes were established by processing the satellite imagery by using

image processing software to obtain various land use land cover classless & analyzing the

resultant output based on image characteristics/elements such as Color, Tone, Texture,

Pattern, Size, Shape, Association etc.

ii) Ground Truth Survey

Ground truth verification of the doubtful elements/classes encountered during the visual

analysis & interpretations were confirmed by deploying ground truth survey & the findings of

the same were incorporated during finalizing the LULC map of the study area. The LULC

map of the study area is shown in the following figure.




3.9.1 Prevailing LULC in the study area

The Land Use and Land cover pattern of the study area is presented in Fig. 3.22

Fig No 3.22: Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area

3.9.2 Observation & Assessment of LULC

Based on the image analysis land use/ land cover classes in the study area can be categorizedas presented in Table 3.31. The area is distributed in as per Land use classification and isprovided in Fig. 3.33 whereas the Land cover classification is depicted in Fig. 3.28.

Table 3.28 Categorization of land use & land cover pattern of the study area

Sr.No.

Land Use Classes Area inSq.km.

Level - IClassification

Level - II Classification

1 Built up Habitation/Settlement & Developmental Setups(Roads, Educational Institutes, Offices etc.)

27.28




Industrial Area 18.78

2 Agricultural land Crop land, Cultivations 101.593 Fallow land Temporary & permanent land 8.174 Salt pans -- 6.675 Mining Stone quarries 0.486 Artificial water

reservoirsSurface Water Tanks/Ponds/Reservoir 0.21

Land Cover Classes1 Barren land Barren areas, open rocky land without scrub, desert

patches near shore1.85

2 Water bodies Rivers/Creeks/Streams & Sea 48.223 Vegetation Terrestrial: Trees planted along the road, gardens,

industrial green belt, naturally occurring vegetation,scrub

77.88

Mangrove vegetation 5.414 Wetlands Mudflats, Water logged area, Rocky submerged

patches17.62

Total 314.163.9.3 Percentage wise LULC assessment of the study area

The percentage wise land use & land cover pattern of the study areas is represented in thefigures 3.34 & 3.35 respectively.

Fig No 3.23: Percentage wise Land Use classification of the study area











77.88


patches17.62














77.88


patches17.62







Fig No 3.24: Percentage wise Land Cover classification of the study area

3.9.3.1 Interpretation

Land Use

The study area had prevailed 6 types of land use classes off which Agriculture was the major

land use type with 70% followed by Built up 19%, Fallow land 6%, Salt pans 4%

respectively and a meagre 0.69 sq.km. of the area has been utilized for Mining & Artificial

water reserviors.

Land Cover

The study area had prevailed 4 types of land cover classes off which vegetation was the

dominant land cover with 54% followed water bodies covering 33% of the study area, area

covered by wetlands by 14% and barren land 1% respectively.

3.9.2 Drainage Pattern of the Study Area

The drainage pattern of the study area has been determined by using remote sensingtechnique. Satellite imagery has been processed by using software to obtain drainage patternmap of the study area.

3.9.3 Observation & assessment of drainage pattern in study area






Land Use




water reserviors.

Land Cover












Land Use




water reserviors.

Land Cover










The study area is a mix of flat and undulating terrain characterized by presence of hills &

hillocks along the Gundale, Padghe & Devkhop villages. Presence of these hills & hillocks

in the study area has effected in large number of lineaments & fractures thus resulting in

dendritic type of drainage pattern, also the westerly meandering Banganga & Jununa River

forms the prominent features of the surface drain in the study area as depicted in the

following drainage map of the study area.

Fig No 3.25: Map depicting Drainage Pattern of the study area




3.10 Biotic Environment

Ecology in essence is the study of interaction of living and non-living components,

interaction of community and the environment and exchange of material (energy and

nutrient) between living and non-living parts.

The ecological study has been conducted to establish the prevailing baseline ecological data

in terms of terrestrial biodiversity status in the study area & to identify and assess the

probable impacts associated with the proposed project on the prevailing ecology & to

advocate suitable mitigation measures for the same.

3.10.1 Study Area

The study area was 10 km radial distance from the project site considering inner 5 km radial

distance as core area & outer 10 km radial distance as the buffer study area as depicted in the

following figure.




Figure 3.26: 10 km radial study area (Google Earth Imagery)












Scope of the study

To assess the implications of the proposed project on the surrounding ecology within study

area following attributes were considered & executed:

To identify & assess habitat loss if any due to the proposed project.

Negative impacts if any on the existing ecologically sensitive areas/potential habitatsin the study area due to the proposed project.

3.10.2 Primary Baseline Data

General features of the prevailing terrestrial ecosystem in study area

The study area viz. Tarapur MIDC industrial area & surrounding 10 km radial study area

comes under the Palghar District. The 10 km radial study area is a part of the coastal plains

on the west coast of India.

As observed during the reconnaissance the inner 5 km (core) radial study area was subjected

to multiple land use forms such as industrial area, human habitations with associated

commercial establishments, small scale salt panning activities & subsistence farming.

However inner 5 km radail study area was characterized presence of wetlands & mangorve

vegetation along the Navapur & Murbe Creeks.

The outer 5 km (buffer) radial is moreover a scrubland with somewhat prominent vegetation

along the hillocks at Gundale, Padghe & Devkhope villages. The observed vegetation stature

in and around these hillocks was of semi evergreen deciduous secondary forest formations.

The remaining major part of the study area was characterized by natural presence of uneven

sporadic patches of scrub, gregarious vegetation & clusters of trees. Also in and around the

human inhabited pockets in the study area, by virtue of plantations & green developmental

activities, orchards & avenue plantations etc. were seen.




General features of the prevailing Aquatic Ecosystem in study area

The prominent aquatic/wetland ecosystem in the study area is represented by the estuarine

environment prevailing along the creeklets near Murbe, Ucheli & Satpati villages which

prevailed mangrove strands & associated mudflats. Also the Arabian Sea off Navapur to an

extent of 4 km (aerial distance) comes in the study area.

Note: Since any of the project related activities during commissioning & operation phase will

not be associated with the prevailing surface water bodies in the study area in terms of direct

withdrawal or disposal/discharge hence the studies pertaining to aquatic ecology such as

Plankton, Chlorophyll, Benthos, Fisheries etc. have been kept out the purview of this study.

3.10.3 Project Site specific Floral Assessment

The proposed project being a green field to be executed on a vacant plot located at Plot no. S-

18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar. The project plot is devoid of any significant vegetation however

10 trees of Borassus flabellifer locally known as Taad are present on the project plot.

3.10.4 Floral diversity & status in the study area

The field studies conducted in the inner 5 km radial study area in and around the the MIDC

area and the wetlands/ marshes along the Navapur & Murbe Creeks reuslted in recording 51

floral species comprising of 24 trees, 6 shrubs, 10 climbers and 11 herbs. As a virtue of

green belt developmental activities in and around the industrial area though the tree diversity

was more, the vegetation stature observed in the core study area was mostly of scurb

dominant flora such as Chromolena, Hyptis, Lantana, Alternanthera, Amaranthus etc. and 4

species of true mangrove were also observed.

Whereas the studies conducted in and around the hillocks at Gundale, Padghe & Devkhope

villages in the bufer study area resulted in recording 65 plant species which comprised of 46

trees, 4 shrubs, 3 climbers and 7 herbs. The vegetation stature observed here was of Southern

Tropical Dry Deciduous type mostly comprising of native species.




Apart from the above mentioned floral features tremendous orchards/plantations of Chickoo,

Mango, Guava, Coconut etc. and small agricultural farms were seen in both core and buffer

study area.

The plant species observed during the study period in the core & buffer study area the

commonest for the region in consideration & have range of presence in the entire Palghar

District. The detailed floral inventory along with habit form & IUCN assessment is depicted

in the Table No. 1 of Annexure 3.1.

3.10.5 Status evaluation

The project plot S-18/3 where the proposed project is to be executed is devoid of any

vegetation hence clearing/felling activities will not be involved. However 10 trees of

Borassus flabellifer are present on the project plot which will be retained.

Now since no habitat loss is envisaged during the construction/operational the status

evaluation of flora has been established to identify whether any plant species of conservation

importance exists in the study area as compliance to Standard TOR.

Off the observed 51 plant species in the core study are the IUCN assessment of Avicennia

marina, Acanthus ilicifolius, Avicennia officinalis, Derris scandens, Typha domingensis,

Cyperus rotundus, Fimbristylis ferruginea, Persicaria glabra, Alternanthera sessilis, Nerium

oleander, Delonix regia is Least Concern ver 3.1, Carica papaya as Data Deficient ver 3.1,

Mangifera indica as Data Deficient ver 2.3 and Alstonia scholaris as Lower Risk/least

concern ver 2.3 and 37 species are not assessed by IUCN.

Off the observed 65 plant species from the buffer study area Acacia auriculiformis, Caryota

urens, Pongamia pinnata, Typha domingensis, Cyperus rotundus are assessed as Least

Concern ver 3.1, Alstonia scholaris & Wrightia tinctoria as Lower Risk/least concern ver 2.3,

Mangifera indica as Data Deficient ver 2.3 and 51 species are not assessed also 5 species

being commercial cultivated varieties their assessment could not be established.




To identify any floral species of conservation importance existing in the study area, the status

evaluation of the observed flora has been done as per the IUCN (International Union for

Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources) assessment.

Off the observed 98 species in the study area 76 species were not assessed indicating them to

be extremely common in abundance & distribution, 13 species were assessed as Least

Concern ver 3.1, 2 species were assessed as Lower Risk/least concern ver 2.3, 2 species as

Data Deficient ver 2.3 & Data Deficient ver 3.1 respectively, 1 species as Vulnerable

B1+2ac ver 2.3 & since 3 genera could not be identified up to species level & 1 species being

not in IUCN database there assessment could not be established.

3.10.6 Faunal diversity & status in the study area

a. Birds

The field visits in and around the wetlands/mangroves along the Navapur & Murbe Creeks in

the core study area and near hillocks at Gundale, Padghe & Devkhope Villages resulted in

recording 27 resident bird species belonging to 25 genera and 19 families. The recorded bird

species are commonest for the study region in consideration.

b. Reptiles

Only a single individual of Forest Calotes was observed in the bushes during the study.

c. Mammals

During the study several Indian Palm Squirrels and some stray & domesticated animals such

as Pig, Dog and Buffalo were seen.

3.10.7 Status Evaluation

The proposed project is located in notified Tarapur MIDC area and does not involve any sort

of clearing/felling activities hence habitat loss is not envisaged accordingly the status

evaluation of the faunal species has been done as compliance to Standard TOR.




Off the recorded 27 bird species the IUCN assessment for 25 birds is Least Concern ver

3.1and remaining 2 species are Not Assessed and as per the Wildlife Protection Act (WPA)

1972, 14 bird species are listed in Schedule - IV, 1 as Schedule V and remaining 12 species

are not listed. The Indian Pal Squirrel & Forest calotes are assessed as Least Concern ver 3.1

and are not listed in WPA 1972.

3.10.8 Secondary Data

There is tremendous paucity of the documented literature for the region (study area) in

consideration; hence the only source of secondary data available was the interactions held

with the locals during the EB study.

Reference I - Interactions held with the locals during EB Study

Interactions with locals were held to know the presence/activity of any other wild fauna all

year around. The interactions revealed that locals were largely unaware of presence of any

wild animals. However they had inconsistent sightings of some reptiles and mammal, on the

basis of description provided by them presence of 3 snakes viz. Rat snake, Russel’s viper,

Saw scaled viper and 1 mammal viz. Black naped hare could be concluded as given in Table

No. 6 of the Annexure 3.1.

3.10.10 Applicability of forest & wild life related clearances

The proposed project is located in the notified Tarapur MIDC industrial area hence does not

involve any forest land also any of the ecologically sensitive areas not present within 5 km of

the project and none of the faunal species listed in Schedule - I of WPA 1972 does not exists

in the study area hence forestry & wild life clearances are not applicable.




3.11 Socio Economy

3.11.1 Part A- Introduction

Social Impact Assessment (SIA) is an integral part of project planning and policy evaluation

and part of environmental impact assessment (EIA) due the importance that social

considerations must be included in the decision process.

Purpose of the present study:

To conduct a study for Social Impact Assessment (SIA) of NGL Fine Chem in Boisar-

Tarapur Area.

3.11.1.1 Aim of the study:

This study aims to unearth impacts that NGL FIne Chem . Ltd. has on socio-economic

spheres of environment.

3.11.1.2 Objectives of the Study:

1. To determine the socio-economic and demographic profile of the areas included in thestudy area.

2. To determine the people’s satisfaction towards accessibility of public resources withinthe study area.

3. To study the impact of NGL FIne Chem . Ltd. activities within the study area.

4. To investigate the people’s attitude towards NGL FIne Chem . Ltd. within the studyarea.

5. To prepare the suggestions and positive plan for mitigation

3.11.2 Part B- Method:

The study will focus on how the socio-economic environment has been impacted by

the NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry activities when they were functioning and at present.

Sample constituted of 50 participants those working as proponent’s managers, supervisors,

technicians, drivers, laborers, officials from the Panchayat office and people in the vicinity.

A cross-sectional survey research design was adopted for the socio-economic impact

assessment study.




By assuring confidentiality a verbal consent with the respondents were sorted for

general interaction. During general interaction the main focus was to collect information

based on the assessment tool developed for data collection.

3.11.3 Part 3 Results and Discussion

The objective was achieved analyzing the data collected through the assessment tool

mentioned in method section above. To avoid repetition and to maintain simplicity the

findings of the actual survey are presented in tabular form.

Table No. 3.29: Descriptive Statistics indicating mean and standard deviation (N=50)

Variables Minimum Maximum Mean Std.Deviation

Age 18 72 38 8Accessibility &satisfaction

13 26 12 4

Impact 15 39 20 6Attitude towardsNGL Fine Chem .Ltd.

16 35 25 9

Correlation analysis & interpretation:

The data collected by the assessment tool had three variables namely; accessibility of

public resources and its satisfaction, impact of industrial activity of NGL Fine Chem Ltd. and

attitude towards NGL Fine Chem Ltd. The data of 50 participants was put for correlation

analysis. The data was found to be normally distributed hence; the data fulfils the

assumptions of parametric statistics. Based on this information Pearson product-moment

correlation was conducted.

It is found that accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is significantly

correlated in positive direction with impact of NGL Fine Chem Ltd. industry activity (r =

0.69; p = .01). This indicates that accessibility of public resources will lead to low impact of

industry activities and vice versa. Accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is also

found to be significantly correlated with attitude towards NGL Fine Chem Ltd. industry

activity (r = -0.53; p = .05) but in negative direction. This indicates that accessibility of public

resources has positive inclination for NGL Fine Chem Ltd. in the study area. Further, it is




also found that impact of industrial activity is significantly correlated with attitude towards

industrial activity (r = -0.48; p = .01). This indicates that due to low impact there is positive

attitude towards among the participants in the study area (Table 3.29).

Table 3.30: Indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50)1

Accessibility &satisfaction

ImpactAttitude towards

NGL Fine Chem .Ltd.

Accessibility & Satisfaction 1 - -Impact 0.69** 1 -

NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. -0.53* -0.48 1** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level.* Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level.

Conclusion:

These findings indicate that the sample is somewhere satisfied with the accessibility

of public recourses and the activity of the industry NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. will not hamper or

impact in any way to them. Hence, the attitude towards industrial activity is also found to be

favorable.

7.9.4 Part 4. Mitigations and Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The third and the last objective are driven by the findings of the first and second

objective. The objective is to prepare the suggestions and positive plan for mitigation of the

NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. Based on the above findings it can be state that there is no major

considerable impact on the socio-economic environment. The individual profiles of the

participants in the study do indicate some variations. However, the overall impression is

indicative of positive picture as far as socio-economic impact is considered. Still it is

expected that the industry owner/s should engage in social welfare, appropriate industrial

activities and precautionary measures to avoid any kind of impact on the socio-cultural and

economic milieu.

Suggestions and positive plan for mitigation for the NGL Fine Chem . Ltd.




It is suggested that the industry must meticulously follow the guidelines by the various

pollution control boards as and when applicable.

The industry shall work to minimize their impact on Air, Water, Noise and Soil environment

as much as possible by implementing suitable pollution prevention technologies and other

methods.

Over and above, any issues generated in the community due to NGL Fine Chem . Ltd.

activity needs to be actively attended and intervened by the proponent. It is also expected that

the regulatory agencies in these regard should keep vigilance and monitoring to keep a check

on the industrial activity.

References:

1. Economic Survey of Maharashtra 2012-13, Directorate of Economics and Statistics,Planning Department 52st issue, Government of Maharashtra

2. District Social and Economic Survey of Palghar District, 2015, Government ofMaharashtra

Appendix- A

Tool for assessment of socio-economic impact of NGL Fine Chem . Ltd.

Method for conducting the administration of the interview schedule:

The following tool can be administered in group or individual setting. If the informantis literate he can self-administer the tool. However, it is advisable that the items should beread and explained with all possible clarifications to the informant so that the response canbe beyond the given scale (key). Hence, the information generated can also be treated as aninterview.

Instructions to be followed or explained during conduction:




You may be associated with the industry as an owner, employee, worker or a personin close proximity of the industry. Below are some statements and questions which intend toexplore your opinion about the industries in your locality. A key is provided to you have towriting a number for your opinion according to the key below.Key5= strongly satisfied4= satisfied3= moderately satisfied2= dissatisfied1= strongly dissatisfied

Section I. Accessibility of public resources & its satisfaction

Srno.

Items Response

1 Are you satisfied with the educational facilities in your locality?

2 Are you satisfied with the health facilities in your locality?

3 Are you satisfied with the water facilities in your locality?

4 Are you satisfied with the transport facilities in your locality?

5Are you satisfied with the local government functioning & support inyour locality?

Section II. Impact of NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. activities

Key5= strongly agree4= agree3= moderately agree2= disagree1= strongly disagree

Sr. no. Items Response

1Do you think dust due to NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry is impacting yourlocality?

2Do you think noise due to NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry is impacting in anymanner you could make out?

3Do you think due to NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry transport/traffic has anyimpact?

4Do you think due to NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry physical health will beimpacted?




5Do you think due to NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry mental health will beimpacted?

6Do you think community environment due to NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry isnegatively impacting?

7Do you think sources of livelihood due to NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry will beimpacted?

8Do you think NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry is negatively impactingdevelopment of your locality?

9Do you think NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry is impacting farming/agricultureof your locality?

10Do you think NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry is impacting trees/plants/forest ofyour locality?

11Do you think NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry is impacting air quality of yourlocality?

12Do you think NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry is impacting water consumption ofyour locality?

13 Do you think NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry like boiler, etc impacts the locality?

Section III. Attitude towards NGL Fine Chem . Ltd.

Instructions: You may be associated with the proposed project as an owner, employee,worker or a person in close proximity of the mine. Below are some statements andquestions which intend to explore your opinion about the industry in your locality. A key isprovided to you from strongly agree to strongly disagree with the statements and questions;you have to writing a number for your opinion according to the key below.

Key1= strongly agree2= agree3= moderately agree4= disagree5= strongly disagree

Sr. No. Statements and questions (items) Response

1 Are you aware of the NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry in your locality?

2 NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry is a necessary activity for development.

3Do you believe that in general NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry always have a negativeimpact on the environment?

4* NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry have a negative impact on children.

5* NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry have a negative impact on women.

6* NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry have a negative impact on elderly population.

7Utilization of the natural resources should be balanced according to developmentrequirements or vice-versa.

8 NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry must be restricted to certain period in the year.




Sr. No. Statements and questions (items) Response

9 NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry must be restricted to certain time in the day.

10 NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry generate employment to the local population.

11* The owners are coercive and problematic.

12Do you think that the NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industry owners must be following rules andregulations?

13* Migrated laborers are a problem to the locality.

14Do you believe that in general there are some socio-economic benefits from NGL Fine Chem. Ltd. industry

Scoring system and interpretation:Sum all the responses given by the informant to obtain a single raw score for each

section i.e. one and two independently. For third section first reverse score the seven itemsindicated by an asterisk (*) then sum all scores. Higher the score on satisfaction for publicresources indicate satisfaction; high score on impact of NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. industryindicate low impact and high score on attitude towards NGL Fine Chem . Ltd. indicatenegative attitude respectively. Compute mean and standard deviation, if required computeother statistical procedures. Further, individual cases and group data may be interpreted onthe basis of these computations.Table for calculation:

Section Area Score of item Total Mean SD

IAccessibility of publicresources & itssatisfaction

1+2+3+4+5

IIImpact of NGL FineChem . Ltd. activities

1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10+11+12+13

IIIAttitude towards NGLFine Chem . Ltd.

1+2+3+4*+5*+6*+7+8+9+10+11*+12+13*+14

(*)=reverse score these items



Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures


CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTALIMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

Classifying the sources, estimating the quantity of pollutant, impact of pollution & mitigating

them is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment process. This

chapter quantifies the environmental impacts of various project related activities on various

receptors of environment.

The predictions estimated are superimposed on the baseline value for achieving the resultant

value which signifies the overall impact. It also suggests the various mitigation measures which

can be advocated to minimize the adverse impacts of the project activity.

4.1 Air Environment

4.1.1 Construction Phase:

4.1.1.1 Identification of Source

During construction activities like site clearance, wind erosion, stockpiling & material handling

dust nuisance is the major sources of air pollution. Dust emission while transportation and

leveling of earth is anticipated. SO2 & NOx will be emitted from the diesel powered mechanical

equipment and vehicles. However the number of such equipments will be limited. It is therefore

not accepted to cause an excedance to the NAAQ limit for these gases.

4.1.1.2 Predicted Impact

Dust emissions generally differ from day to day, depending on the level of activity, the specific

operation and the prevailing meteorological conditions. Therefore for predicting the quantitative

value of TSPM that would be generated due to the construction activity an emission factor from

AP-42 Section 13.2.3.1 (U.S.EPA,1995) has been used. The emission factor is E = 1.2

tons/acre/month of activity. The mentioned value is most applicable to construction operations

with a) medium activity level, b) moderate silt contents and 3) semi-arid climate.





The Total plot area of the project is 9174.60 sq. m. The construction work will be carried out

only in that part which is allotted for built up purpose i.e., 2295 sq. m. The construction activity

will not take place simultaneously on the entire allotted plot. Also, the construction activity is

assumed to be carried out for all 30 days of the month (24 Hours). Hence, the estimated value

will be conservatively high for TSPM for worst case scenario. The emission would be around

0.67 tons/month of the activity. But the emission would be reduced to around 90 to 95 % as

control measures will be adopted. There would be around 15-20 temporary workers appointed

for construction activity who may be affected by the dust pollution. Workers getting exposed to

the dust generated due to the construction activity can suffer from respiratory problems and

prolonged exposure to dusty environment can lead to malfunctioning of lungs. It is a temporary

impact occurring during earth moving activities only and will be confined to the construction

area. The effect of air pollution outside the plant boundary is not envisaged. Proper maintenance

of vehicles, sprinkling of water on construction site, providing sufficient green belt etc. are some

of the control measures suggested to reduce the impacts during the construction phase.

4.1.1.3 Mitigation Measures

Control measures like temporary wind barrier, proper traffic management during loading and

unloading of the construction materials, regular sprinkling of water on the working site,

Avoiding Cement dust emission, Managing stockpiles (sand, gravel) by using water sprays

(when emptying cement bags into mixer) will be implemented to ensure minimum dust

generation.

4.1.2 Operational phase:

4.1.2.1 Identification of Sources

Boiler, thermic fluid heater & D.G set are identified as the point sources of air pollution in the

present study. D.G Set of 1MW is proposed. The D.G Sets will only be operational during power

failure.

Other air pollution sources which have been installed are the scrubbers connected to the reactors

to absorb the gases evolved out of reaction or unreacted gases.





Fugitive emission generates due to handling and storage of the solvents in the company premises

as well as possible leakages from reactor unit. The vehicle used for transporting materials also

contributes to the formation of fugitive emission to a much lesser extent

4.1.2.2 Prediction of Impacts

For obtaining the quantitative predicted value of impacts, modeling of air environment is

performed. The criteria pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, CO & NOx from boilers were

considered for air modeling. D G sets are not considered for impact prediction as they will be

used only during power failure.

Aermod 8.2 developed by USEPA and authorized by CPCB is used for air modeling simulation

which is based on the steady state Gaussian plume equation.

The incremental values at various monitoring were calculated and integrated with the baseline

value for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & CO The chart is tabulated below-

4.1.2.2.1 Model Options Used for Computation

The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always limited to that

of the mixing layer;

Stack tip down-wash is not considered;

Point Source Modeling is considered;

Calms processing routine is used by default;

Wind profile exponents is used by default;

Flat terrain is used for computations;

It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physico-chemical transformation and

that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition;

Washout by rain is not considered; and

Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations.





4.1.2.2.2 Modeling Procedure

The prediction of the Ground Level Concentrations (GLC’s) due to activity has been computed

by AERMOD version 8.2 as per CPCB guidelines. While performing the model the rural

dispersion and regulatory defaults options were selected as per guidelines on air quality models

(PROBES/70/1997-1998).

4.1.2.2.3 Meteorological Data Processing

The surface synoptic meteorological data of Thane District for the year 2011-2015 were

obtained from the Indian Meteorological Department, Mumbai. The meteorological

observation station of IMD for Palghar District is located at Dahanu (Station Index: 43001,

anemometer height of 10 m). The quality assurance process was undertaken as required by the

EPA (EPA-454/R-99-005) to identify and fill the missing data for preparation of hourly surface

meteorological data. The surface and profile met data were prepared for use in AERMOD

using the AERMET meteorological data preprocessor of Lakes Environmental. Processing the

surface file indicated more than 90 % data availability. Onsite meteorological data collected for

three months were used to process the AERMET file and not the upper air meteorological data.

Meteorological inputs required are hourly wind speed and direction, ambient temperature,

pressure, precipitation, cloud cover, stability class and mixing height.

The atmospheric inversion level at Thane for 12 hours from 7:00 hour to 7:00 hour is

represented in the below table No 4.1. The data has been compiled from IMD manual.

Table 4.1: Atmospheric inversion level at Palghar, Maharashtra.

Sr. Time Mixing height, m

1 7:00 40-80

2 8:00 80-125

3 9:00 200-250

4 10:00 450-550

5 11:00 700-820





6 12:00 1000-1100

7 1:00 1200-1350

8 2:00 1400-1950

9 3:00 1350-1500

10 4:00 1260-1350

11 5:00 1100-1200

12 6:00 825-925

13 7:00 600-700

Source: (Hourly Mixing Height &Assimilative capacity of Atmosphere in India) by IMD

4.1.2.2.4 Model Input Data

The emission factor used in the air dispersion modeling for estimating the pollutants from the

boiler & thermic fluid heater operation is calculated using the document (EPA) AP-42 chapter

no. 1 External Combustion Sources, Section 1.3 for Fuel Oil Combustion. The table no. 4.2

represent the input data required for describing the sources in the model.

Table No. 4.2: Model Input Parameters for Boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater Stack

Modeling

Sr.No

Parameters Values

1. Source 3 MT/hr capacity Boiler and 4 lakh Kcal capacitythermic fluid heater

2. Fuel Used 5 MT/day coal for boiler300 L/day FO for thermic fluid heater

3. Base Elevation (m) 17 m4. Stack Height (m) 30 m5. Stack exist velocity of gas (m/s) 6 m/s6. Exit Temp OC 1107. Stack inside diameter (m) 0.68. Gas quantity m3/hr 6108

Coal FO





9. Emission Factors g/s PM 10 - 0.59 g/s PM 10 - 0.0029 g/sPM 2.5 – 0.31g/s PM 2.5 – 0.0021g/s

SO2 - 1.12g/s SO2 - 0.0009g/sNOx – 0.1041g/s NOx – 0.022g/s

CO - 0.017 g/s CO - 0.02 g/s

The total workers in the factory premises will be around 150 who may be affected due to the

unscientific operation of boiler & thermic fluid heater. Mostly the health effects associated with

particulate matter are respiratory, pulmonary injury, lung cancer etc. Exposure to SO2 and NOx

also lead to respiratory problems. Carbon monoxide decreases the oxygen carrying capacity of

blood by reducing the hemoglobin. Since the company is handling some highly volatile solvents

the VOC emission can have an adverse affect on the workers health if present in higher

concentration. The health effects related to VOC emission are eye, nose and throat irritation

headaches, loss of coordination and nausea, damage to liver, kidney and central nervous system

etc.

The air emissions in long course of time may affect the immediate surrounding vegetation stature

physically (leaf senescence, hampered growth etc.) & biologically thus may affect the overall

surrounding ecology.

The incremental values at various monitoring stations were predicted and integrated with the

baseline value for PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, NOx & CO is tabulated in the below table no 4.3. The

output image of the dispersion modeling describing the incremental predictive values for the

selected pollutants is attached as Annexure 4.1

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed manufacturing unit of API & API Intermediates Chemicals at Tarapur MIDC , Palghardistrict, Maharashtra.




Table No. 4.3: Interpretation of the Incremental Values

BV: Baseline Value IV: Incremental Value RV: Resultant Value.

Sr.No.

Sampling LocationCode & Name

PM2.5 (ug/m3) PM10 (ug/m3) SO2 (ug/m3) NOx (ug/m3) CO (ug/m3)

BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV

1 *A1

Premises of

NGLFC Ltd46 0.036 46.036 88 0.1 88.1 32 0.34 32.34 49 0.05 49.05 2.6 1.16 3.76

2 A2Pam Tembhi 35 0.007 35.007 89 0.01 89.01 26 0.05 26.05 31 0.01 31.01 1.9 0.1 2.0

3 A3Pasthal 26 0.004 26.004 84 0.01 84.01 27 0.05 27.05 36 0.006 36.006 1.8 0.1 1.9

4 A4Murbe 28 0.003 28.003 87 0.003 87.003 24 0.03 24.03 32 0.005 32.005 2.1 0.08 2.18

5 A5Boisar 44 0.03 44.03 90 0.06 90.06 30 0.1 30.1 43 0.02 43.02 2.4 0.8 3.2

6 A6Shirgaon 25 0.005 25.005 83 0.01 83.01 19 0.05 19.05 29 0.01 29.01 1.5 0.1 1.6

7 A7Umroli 29 0.003 29.003 86 0.009 86.009 28 0.03 28.03 38 0.004 38.004 2.2 0.1 2.3

8 A8Maan 27 0.01 27.01 85 0.02 85.02 23 0.08 23.08 34 0.01 34.01 2.0 0.1 2.1

NAAQS Standards 60 (24hrouly) 100 (24hrouly) 80 (24hrouly) 80 (24hrouly) 4000 (1 hourly)





Interpretation

The incremental value of the specific pollutant at the particular monitoring station is added to the

baseline value of that specific pollutant measured during the monitoring period of the project.

The resultant value thus calculated used for predicting the impacts of the project on the air

environment in the study area.

4.1.2.2.5 Impact of transport of raw materials and end products on the surroundingenvironment.

In most cases, transport of raw materials, general supplies and final products causes an increase

in traffic around the facility. Nearly 3-4 trucks per day would be used for transportation of raw

materials and final product. Transportation and environment are paradoxical in nature. As the

transportation conveys substantial socioeconomic benefits, but at the same time transportation is

impacting environmental systems.

4.1.2.3 Mitigation Measures

The prominent pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2 , NOx & CO will be generated due to the fuel

combustion for operation of units like Boiler, thermopack & D.G Set. The mitigation measure

that will be adopted is providing an appropriate stack height for dispersion of pollutants. The

stack height calculation is shown below,

Stack Height Calculation for Boiler

H=14(Q) 0.3

Where,

H= Stack height

Q= Emission rate for SO2 (Kg/hr)

Now,





consumption = 250 kg/hr coal (5000 kg/ day). The Sulphur content of coal is near to 1% Hence

250 kg coal will contain 2.50 kg Sulphur Now stoichiometric conversion of Sulphur to SO2 = 2.5

X 2 = 5.0 kg

Thermic fluid heater: 300 kg/day FO

i.e. 16.67kg/hr (@ 18 hours of working)

The Sulphur content of FO is 4.5%

Hence 16.67 kg FO will contain 0.75 kg Sulphur

Now stoichiometric conversion of Sulphur to SO2= 0.75 X 2 = 1.5 kg

Therefore, total SO2 will be,

5.0+1.5 = 6.5 kg/hr.

The effective height of the stack will be equal to,

H= 14* (6.5)0.3 = 24.55 m. (Reference CPCB Guidelines)

Stack Height Calculation for D.G Set

H= h+0.2 X Sq. Root of kVA

Where,

H= Height of stack from ground in meter

h= Height of the building in meter

H= 5.0+0.2* Square root of 1000

= 5.0 +0.2* 31.62

=11.32 m from ground level (Reference CPCB Guidelines)





Bag filter:

Filtration, using cloth filter as media is one of

the most reliable, efficient and economic

methods by which particulate matter can be

removed from gaseous streams. A bag filter

consists of numerous vertical bags of 120 to

400 mm diameter and 2 to 10 m long. They

are suspended with open ends attached to a

manifold. The hopper at the bottom serves as

a collector for the dust. The gas entering

through the inlet duct strikes a baffle plate,

which causes the larger particles to fall due to

gravity. The carrier gas then flows to the tubes

and then outward through the fabric leaving

the particulate matter as a cake on the bag

surface. Ash content in Indian coal is high and Fig. 4.1: General arrangement of bag filter

typical concentration of particulate matter at the inlet of air pollution control equipment is 30 to

80 g/Nm3.

(Source: Report-Assessment of requirement of Bag filter vis a vis Electrostatic Precipitator in Thermal PowerPlants, A report by CPCB, March 2007)

M/s NGL Fine Chem Ltd. will install a bag filter with design efficiency of 99.9 % removal of

particulate matter and bring down the concentration of PM below 100 mg/m3. To achieve stated

outlet concentration following design criterion will be adopted. The outlet concentration of

particulate matter from bag filter is explained in annexure 4.3

Bag Filter Details





Design Detail

Flue Gas Volume 6000-7000 m3/hr

Temperature of Gas ( deg. C. ) 160 - 220 deg. C

Inlet Dust Load ( gm/nm3 ) 20.0 gm/Nm3 (Actual Dust loading rate- 5.6

gm/Nm3)

Ambient Temperature ( deg. C. ) 32

Gas Volume 6000-7000 m3/hr

Gas Temperature ( deg. C. ) 250 ( max )

Expected Pressure Drop Across the Bag

Filter.

25 inch H2O

Filtration velocity 2-3 m/min

Equipment Data.

Bag Filter Type On-Line, Casing Entry

Total no of Bags 28

Diameter & Height of the Bag H: 3.6 m, d : 0.15 m

Total Filtration area (m2) 49

Air to Cloth Ratio ( m3/min/m2 ) 3.78

As per the CPCB guideline the stack height estimated for Boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater is

24.55 m and for D.G set is 11.32 m. The company will be providing a bag filter to control the

PM emissions below 100 mg/Nm3 and a common stack of 30 meter height for Boiler and

Thermic Fluid Heater and D.G set is having stack of 12 m height from ground level hence the

proposed common stack for boiler & thermic fluid heater & stack of D.G is appropriate for

dispersion of the pollutants as per the CPCB guidelines.

Process emissions:





For dealing with the process emissions i.e. the acidic &

gases from the manufacturing process two acidic scrubbers

will be installed. Packed bed scrubbers will be double stage

scrubber and will have capacity 200 CFM each, are

sufficient to mitigate the emissions due to proposed

production activity. Certain measures can be established to

reduce the VOC emission in the plant premises like carbon

adsorption systems, to prepare and follow chemical charging

SOP, operation and maintenance controls as leak prevention

etc. Control measures for dust emission control. The

following measures will be adopted for controlling the dust

emission,

The roads within the premises shall be sprinkled with

Water at a regular interval to avoid the dust generation.

To be ensured that all transportation vehicles carry a valid PUC (Pollution under Control)

Certificate.

Proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles is being carried out.

Adequate green belt >33% of total open area as per MPCB shall be developed in the project

plot. Green belt act as surface for settling of dust particle and thus will reduce the particulate

matter in air.

Ambient air quality shall be regularly monitored to ensure the air pollution devices are

working efficiently.

From the above, it can be concluded that after the operation of the project and implementation of

mitigation measures in an appropriate manner, the Ambient Air Quality will not exceed NAAQ

Standards.

Fig No. 4.2: Scrubber Design





4.2 Water Environment

4.2.1 Construction phase

4.2.1.1 Probable Sources:

The project is not surrounded by any of the major water bodies within 1-2 km radius of the

project. The potential source of impact to water quality from the construction phase could

include the following activities,

Construction runoff and drainage including dewatering operations: Potentials sources

would be wash water from dust suppression sprays, wheel washing facilities, runoff and

erosion from the site surfaces & stockpiles and fuel oil & lubricants from the maintenance of

construction vehicles and equipments.

Runoff from general construction activities: The construction activity like foundation

lying & concrete mixing etc, involve high amount of water consumption. The source of water

supply would be from Tarapur MIDC. The runoff can be caused due to the improper

handling of the construction equipment.

Sewage effluents generated from the construction workforce: Around 15-20 numbers of

temporary workers will be engaged for the construction activity. According to the NBC

(National Building Code of India) 45 lit/d/person is considered for domestic water

consumption i.e. 0.9 CMD. Sewage effluent will be generated by the on-site construction

workforce these have the potential to cause water pollution if not controlled.

4.2.1.2 Impact predicted

Runoff from construction area may contain increased loads of suspended solids (SS) and

contaminants. The sewage wastewater is characterized by high level of biochemical oxygen

demand, ammonia & E-coli counts. Therefore exposure of such runoffs to the water bodies will

have a significant negative impact on the water quality. Septic tank will be provided for

treatment for sewage treatment and treated water will be released to sewers. Hence minimal

impact is envisaged on the prevailing water quality in the study area.





4.2.1.3 Proposed Mitigation

It is important that appropriate measures are implemented to control the runoff & drainage water

from entering the nearby water courses.

Construction runoff and drainage: As the company will construct storm water drainage

of adequate capacity for controlled release of storm flows. Proper site management is

essential to minimize the surface water runoff & soil erosion. Good housekeeping will be

practiced like handling & disposing of solid waste i.e. debris & rubbish to enter from the

drainage column.

Sewage effluents generated from the construction workforce: to treat the domestic

sewage septic tank will be used the treated sewage will be disposed to MIDC sewerage

system.

4.2.2 Operational Phase

4.2.2.1 Probable Source

During the project in operational phase, wastewater generation will be through multiple sources

such as manufacturing process, scrubbers, domestic activities & utilities. The water supply

demand will be met through Tarapur MIDC water supply.

The effluent generated will be segregated into two broad streams i.e. High COD/TDS streams

generated from the manufacturing process & scrubber effluent & Low COD/TDS streams from

blow down water from boiler & cooling towers, reactor/product 2nd washing and domestic

activity. Total water balance for the project is depicted in Table No. 4.9 & 4.10 respectively.

Table No. 4.4: Water Balance for summer

Activities WaterConsumption

(CMD)

Effluent Generation (CMD) Remark

Consumption Loss Domestic Industrial

Domestic 7A

0.5 6.5 --

IndustrialProcess 55

E

4.5 -- 50.5 20 CMD High





COD/TDS and

30.5 CMD low

COD/TDSBoiler

43B

18.5 -- 519.5 CMD

condensate recycleCooling Tower 46

C28 7 11 CMD hold up

Gardening 8D

8 -- --

Total 159 59.5 6.5 62.5

Total Effluent: 6.5+62.5= 69

A: for 150 personnel, daily water requirement

B: for 3 Mt/hr boiler running 20 hours/day

C: total 2 CTs of 120 cum/ d of water circulation capacity, 200 TR

D: for 1513 sq. m. garden, daily water consumption.

E: for major 6 products at maximum daily production capacity

Table No. 4.5: Water Balance for Rainy Season

Activities Water Consumption (CMD) Effluent Generation(CMD)

Remark

Consumption Loss Domestic Industrial

Domestic 7 0.5 6.5 --

IndustrialProcess

55 4.5 -- 50.5

20 CMD

High

COD/TDS

and 30.5

CMD low

COD/TDSBoiler

43 18.5 -- 519.5 CMDcondensate

recycleCooling 46 28 7 11 CMD hold





Tower upGardening - - -- --

Total 151 51.5 6.5 62.5

Total Effluent: 6.5+62.5= 69

4.4.2.2 Impact predicted

The wastewater generated from the project activity if discharged to the Common Effluent

Treatment Plant (CETP) without prior in-situ treatment, it can cause the breakdown of the

common effluent treatment plant as it will contain high COD/ TDS concentrations. Also if the

untreated waste water is by passed to the MIDC drains it will results in the contamination or

polluting the water body at final discharge point. The prolonged unscientific discharge of the

untreated waste water would lead to the contamination of the nearby surface water bodies, soil in

the near vicinity, ultimately resulting in polluting the underground water table reserve through

percolation from soil. The release of untreated effluent will ultimately affect the overall ecology

& agricultural productivity in the surrounding area.

Table No. 4.6: Estimated Characteristics of the High & Low TDS/COD Wastewater

Table No. 4.7: Estimated Characteristics of the Treated Effluent

Sr.No.

Details Units HighCOD/TDS

Concentration

LowCOD/TDS

Concentration1. pH -- 3-4 5-6

2. Total Dissolved solids mg/lit 62500 3,500

3. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/lit 20,000 3,000

4. Biochemical Oxygen Demand, 3day, 27 °C

mg/lit 5,500 1,000

5. Total Suspended Solids mg/lit 10,000 3,500

Sr.No.

Details Units Treated EffluentConcentration

Standards todischarge effluent

in CETP






The effluent loads generated are segregated into two broad streams,

1. High COD/TDS effluent stream will contains aqueous layer from manufacturing process,

1st product wash & scrubber effluent. The HCOD/LCOD effluent would contain around

3.5% salts & 2% COD concentration hence it would be subjected to Pre- primary,

Primary Treatment followed by Stripper MEE with ATFD. The collected condensate

from evaporator will be sent to the aeration tank of conventional ETP for further

treatment.

2. Low COD/TDS stream generated from the reactors washing, 2nd wash of the product,

and blow down from cooling tower & boiler is subjected to the ETP comprises of

primary treatment, aerobic secondary treatment followed by the tertiary treatment. The

condensate from MEE & domestic effluent will be connected to the aeration tank of ETP.

The treated effluent after maximum recycle and reuse in plant will be sent to the Tarapur

CETP (TEPS) for its further treatment and discharge.

3. NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. Have applied for membership of new 50 MLD CETP to be

operated by Tarapur Environment Protection Society and paid membership fees in

installments as the construction is in progress. The details are attached as annexure 4.2

4. In the situation of non-functioning of CETP water will be treated in the ETP and reused

in plant for various uses. If 5% water loss is considered during effluent treatment then

resulting 66 CMD treated effluent will be used for following purpose:

1. pH -- 7 6.5-7.5

2. Total Dissolved solids mg/lit <2100 <2100

3. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/lit <250 <250

4. Biochemical Oxygen Demand, 3day, 27 °C

mg/lit <100 <100





Use Amount , CMD

Process plant wash 10.0

Plant and Vehicle wash 8.0

Cooling tower 20

Boiler feed water 10

Flushing 2

Fire fighting tank 16

TOTAL 66

4.4.2.3.1 Flow Chart & Design Specification of the Effluent treatment plant for High &Low streams of effluent.

To treat the low COD/TDS effluent effectively an ETP comprising 80 CMD capacity is proposedwhich contains following units for the effluent treatment. The high COD/TDS effluent units arelisted in table 4.14

Table No. 4.8: Dimensions of proposed ETP for treatment of LCOD/TDS effluent

Dimensions for Low COD/TDS Streams.

Sr.No.

Equipment/Unitname

Quantity Capacity ofeach tank,

m31 Oil and grease trap 1 3.752 Collection cum

neutralization Tank2 23

3 Flash Mixer 1 24 Flocculator 1 25 Primary Settling Tank 1 206 Aeration Tank-I 2 283.5 & 1137 Tube settler-I 2 10.48 Polishing Tank 1 179 Pressure Sand Filter 1 300 mm dia X

1200 mmHOS





10 Activated CarbonFilter

1 300 mm dia X1200 mm

HOS11 Sludge drying bed 2 10

Table No. 4.9: Dimensions of proposed ETP for treatment of HCOD/TDS effluent

Dimensions for High COD/TDS Streams.

Sr.No.

Description Quantity Capacity of eachtank, m3

1 Oil & Grease Trap 1 0.32 Collection cum

Neutralization Tank2 13.2

3 Reaction Tank 1 24 Flash Mixer 1 0.185 Flocculator 1 0.186 Primary Settling

Tank1 6.5

7 MEE Feed Tank 1 44.58 CIP Tank 1 5.69 MEE Condensate

Tank1 44.5




Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd Chapter 4- 20Figure No. 4.3: Flow chart of the Effluent Treatment Plant for HCOD/TDS

Sent to Aeration Tank of ConventionalETP for further treatment

HCOD/TDS effluent

Oil & Grease Trap

Collection cum neutralization

Pre- Primary Treatment (Hydrogen Peroxide +Fenton treatment)

Flash Mixer

Flocculator

Primary Settling Tank

MEE Feed Tank

Stripper MEE with ATFD

MEE Condensate Tank

Sludge Tank

Sludge DewateringSystem

CIP Tank

Solid Out

Solid for disposaldispDisposal

Solid for disposalDisposal

Solid Out

Alum Dosing System

Poly Dosing System

Acid / Lime Dosing

HCOD/TDS Effluentfrom Process + Scrubber




Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd Chapter 4- 21Figure No. 4.4: Flow chart of the Effluent Treatment Plant for LCOD/TDS

Boiler Blowdown

LCOD/TDS effluent

Oil & Grease Trap

Collection cum neutralization

Flash Mixer

Flocculator

Primary Settling Tank

Aeration Tank

Secondary Settling Tank

Polishing Tank

Sludge Tank

Sludge DewateringSystem

PSF/ ACF

Solid for Disposal

Solid Out

Alum Dosing System

Poly Dosing System

Acid / Lime Dosing

Cooling TowerBlowdown

LCOD Effluent fromProcess + Reactor

washing

Blowdown

Domestic Effluent + MEECondensate

Reuse & Recycle inPlant Operations

Treated effluent will be Sent to CETP for FurtherTreatment after commissioning of new 50 CMD CETP.

Otherwise it will be recycled in the plant for reuse.





4.2.3 Water quality modeling

The project is a green field project; treated effluent from the ETP will be sent to new 50 MLD

capacity TEPS CETP for further disposal. As it is evident that the wastewater generated will not

be discharged into any river/water channel/surface water body, the water quality modeling is not

mandatory for this project as per the Model TOR prescribed by MoEF&CC.

4.3 Noise Environment

4.3.1 Construction Phase

4.3.1.1 Probable Sources

The dominant source of noise from the construction equipments is the engine, usually a diesel,

without sufficient muffling. The activities like pile driving or pavement breaking are other

dominant source of noise generated during construction which is not envisaged for the said

project as there will be no major civil or foundation work. Consideration of probable sources, for

the current scenario can be in two modes, stationary and mobile. Stationary equipment operates

in one location for one or more days at a time with either a fixed power operation (pumps,

generators). Mobile equipment moves around the construction site with power applied in cyclic

fashion such as trucks moving to and fro from the site.

The time varying noise level which are converted into a single number for stationary & mobile

sources are taken from the EPA report which are depicted in the below table.





Table No.4.10: Noise Level Generated from Construction Equipments

Sr.No Equipments Typical Noise Level dB(A)50ft from Source

1 Truck 882 Loader 853 Shovel 82

(Source: U.S Environmental Protection Agency, “Noise from Construction Equipment &Operations, Building Equipment and Home Appliance, “NTID300.1, December 31, 1971)

4.3.1.2 Impact Prediction

Construction activities are characterized by variation in power expended by equipment, with

resulting variation in noise levels with time. Variation in the power is expressed in terms of the

usage factor of the equipment, the percentage of time during the workday that the equipment is

operating at full power. Time varying noise levels are converted to a single number for each

piece of equipment during the operation. Besides having daily variation in activities, major

construction project are accomplished in several different phases. Each phase has a specific

equipment mix depending on the work to be accomplished during that phase.

Each phase has its own noise characteristics some have higher continuous noise level than

others; some have high impact noise levels. The purpose of the assessment is to determine the

combined noise level generated from different equipments & its drop in dB (A) level as it

propagates.

Custic 3.2 developed by Canarina Environment software is used for noise pollution modeling

simulation. The noise dispersion is a complex physical phenomenon that involves turbulences &

non linear dynamics of the irreversible processes which is simplified in a simple equation.

4.3.1.2.1 Model Options Used for Computation

Flat terrain is assumed

Point Source emission is computed

Atmospheric sound attenuation is considered





Barrier are not used for computation for worst case scenario

Solid angle of the propagation is contemplated as 2 pi

Temporal average is not considered

Simulation calculation is done at surface height

The isolines are used as output interphase

Classic custic model (Linear sound propagation equation) is used for

simulation

4.3.1.2.2 Modeling Procedure

The propagation of the noise generated due to proposed project has been made by CUSTIC

version 3.2. The step wise method subjected in the user manual is followed for performing the

model.

4.3.1.2.3 Model Input Data

Table No.4.11: Noise Model Input Data

Sr.No Parameters Values

1 Number of Sources 3 Nos.

2 Number of calculation points in the x-axis X 80 Nos.

3 Solid angle 2 pi

4 Relative Humidity 70 %

5 Air Temperature 30 OC

6 Attenuation coefficient 0.98 dB(A)/100m

4.3.1.2.4 Interpretation

Noise negatively affects human health and well being. Problems related to noise pollution

include stress, sleep loss, distraction and a general reduction in the quality of life. Noise pollution





can also be harmful to animals in the vicinity. High enough level of noise pollution may interface

with the natural cycle of animals.

The noise level dissipated as it travels the distance. The drop down in the decibels is calculated

by the modeling software. The Noise level at the plant boundary is found to be 42.2 dB The

drop down level of noise as it travels away from the project site is depicted in the below table,





Table No.4.12: Drop down of Noise level in Construction Phase

Sr.No

Noise level dB (A) Distance (m)

1 42.2 502 35.3 1003 29.4 1504 23.5 2005 17.6 250

4.3.1.3 Mitigation

The noise control approaches which can be implemented to curb the noise level in the

construction phase are as follows,

1. Design consideration and project layout: Constructing noise barrier, such as temporary walls

of piles of excavated material, between noisy activities and noise sensitive receivers. Construct

walled enclosure around especially noisy activities or clusters of noisy equipment. Existing green

belt around the plot boundary will act as a noise barrier.

2. Sequence of operations: Combining noisy operations to occur in the same time period. The

total noise level produced will not be significantly greater than the level produced if the

operations were performed separately. Avoid nighttime activities.

Thus, noise from construction would have minor negative impact. However by implementing

appropriate mitigation measures suggested above, these effects are expected to become

insignificant.

4.3.2 Operational phase

4.3.2.1 Probable Sources





Any industrial plant in general consists of various sources of noise in clusters or single. These

clusters/single sources may be housed in buildings of different dimensions made of different

materials or installed in open or under sheds. Generally the plant noise sources include Air

Compressors, Feed Pumps, Condensate Pumps, D.G sets, Recycle Pumps, Boiler ID Fans, air

blowers, cooling towers etc.

Table 4.13: Noise level generated from Operational Phase

Sr.No Equipment Noise in dB (A)1 ETP/ Waste/ Wastewater

Pumps & Compressor70

2 Manufacturing plant 553 DG Set 704 Boiler 65









Table No.4.14: Drop down of Noise level in Construction Phase

Sr.No

Noise level dB (A) Distance (m)

1 32.33 502 27.62 1003 23.02 1504 18.41 2005 13.81 250

4.3.2.2 Impact Prediction

In order to predict noise levels due to the plant operations, which will be contributing to the

ambient noise levels, a sound propagative modeling has been carried out. For predicting the

noise levels at various distances with respect to the plant site, noise levels are predicted using a

user friendly model Custic 3.2 the details of which are elaborated above.

The noise modeling is performed considering the values obtained from the sound level meter

during the monitoring phase of the project. The modeling parameters & procedure is explained in

the above section. Same methodology is adopted for simulating the model considering 4 nos. of

point source.

Effects/Impacts of High Noise Level on Workers during the operational phase

Temporary/Permanent hearing loss

Mental disturbance

Increase in heart rate

Decreasing in workers performance due to psychiatric disorder

Workers developing Tinnitus due to high level of noise exposure on regular basis.


The noise level gets dissipated as it travels the distance. The drop down in the decibels is

calculated by the modeling software. The Noise level at the plant boundary during the

operational phase will be 32 dB (A).





Vibration:

Installation of equipments and machinery (reactors, condensers, fans, blowers and compressors)

are proposed. The vibration is envisaged due to above mentioned activities, it could result in

damage to infrastructure & health of the worker. To overcome such impacts, the grouting of

these instruments shall be made free from vibration by providing shock absorbing pads and

firmly mounted on the surface. Routine maintenance shall be practiced.


To reduce the Noise level in the company premises following mitigation is/will be provided.

Thick green belt or shelter belt will act as a barrier for preventing the noise propagation

out of the factory premises. To curb the noise levels the company is recommended to

develop the green belt area around the four boundaries of the company.

Isolation of the high noise generating equipments.

Workers should work in shifts to avoid the long durations of exposure to high noise level.

Implementation of noise absorbing sheets on the walls of building/facilities hosting high

noise generating equipments/machinery.

Acoustic enclosures to be provided to DG set, Compressor & high noise generating

equipments.

Anti vibration pads to be installed for high NV generating machines. Enclosure wherever

necessary.

Regular/routine maintenance of various equipments should be carried out.

Regular Oiling and greasing for equipments should be done.

The proposed equipments would be provided with proper enclosure, anti vibration pads,

acoustic enclosure wherever required.





4.4 Details of hazardous and non-hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilizationand management

4.4.1 Construction phase

Construction activities create solid wastes that need to be disposed. Such wastes include sand,

concrete, gravel, stone, bricks, plastic, paper, wood, metal and glass. Technology Information,

Forecasting, and Assessment Council (TIFAC), estimated waste generation during construction

operations is 35 kg/m2. During the construction in a buildup area of 7236 sq.m, 253.26 MT of

waste would be generated for the entire project. The material such as bricks, stone, gravel,

concrete etc. would be utilized in the site for filling of the low lying area as well as for internal

road construction and other recyclable waste such metal, plastic, wood, paper would be given to

the recycler. The solid waste generated by labor as municipal waste will be collected, segregated

and disposed appropriately.


The details of hazardous waste generated with predicted quantities are presented in following

table. In proposed project hazardous waste like distillation residue from process, spent carbon

from ETP, ETP sludge, MEE sludge will be produced.

Other type of solid hazardous waste includes empty drums, carboys, polymer bags and cardboard

cartons used for raw material storage will be disposed through the MPCB authorized recyclers.

Solid non hazardous waste includes paper waste from office and food waste generated from

canteen. It will be recycled through local municipal waste collection system. Bottom ash

generated from coal combustion will be stored in enclosed area and it will be sold to brick

manufacturers. The hazardous waste generated will be stored and handle as per the Hazardous &

Other Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Details of

waste generation and their disposal method are listed in below table





Table 4.15: Sources of hazardous waste generation

Proposed hazardous waste quantity and treatment method.

Source Quantity

TPM

Form HW

Category

Treatment method

Distillation column residue 0.5 Sludge 20.3 All kind of hazardous

waste will be stored in

containers and kept at

HW storage area. The

waste will be processed

at CHWSTD Facility,

Taloja.

Used/spent carbon from ETP 0.55 solid 28.3

ETP Sludge 10 Dry

Sludge

35.3

MEE residue 37.5 Dry

sludge

35.3

Empty , carboys , bags etc. 150 kg/month.

approx.

solid 33.1 Sell to MPCBauthorized recycler

Drums 200 nos.

approx.

solid 33.1

Non hazardous waste

Scrap Material 50 kg/month solid -- MPCB authorized scraprecycler

Boiler ash 750 kg/day solid -- Sell to authorized brickmanufacturer

The industry will take the care of following solid waste envisaged to be generated during the

operational phase of the project.





Table 4.16: Solid waste generation and disposal method

Sr.No.

Type of other Industrial Waste Method of disposal

1 Card Boards Return to the Supplier/ Sale to Authorized Party

2 Carboys Return to the Supplier/ Sale to Authorized Party

3 Stationary Sale to the Authorized Party

4 Waste of Safety Equipments (PPEs) Sale to Authorized Party

5Waste generated fromHousekeeping

It shall be segregated and to be disposedaccordingly

6 E-WasteIt shall be handled as per the E –Waste(Management & Handling) Rules, 2011

7 Waste BatteriesIt shall be handled as per the Batteries(Management & Handling) Rules, 2001

8 Fly ash Sale to local brick manufacturers

The industry will not have a canteen facility at the plant premises; hence the solid waste

generation of food is not envisaged.

4.4.3 Conclusion

The industry will follow the Hazardous Waste Management practices as per the Hazardous

Waste Management Rules, 2016 and amendments. It will provide a separate area for the storage

of hazardous waste and empty drums with proper segregation and identification.

Adequate PPE will be provided for workers handling and transporting hazardous waste. Regular

training will be provided by the EHS Dept. to increase the awareness among the employee and

contractors regarding generation and management of Hazardous Waste.

4.5 Soil environment

Impacts during construction phase





The expected adverse environmental impacts during this phase are the loss of top soil, possible

erosion of soil & other materials towards the surrounding land/water resources and pollution of

soil/water due to spillage of petroleum products used for powering and lubricating vehicles and

construction machinery.

Precautionary/mitigation measures to be adopted

1. Prior to the commencement of any earthwork for construction of the “Formulation andManufacturing Buildings/Sheds” proposed to house the Manufacturing Plants, the perimeter ofthe plot area should be secured with a trench and outer bund, to prevent the erosion of loosenedearth material and other pollutants beyond the plot boundaries.

2. This is particularly important if the earthwork is undertaken during the period of unpredictableweather (e.g. in April/May or September/October) with the possibility of sudden storms withintense rains leading to heavy erosion. It is therefore advisable to commence the earthworkincluding digging for building foundations soon after the termination of monsoon rains(October/November), followed by the construction of Plant structures in the ensuing dry and fairweather period. This will make it possible to dig and shape the moist land with less energyconsumption and also minimize the possibility of soil erosion and pollution of surroundingenvironmental entities.

3. At the start of the earthwork the entire top soil layer (30 cm), which constitutes the most fertilepart of the soil profile, should be removed and stacked separately at a place secured againsterosion. Subsequently, the main earthwork involving digging, leveling and shaping of land forconstruction of buildings and landscaping should be completed. Later, the stacked top soil shallbe uniformly deposited and leveled over the Plot area demarcated for establishing the “GreenBelt”. Any surplus quantity of top soil may be spread over the plot area earmarked as open area.

4. To prevent dust pollution due to construction machinery and vehicles, the operation of thesame shall be strictly regulated and controlled to follow delineated pathways. The vehicularpathways should be periodically sprayed with water tankers, equipped with sprinklers, to prevent“and/or” control the generation of airborne particulate matter.

Moreover, since the project plot allotted is located well within the precincts of the TarapurMIDC, there is no possibility of any adverse impact on the agricultural soils and water resourceslocated beyond the MIDC limits, but within the study area.





Probable impacts during operational phase

The possible adverse impacts on soil within and beyond the project plot area during the

operational phase can be as under.

1) Pollution/Contamination of soil if the treated/untreated effluent in any way finds its way to

ground through unforeseen disposal/spillage/leakage, the proposed project will be operating as a

zero liquid discharge unit until the commissioning of new 50 MLD capacity TEPS CETP after

which treated effluent will be sent to CETP for further disposal.

2) Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw material/product) & hazardous waste during storage,

handling, gland leakage of pumps and flange leakage in pipelines within the project plot.

3) Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous waste during

transportation to & form the project site.

4) Deposition of particulate matter from stack/chimney in the windward direction from the

project site.

Mitigation measures

The possible impacts listed above can be prevented or minimized by adopting certain mitigation

measures as listed below.

1) The conveyance of treated effluent from the project plot to TEPS CETP located at Plot No.

AM-29, Tarapur MIDC will be done by dedicated underground drainage system developed by

MIDC. However since the unforeseen events of spillage/leakage are not predictable which

makes it difficult to install the pre event control measures. However to identify such instances

the project proponent is robustly advised to develop & deploy Standard Operating Procedures

(SOP’s) for regular maintenance checks of the effluent carrying system & communicate the same

to MIDC for appropriate actions.





2) All chemicals should be stored in dedicated closed warehouses/storage areas with leak proof

flooring & walls. Production area should be covered with “Acid/Alkali” proof bricks with

adequate drainage system connected to ETP. Also it is robustly advised to develop & deploy

Standard Operating Procedures (SOP’s) to tackle any unforeseen spillage/leakage of chemicals.

3) The transportation of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous waste will be mainly

done by trucks/tempos however the unforeseen events of accidental spillage are not predictable

which makes is difficult to install pre event control measures. However for such instances the

project proponent is robustly advised to develop & deploy Offsite Emergency Contingency Plan

& related Standard Operating Procedures to tackle any such unforeseen event.

3) Hazardous waste should be stored in dedicated hazardous waste storage area in made of thick

concrete paved flooring with HDPE lining & in any case hazardous waste should not be stored

more than 90 days & to be disposed off to CHWTSDF. Other industrial waste such as plastic

waste, packing material, cleaned empty drums/carboys/containers should be stored in a dedicated

waste storage area & such waste should be returned to supplier/sold to authorized recycler.

4) To arrest the emission of particulate matter at the source itself, Air Pollution Control Devices

(APCD’s) such as Bag Filter is proposed to be installed and for proper dispersion of pollutants in

atmosphere stack with appropriate height as per CPCB guidelines will be provided.

5) The Standard Operating Procedures which are suggested to be developed to tackle/control any

unforeseen events should be a part of Off Site & On Site Emergency Preparedness Plan.

Overall it can be said that as the project plot is located well within the precincts of the Tarapur

MIDC, there is no possibility of any adverse impact on the agricultural soils beyond the MIDC.

4.6 Biological environment





Nevertheless the impacts associated with any kind of proposed activity on the environment

cannot be completely nullified however the severity of such impacts can be minimized to a great

extent by advocating suitable mitigation measures.

Probable impacts during construction phase

The expected adverse environmental impacts during the construction phase can be

1. Habitat loss due to ground preparation activities

2. Possible erosion of soil & other materials towards the surrounding land/water resources and

pollution of soil/water due to spillage of petroleum products used for powering and lubricating

vehicles and construction machinery.

3. Emissions from construction related works & machineries.

Impact assessment

1. The project activity will involve earthwork related activities in an area of 2256 sq. m. for

construction of manufacturing plants, utility and admin buildings, storage warehouse, security

cabin etc. Now these construction activities will not involve any sort of ground clearing/felling

activities since the areas demarcated for these proposed activities are devoid of any sort of

ground vegetation or trees, hence any sort of habitat loss will not occur.

Precautionary/mitigation measures

1. To avoid possible erosion soil & other materials, the perimeter of the plot area should be

secured with a trench and outer bund.

2. To minimize/arrest dust emissions due to construction related activities within the project plot

regular water sprinkling should be done, also to ensure minimal emissions from the construction

related vehicles and machineries PUC certified vehicles should be used & appropriate

maintenance of construction machineries should be done.






Generally the activities which may have adverse impact on the biotic environment during

operational phase may be due to deliberate/unforeseen release of treated/untreated effluent,

disposal of hazardous waste on the ground or in the water bodies in the study area. However the

proposed project has made following provisions for the effluent & hazardous waste management.

1) The treated effluent will be disposed to TEPS CETP located Plot No. AM-29 Tarapur MIDC

& hazardous waste will be sent to Mumbai Waste Management - CHWTSDF at Taloja for

treatment & processing.

The only direct possible impacts due the proposed project may be from the following.

1) Air emissions from burning of fuel for operation of utilities like Boiler, D.G set &

manufacturing process related emissions if at all escape the MIDC industrial estate.

Mitigation measures

1) In order to minimize the air emissions at the source itself, APCD’s such as Bag Filter is

proposed to be installed and for proper dispersion of pollutants in atmosphere stack with

appropriate height as per CPCB guidelines will be provided.

2) As a precautionary measure industry should ensure that at no point of time during the

operational phase of the project the concentrations of air emissions should not exceed the

prescribed standards.

3) In order to arrest the fugitive emissions within the plant premises & to minimize the noise

intensity propagating out of the factory premises, thick green belt comprising of native species as

mentioned in Table No 10.8 of Chapter 10 are suggested for future green belt development.

Impact assessment





1) The proposed project does not involves any sort of liquid or solid discharge/disposal on the

ground or in the water bodies within the study area & being located well within the MIDC Estate

which is exclusively meant for industrial developmental activities no adverse impacts are

anticipated on the biotic environment.

4.7 Land environment

Probable impacts during construction & operational phase

The probable impacts on the prevailing land use - land cover aspects in the study area may occurdue to following activities:

1. Generally the developmental activities such as construction & development ofBuilding/Township/Industrial Estate/Special Economic Zones which involve comparativelylarger areas tend to change the prevailing land use & land cover aspects of the larger areadirectly.

2. Also the influx of people associated with such projects during operational & construction

phase has the potentiality of changing surrounding land use & land cover aspects by way of new

settlements/setups & thus promoting various other infrastructural activities there by inducing

land use/land cover changes indirectly.

Impact assessment

1. The project in consideration to be executed in a plot area admeasuring 9,174.00 sq. m. at plot

no. S- 18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Palghar Dist., Maharashtra, India is a plot specific project

within the precincts of Tarapur MIDC area which is exclusively meant for industrial

developmental activities and already prevails industrial type of land use. However, 2256.00 sq.

m. of the open area in the project plot will be consumed for construction of formulation,

manufacturing and ancillary utilities.

2. Changes in the prevailing land use - land cover aspects of the study area by way of any

ancillary new settlements/setups due to influx of people during construction or operational phase





are not anticipated since the 15-20 no. of workers required during construction phase & 150 no.

of man power required during operational phase will be hired from nearby areas who will daily

travel to & fro from the project site.

4.8 Socio economic environment

It is envisaged that the proposed activity will help to some improvements in the locale specific

socio-economic aspects in the project affected area. Better literacy rates are possible due to

assumed better economic conditions of the people in the project concerned area. Better literacy

means better social status and thereby improved lifestyle. This will be a positive impact due to

the proposed activity.

4.9 Odour

4.9.1 Identification of source

Odour sources can be continuous or intermittent, point sources (for example chimneys, stacks or

building vent/exhaust pipes), area sources (for example stockpiles, ponds or open-topped tanks)

or volume sources (for example, a building with many openings from which odour escapes). The

sources within the site boundary and any nearby sources beyond the boundary they could

contribute to cumulative odour impacts. It is important to include fugitive sources as these often

make an important contribution to the odour impacts. In the operational phase the component

which will contribute to the odour generations are working of waste water treatment plant, raw

materials and chemicals handling in the industry, working emission of the solvents storage tanks

etc. Sources which will lead to the generation of odour are leakage of solvent/chemical from the

storage drums/pipeline/reactors, evaporation of acid as acid fumes, domestic waste, handling of

raw materials, also handling of sludge and reaction waste etc.

4.9.2 Impact prediction

Exposure to odors could result in health effects ranging from none, to mild discomfort, to more

serious symptoms. Some chemicals with strong odors may cause eye, nose, and throat or lung

irritation. Strong odors may cause some people to feel a burning sensation that leads to coughing,





wheezing or other breathing problems. Workers/People coming in contact who smell strong

odors may get headaches or feel dizzy or nauseous. If an odor lasts a long time or keeps

occurring, it also could affect mood, anxiety and stress level.

4.9.3 Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures that can be implemented for controlling the odour are given below,

Increasing Air Exchange: The exchange of air surrounding an odorous process is large

the emitted odorants will be diluted. But if the odour comes from evaporated material, the

emission may increase. In normal circumstances it is best to reduce the amount of air

which gets in contact with odorous materials. In this way odour control equipment will be

required.

Supervision and maintenance: If equipment is supervised and maintained frequently,

leakages in joints, pump gaskets, boilers etc. can be avoided and odour nuisances be

prevented. Ordinary operational practice should include maintenance of equipment to

prevent uncontrolled escape of odour. Odour emissions are often a result of plant

overloading or chemicals spill. It is therefore essential that processes operate correctly

and chemicals are handled carefully. Odour emitted in connection with tank filling

operations can be minimized by means of floating covers or smell charcoal filters at

ventilation outlets.

Good Housekeeping: Decay Evaporation of odorants from stored decaying material may

often lead to odour emission. Good housekeeping may eliminate the problems.

Provision of Containment: The preventive measures or changed process parameters are

not enough to avoid annoying emissions of odorous compounds from a plant, it must be

placed in a building equipped with ventilation and, where required, air cleaning

equipment. It may be necessary to have non-opening windows and automatic gate and





door closing devices, and to provide a negative pressure in the building. Odour nuisances

can be prevented either by cleaning of exhaust air or by dilution in outlets.


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter no 5 : Analysis of Alternative


CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE

5.1 Introduction

NGL Fine Chem Limited is located at Plot no. S- 18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Palghar Dist.,

Maharashtra, India. The MIDC Infrastructure comprises internal roads, water supply, street

lights, and drainage lines in Tarapur Industrial Areas. These areas consist of a well developed

Chemical Zone, which has a centrally located 2 Common Effluent Treatment Plants of 25

MLD (present) and 50 MLD (upcoming) that controls solid and liquid effluents, and common

facilities such as police station, M.S.E.B. substation, telephone exchange, etc. In this

industrial area textile, pharmaceuticals, plastics as well as engineering units are operating.

5.2 Analysis of alternative site

The process of industrial site selection begins with the recognition of projected need to meet

new or growing markets. The NGL Fine Chem Limited’s proposed project is a green field

project consist of formulation unit, API and API intermediates manufacturing project. The

company will have the API and Intermediates production capacity of 62.033 MT/ month and

formulation of syrups, tablets, capsules and dry powder at Plot no. S- 18/3, Tarapur MIDC,

Boisar, Palghar Dist., Maharashtra, India.

5.3 Analysis of alternative technology

Synthesis of drug molecule and drug intermediates is a multi-step process; this gives

numerous possibilities of synthesis of molecule. Reactions like Nitration, Halogenation,

Hydrogenation, Diazotization etc. These different synthesis routes had been studied by the R

and D division of NGL Fine Chem and the optimum synthesis route was finalized and scaled-

up for large scale production of drug and drug intermediates. The major requirement of large

scale production is cost effective and highly efficient manufacturing process. The present

manufacturing process of Proposed products are result of rigorous R& D work of NGL Fine

Chem to obtain optimum process parameters such as reactant mass, temperature of the step to

achieve highest product yield by maximum raw material conversion to desired products.


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter no 5 : Analysis of Alternative


Alternate Technology:

The company will incorporate brine chilling plant which ensures more recovery of volatile

compounds and results in waste minimization. The company is planning to install Agitated

Nutsche Filter and Dryer (ANFD) in which reduces the process time and results in higher

separation of product.

A dedicated multistage packed column for solvent recovery will be installed to recover

different solvent with more than 80% purity, these solvents can be recycled to process if

found with suitably pure, thereby reducing the use of fresh solvents in the process and it will

reduce the COD load on ETP.

The company will replace toxic solvent chloroform with much greener alternatives like

toluene.


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program


CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Introduction

Environmental monitoring Program is an essential tool for sustainable development. An

environmental monitoring program provides a delivery mechanism to address the adverse

environmental impacts of a project during its execution, to enhance project benefits, and to

introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. An environmental

monitoring program is important as it provides useful information and helps to:

Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus,

provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures.

Monitoring & tracking the effectiveness of Environment Management Plan & implementation

of mitigation measures planned.

Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental monitors

and provides means of effectively communicating environmental issues among them.

Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters.

Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the

Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in management plan

required if any.

Identify training requirement at various levels.

Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to plan

additional mitigation measures

6.2 Monitoring points /locations and components

Environmental monitoring plan shall be decided considering the environmental impact likely

to occur due to operation of the project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track

timely and regularly change in the environmental condition and to take timely action to

protect the environment.




Table No. 6.1 Pre Project Monitoring Parameter

Sr. No. Components Environmental Monitoring Points/Location1. Ambient Air Ambient air quality at

minimum 8 Location,including the plant premises

2. Water & Waste Water Minimum 8 location ofground water and 8 locationof surface water should betaken around the project site& final treated effluent

3 Noise At all internal sources andoutside the plant area whichcan be locus to the airmonitoring stations.

At least 8 location should betaken near/around the site

4 Soil At least 2 locations near theProject site.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed manufacturing unit of API & API Intermediates Chemicals at Tarapur MIDC , Palghar district,Maharashtra.



6.3 Post Project Monitoring Parameters & Frequency

Table No. 6.2 Post Project Monitoring Parameters & Frequency

Sr.No. Activity/Area Pollutant Pollutant Characteristics Frequency PeriodOPERATION PHASE

1. Vehicular Movement Dust Emission CO, SO2, NOX, SPM inAmbient Air

Intermittent / Periodic Quarterly

2. DG Set, Boiler. Air emissions CO, SO2, NOX, SPM fromBoiler & D.G. Set


3. Scrubbers Air emissions Acid Mist Intermittent / Periodic Quarterly3. Boiler Area, D.G

Set, ETP, WorkPlace Area

Sound Noise Level dB (A) Intermittent / Periodic Quarterly

4. Effluent treatmentplant

All parameters pH, O & G, TDS, TSS, COD,BOD

Heavy Metals & OrganicCompounds specific to project

Continuous Daily

5. Hazardous Wastes E.T.P sludgeresidue

H.W. characteristics As per the requirementof CHWTSDF

providers

Once in a Year

6. Work Place Air pollutants,Heavy metals

Volatile Organic Compounds& Heavy Metals in ambient Air

specific to project





6.4 Monitoring Methodologies:

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provided by

MoEF&CC / CPCB / SPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF&CC/ CPCB.

6.5 Documentation and Reporting

The records of the monitoring program shall be kept on regular basis for all aspects of the

monitoring. Separate records for water, wastewater, solid wastes (Slag & Collected Dust,

Recycled Dust-Scales etc.), air, emission, soil & manure/compost shall be prepared and

preserved regularly. Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as per the planned

schedule, report shall be prepared & necessary documents shall be forwarded to the concern

person. Methodology of monitoring (sampling & analysis) shall be prepared as separate

documents as SOP (Standard Operating Procedure) wherever required. The records showing

results/outcome of the monitoring programs shall be prepared as per the requirement of the

schedule mentioned above. Regularly these documents & records shall be reviewed for

necessary improvement of the monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental

technologies as well as for necessary actions of environmental management cell.

6.6 Budget & Procurement Schedule

On regular basis, Environment Management Cell shall inspect the necessity & availability of

the materials, technologies, services & maintenance works. The cell shall make appropriate

budget for the same. Regular record review for change in financial requirement of

environment management shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall be made

along with other budgets, budget for environmental management shall be prepared and

revised regularly up on requirement. The budget shall include provisions for:

Environmental Monitoring Program

Operation & Maintenance of environmental Technologies/Equipments

Laboratory works for Environmental management activities

Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipments, tools, services, protective

equipment.




Greenbelt development

Social & Environmental Welfare & Awareness programs/training & Health related

issues.

Annual Environmental Audit


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter 7: Additional Studies


CHAPTER 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Hearing

“Public Consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns of locals likely to be

affected/all the stakeholders who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts due to the

project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in

the project or activity design as appropriate. M/s. NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. will execute the

proposed capacity enhancement activity within the existing manufacturing unit located at plot S-

18/3, Kolawade village, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Palghar district, Maharashtra, India Now since

the unit has been located in Notified Tarapur MIDC area, as per the OM No. J-11013/36/2014-

IA-I dated 10th December 2014 public hearing is exempted for the industries which are located in

industrial estate or parks notified prior to 14.09.2006 i.e. the EIA Notification 2006 coming into

force.

7.2 Risk Assessment

Risk assessment is an essential part of the risk management process and is the overall term

covering the risk identification, analysis and risk evaluation part of the risk management process.

The Risk management process involves the following steps,

1. System Definition

2. Risk Identification

3. Risk Estimation

4. Risk Evaluation

5. Risk Control

6. Risk Monitoring

7. Risk Communication

As indicated in the earlier chapter the proposed expansion activity to manufacture 17 new

products along with the 6 existing products viz. Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) &




Fine Chemicals poses various types of hazards due to storage, handling and manipulation of

different chemicals.

In order to study the risks envisaged by the proposed expansion activities, the following

methodology was adopted.

Detailed study of all manufacturing activities

The factory would be manufacturing 17 different products to a total production quantity of

62.033 MT/month. It is evident from the product list that,

Diminazene Aceturate

Praziquantel,

Febuxostat,

Ranolazine,

Ractopamine Hydrochloride,

are the major products which would be manufactured on a larger scale/regular basis whereas, the

rest of the products will be manufactured on campaign basis. The HAZOP study have been

carried out and recommendations are presented below in table

A detailed scrutiny of various chemicals which would be stored on the site was done. The

solvents will be stored in drums in raw material storage area,

7.2.1 M.S.D.S.s

Brief M.S.D.S.s of all the above chemicals and other raw materials which would be used in the

manufacturing processes of products are used as reference for preparation of HAZOP study.




7.3 HAZOP Study

Introduction

The HAZOP Study for the products which are proposed to be manufactured at M/s. NGL Fine-

Chem Ltd. has been prepared based on the studies.

Methodology

The study was conducted in August 2016. The documents pertaining to the processes such as

rough P&I D made available by the client, MSDS of the substances involved, etc. were

studied. Detailed discussions were held with the concerned officials of the factory.

Based on the above, HAZOP worksheets were prepared by applying standard procedures of

using guide words to generate deviations in the process parameters. Corrective actions wherever

necessary were indicated and presented below as HAZOP recommendations.

Table No.7.1: HAZOP Study Recommendations

Product name Recommendations

Diminazene diaceturate BMR to include recording of maximum pressure drop testwhile testing nitrogen line with counter signature ofconcern production officer.

SRV on nitrogen line needs to be tested at prescribedpressure and records are to be documented.

HOD production needs to prepare spill response procedurefor hazardous liquid & ensure all concerns are trained onthe same.

Concern supervisor must counter check quantity of rawmaterial in the drums received from store before chargingthe contents in the reactor to avoid over flow.

Hydrogenation reaction mass transfer line gaskets are to bereplaced once in a year to prevent the spillage causing fire




hazard and document.

BMR to include instructions to maintain at least 0.2 Kgpressure in each depressurization of nitrogen to prevent theloss of inertisation.

Clean the flame arrestor on the vent line of reactorperiodically to prevent the less depressurization of thereactor.

Instead of sucking slurry of palladium in acetic acid fromSS bucket to reactor, provide catalyst charging pot as perthe design given.

SRVs on hydrogenation reactors need to be tested bycompetent person annually & document the testing record.

BMR includes recording of time of each pressurization &depressurization of hydrogen in the reactors of each cyclealong with pressure & counter checked.

Pressure gauges on hydrogen manifold lines & reactorsshall be periodically calibrated and document the records.

To the hydrogenation reactors, provide interlocking systemwith alarm between reaction temperature & stirring so thanwhen temperature exceeds 60o C the stirring stopsautomatically with an alarm.

Hydraulic testing of jacket & integrity test of hydrogenreactor shall be done by a competent person and recordsshall be maintained.

Remove the flame arrester from the tank & rupture discvent must be dipped in paraffin oil to deactivate thecatalyst.

Replace the existing ball valve by needle valve of vent line




for hydrogenation reactors.

Praziquantel Suck nitrobenzene directly in the reactor instead of glassflask by keeping drum on the balance and record actualquantity sucked from each drum in BMR.

HOD production has to prepare spill response of allhazardous material being used in the plant and arrange totrain all employees as part of on job training

Provide orifice plate of appropriate size on dosing line ofmixture of HBT & HCT.

Hydraulic test of graphite condenser needs to be done andrecords shall be maintained.

While drying material in tray drier contains flammablesolvents, bonding of trolley must be done with the dryer.

Check vacuum trap is empty before sucking water reactivematerial in reactor by applying vacuum.

To prevent over flow of reactor, calibrate the water meter& water quantity needs to be counter checked by shiftofficer.

Store & production people must check the condition ofcarboys to prevent the spillage of hazardous material.

To identify the failure of cooling tower, provide alarmsystem to alert the employees

Before feeding the slurry in centrifuge contains flammable




solvents, inertise the centrifuge for maximum 2% oxygen& maintain throughout the centrifuge.

Apart from the above recommendations some general recommendations to avoid any hazardous

situation are as follows:

Flow direction will be indicated on the pipelines.

Labeling will be done for all the vessels.

Training of the employees will be done for fire prevention and control.

Personal protective equipments are to be provided.

Housekeeping will be maintained.

Emergency exits will be marked clearly.

Hydraulic testing of reactors will be done periodically.

Pressure relief valve will be checked on periodic interval for proper functioning.

All flanges shall be properly bonded.

Critical recommendations and node wise important information will be recorded in

HAZOP sheet.

Temperature indicator will be provided to all reactors and periodically tested.

All the reactors will be earthed suitably.

7.4 Aerial Location of Hazardous Atmosphere (ALOHA):

A Quantitative Risk Assessment based on the software ALOHA – Aerial Locations of Hazardous

Atmospheres was carried out. The criteria failure scenarios considered for ALOHA depend on

the type of storage whether above ground tank, drums in storage area or pressurized cylinders as

well as physical state of the chemical stored and chemical properties of the chemical.

ALOHA (Arial Locations of Hazards Atmosphere) is an atmospheric dispersion model

used for evaluating releases of hazardous chemical vapors. ALOHA is a part of software called

CAMEO (Computer Aided Management of Emergency Operation). CAMEO is one of the tools

developed by EPA’s Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention Office (CEPPO) and the




National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Office of Response and Restoration (NOAA),

to assist front-line chemical emergency planners and responders. For the present calculation

version 5.4.4 is used.

CAMEO suite consists of three parts viz.

1. CAMEO: It is basically a chemical data base provided for calculations.

2. ALOHA: ALOHA allows the user to estimate the downwind dispersion of a chemical cloud

based on the toxicological/physical characteristics of the released chemical, atmospheric

conditions, and specific circumstances of the release.

3. MARPLOT (Mapping Applications for Response, Planning, and Local Operational Tasks):

Graphical outputs include a "cloud footprint" that can be plotted on maps with MARPLOT to

display the location of other facilities storing hazardous materials and vulnerable locations,

such as hospitals and schools. Specific information about these locations can be extracted

from CAMEO information modules to help make decisions about the degree of hazard posed.

Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGL):

Figure No. 7.1: Description of AEGL levels




THERMAL RADITION EFFECTS:

A Thermal Radiation Level of Concern (LOC) is a threshold level of thermal radiation, usually

the level above which a hazard may exist.

10 kW/(sq m) -- potentially lethal within 60 sec;

5 kW/(sq m) -- second-degree burns within 60 sec; and

2 kW/(sq m) -- pain within 60 sec.

Below are some effects at specific thermal radiation levels for which software was run.

37.5 kw / m2 (100% lethality),

12.5 kw/m2 (1% lethality),

1.6 kw/m2 (no discomfort)

The thermal radiation effects that people experience depend upon the length of time they are

exposed to a specific thermal radiation level. Longer exposure durations, even at a lower

thermal radiation level, can produce serious physiological effects.

OVERPRESSURE EFFECTS:

A major hazard associated with any explosion is overpressure. Overpressure, also called a blast

wave, refers to the sudden onset of a pressure wave after an explosion. This pressure wave is

caused by the energy released in the initial explosion—the bigger the initial explosion, the more

damaging the pressure wave. Blast waves can damage buildings or even knock them flat—often

injuring or killing the people inside them. The sudden change in pressure can also affect

pressure-sensitive organs like the ears and lungs. The damaging effects of the overpressure will

be greatest near the source of the explosion and lessen as you move farther from the source.

An Overpressure Level of Concern (LOC) is a threshold level of pressure from a blast wave,

usually the pressure above which a hazard may exist. In vapour cloud explosion scenario,

ALOHA will suggest three default LOC values. ALOHA uses three threshold values to create

the default threat zones:




• Red: 8.0 psi (destruction of buildings);

• Orange: 3.5 psi (serious injury likely); and

• Yellow: 1.0 psi (shatters glass).

ALOHA software is used to estimate the risk associated with release of pressurized gases. The

summary of ALOHA for different scenarios is attached in Annexure 7.2. ALOHA footprints for

different hazard scenarios are presented in table 7.3.

Table No 7.2: details of tank storage

Sr.No

Name ofChemicals

Maximum StorageQuantity at any

given time

Storage Dyke Details

1 Methanol 15,000 L UG tank --2 Toluene 10,000 L UG tank --3 Hydrochloric acid 5000 L Above ground tank 2*2.5*1.24 Sulfuric acid 5000 L Above ground tank 2*2.5*1.25 Furnace oil 3000 kg Above ground tank 2*2.5*1.26 Hydrogen 7 m3* 20 cylinders --7 chlorine 100 kg*2 cylinders --8 Ammonia 100 Kg* 5 cylinders --

Table No 7.3: ALOHA footprints

Substance Failure Scenario

No.

Effects

considered

LOC Distance,

m

Methanol Liquid is

leaking at non

flammable

conditions

01 Toxic area of

vapour cloud

(not burning)

AEGL-3 7200 10

AEGL-2 2100 10




AEGL-1 530 10

02 Thermal

radiation

from pool

fire

Red 10.0

kW/(sq

m)

<10

Orange 5.0

kW/(sq

m)

<10

Yellow 2.0

kW/(sq

m)

<10

Flammable

liquid

03 Thermal

radiation

from fireball.

Red 10.0

kW/(sqm)

199

Orange 5.0

kW/(sq

m)

287

Yellow 2.0

kW/(sq

m)

453

Flammable

vapour

04 Overpressure

(blast force)

from vapor

Yellow 208.00




cloud

explosion

Hydrogen flammable

leak

Hydrogen /

01

Flammable

chemical

escaping

from tank

(not burning)

PAC-3 400000pp

m

<10

PAC-2 230000

ppm

<10

PAC-1 65000

ppm

<10

Hydrogen /

02

Toxic area of

vapour

cloud:

Flammable

Area of

Vapor Cloud

60%

LEL

24000

ppm

<10

10%

LEL

4000 ppm <23

PAC-2 -- --




PAC-1 4000 ppm

= 10%

LEL

1100

Hydrogen /

03

Flammable

gas is

burning:

thermal

radiation

from jet fire

Red 10.0

kW/(sq

m)

<10

Orange 5.0

kW/(sq

m)

<10

Yellow 2.0

kW/(sq

m)

<10

Toluene Leaking tank 01 Flammable

chemical

escaping

from tank

(not burning)

Red 10.0

kW/(sq

m)

<10

Orange 5.0

kW/(sqm)

11




Yellow 2.0

kW/(sq

m)

30

02 Flammable

Area of

Vapor Cloud

Yellow 2.0

kW/(sq

m)

11

Chemical is

burning while

leaking

03 Red 10.0

kW/(sq

m)

<10

Orange 5.0

kW/(sq

m)

<10

Yellow 2.0

kW/(sq

m)

<10

04 BLEVE of

flammable

liquid in

vertical

cylindrical

tank

Red 10.0

kW/(sq

m)

280

Orange 5.0

kW/(sq

396




m)

Yellow 2.0

kW/(sqm)

618

Overpressure

(blast force)

from vapor

cloud

explosion

Red 8.0 psi --

Orange 3.5 psi 368

Yellow 1.0 psi 487

Ammonia Leak from hole

in vertical

cylinder tank,

Flammable

chemical

escaping from

tank (not

burning)

Ammonia/

01

Toxic area of

vapor cloud

AEGL-3 1100 ppm 298

AEGL-2 160 ppm 639

AEGL-1 30 ppm 1200

Ammonia/

02

Flammable

area of vapor

90000

ppm =

20




cloud 60% LEL

15000

ppm =

10% LEL

50

Ammonia/

03

Over

pressure

(blast force)

from vapor

cloud

explosion

No part

of the

cloud is

above

the LEL

at any

time

--

3.5 psi --

1.0 psi 13

Leak from hole

in vertical

cylindrical tank,

Leaking tank

chemical is

burning

Ammonia/

04

Thermal

radiation

from jet fire

10.0

kW/sqm

10

5.0

kW/sqm

10

2.0

kW/sqm

10




Direct source Ammonia/05 Toxic area of

vapor cloud

AEGL-3 1100 ppm 94

AEGL-2 160 ppm 246

AEGL-1 300 ppm 533

Ammonia/

06

Overpressure

(blast force)

from vapor

cloud

explosion

LOC was

never

exceeded

8.0 psi

LOC was

never

exceeded

3.5 psi

1.0 psi 13 m

Chlorine Direct

Instantaneous

source

Chlorine / 01 Toxic area of

vapour cloud

AEGL-3 20 ppm 1000 m

AEGL-2 2 ppm 2300 m

AEGL-1 0.5 ppm 3700 m

Leak from

short pipe or

valve in

horizontal

cylindrical

Chlorine / 02 Toxic area-

Heavy gas

Red 20 ppm =

AEGL-3

[60 min]

202 m




tank

Orange 2 ppm =

AEGL-2

[60 min]

629 m

Yellow 0.5 ppm

= AEGL-

1 [60

min]

1100

Recommendations:

A) Hydrogen Cylinders

1. The area shall not be used for any purpose other than for keeping of compressed gas filled in

cylinders.

2. Compressed gas cylinders shall be stored only in the storage shed, which shall be constructed

of suitable non-flammable materials provided that, when only non-flammable gas filled in

cylinder is stored, the beams, rafters, columns, windows and doors may be of wood.

3. The storage shed shall be adequately ventilated near the ground level and near or in the roof.

4. Store only where temperature will not exceed 52°C.

5. Hydrogen can form explosive mixture with oxidizing agent therefore storage should be away

from sodium hypochlorite storage.

6. The storage shed and the area surrounding it shall at all times be kept clean and free from all

flammable materials, waste vegetation and, rubbish.




7. (a) No fire, furnace or other source of heat or light other than flameproof electric light and

fittings shall be allowed in the storage shed and within the safety zone required to be maintained

under condition 5. (b) No person shall smoke in the storage shed or carry matches, fuses, mobile

phones or other appliances producing ignition in the premises. Conspicuous ‘No smoking signs

in Hindi, English and the regional language shall be pasted or hung up at prominent places

outside the storage shed.

B) For Ammonia Cylinder

1. Store in cool and well ventilated area.

2. Excess ammonia should be scrubbed.

3. Leakage Emergency Tool Kit for Ammonia should be provided and Self Contained Breathing

Apparatus (SCBA) should be provided in storage shed if needed.

C) For Chlorine Cylinder

1. Store in cool and well ventilated area.

2. Alkaline water curtain shall be provided with spill kit.

3.

7.5 DOW Fire and Explosion Index

The Dow index has been calculated for chemicals stored chemical storage area. Dow Index has

been calculated for F.O and HSD Tank. Since, High Speed Diesel has lower flash point than

Furnace Oil. Thus the DOW Index is performed for HSD considering total volume of 12400 L of

HSD. Details of DOW index is given in table below,

Table No. 7.4: List of hazardous chemicals and its respective DOW F& E Index




Sr

.

Chemical Quantity at

any given

time,

Nh Nf Nr Material

Factor

F&EI

Tank storage

1 High speed

diesel

400 L 0 2 0 10

2 Furnace oil 2000 L 2 2 0 10

3 Sulfuric acid

tank

5000 kg 3 0 2 0*

4 Hydrochloric

acid tank

5000 Kg 3 0 1 0*

*MF is ‘zero’ for non combustible material

Drum storage in storage area

Sr.

No

Components Storage

quantity

(kg)

Capacity

(L/ Kg)

No. of

drums and

its capacity

at any time

Flash

Point◦C

Health

Haza-

rd

N(h)

Threshold

Limit

Value

(ppm)

1. Acetonitrile 470 200 lit 3 5 .6 2 40

2. Acetone 474 200 lit 3 -9 2 500

3. Dichloromethane(MDC)

798 200 lit 3 -- 2 174

4. Ethylenedichloride

744 200 lit 3 18 2 40




5. IsopropylAlcohol

474 200 lit 3 18.3 2 200

6. Formamide 680 200 lit 3 150 2 10

7. Chloroform 900 200 lit 3 --- 2 10

8. Dimethylformamide

570 200 lit 3 67 2 30

9. Acetic acid 680 200 lit 3 43 3 10

10. Nitrobenzene 720 200 lit 3 87.78 3 5

11. Isopropylalcohol

200 lit 3 18 2 200

12. Ammonia 50 50 1 --- 3 50

13. Palladium oncharcoal

20 20 1 -- 1 3.5

The DOW index work sheet and the respective recommendations are attached as Annexure -

7.3. The recommendations storage of chemicals is as follows,

Table No. 7.5: Recommended minimum features according to DOW fire and explosion

index for chemical storage

Preventive &

Protective

Features

Fire & Explosion Index Number Index for the present case

0-

20

20-40 40-

60

60-

75

75-

90

>90 112

Suggested Recommended Feature




required

1) Fireproofing 1 2 2 3 4 4 √

2) Water spray

a) directional 1 2 3 3 4 4 √

b) area 1 2 3 3 4 4 √

c) curtain 1 1 2 2 2 4 √

3) Special

instrumentation

a) temperature 1 2 3 3 4 4 √

b) pressure 1 2 3 3 3 4 √

c) flow control 1 2 3 4 4 4 √

4) Dust, blowdown,

spill control

1 1 2 3 3 4 √

5) Internal

examination

1 2 3 3 4 4 √

6) Combustible gas

monitors

a) signal alarm 1 1 2 3 3 4 √

b) actuate 1 1 2 2 3 4 √




equipment

7) Remote

operation

1 1 2 3 3 4 √

8) Diking, (Not

Applicable as

barrel storage)

1 4 4 4 4 4 --

9) Blast & barrier

walls

separation

1 1 2 3 4 4 √

1) Feature optional 2) Feature suggested 3) Feature recommended 4) Feature required

Recommended minimum features according to DOW fire and explosion index for tank

storage

Preventive &ProtectiveFeatures

Fire & Explosion Index Number Index for the present case

0-20 20-40 40-60 60-75 75-90 >90 37Optio

nalSuggest

edRecommended

1)Fireproofing

1 2 2 3 4 4 √

2) Water spray

a) directional 1 2 3 3 4 4 √b) area 1 2 3 3 4 4 √c) curtain 1 1 2 2 2 4 √

3) Specialinstrumentation




a)temperature

1 2 3 3 4 4 √

b) pressure 1 2 3 3 3 4 √c) flowcontrol

1 2 3 4 4 4 √

4) Dust,blowdown,spill control

1 1 2 3 3 4 √

5) Internalexamination

1 2 3 3 4 4 √

6) Combustiblegas

monitorsa) signal

alarm1 1 2 3 3 4 √

b) actuateequipment

1 1 2 2 3 4 √

7) Remoteoperation

1 1 2 3 3 4 √

8) Diking, (NotApplicable asbarrel storage)

1 4 4 4 4 4 √

9) Blast &barrier walls

separation

1 1 2 3 4 4 √

1) Feature optional 2) Feature suggested 3) Feature recommended 4) Feature required




7.6 Toxicity (Monds) Index

Introduction

The principle and general approach used in the DOW method of hazard evaluation have been

further developed by ICI Mond Division, the revised Mond Fire, Explosive and Toxicity index is

a series of papers by Lewis (1979). The main developments made to the DOW Index in the

Mond Index are:

1. It covers a wider range of process and storage installation

2. It covers the processing of chemicals with explosive properties

3. A calculation procedure is included to allow for the off-setting effects of good design and

control and safety instrumentation

4. The procedure has been extended to cover plant layout

5. Separate indices are calculated to access the hazards of fire, internal explosion and aerial

explosion.

To estimate the Monds Index for raw materials in storage area following,

Chemical storage quantity more than 1.0 metric ton.

Health hazard of raw material is more than 3.

Detailed methodology of Toxicity Index and the toxicity index calculations are given in

Annexure - 7.4. Table 7.6 explains the toxicity index and degree of hazard associated with

respective raw material.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed manufacturing plant of NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. – proposed manufacturingunit of API & API Intermediates & Fine Chemicals unit Located at Tarapur-Boisar MIDC ,Palghar district, Maharashtra.

SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2017-18/00CHAPTER NO - 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Table No. 7.6: Monds Toxicity index of toxic chemicals

Sr. Raw Materials QuantityTPM

FlashPoint

UNClassification

HealthHazard

ThresholdLimitValue

Flammability/Reactivity

Mondindex

Degree

2 1,2-

dichloroethane

(EDC)

26.3 880C 6 3 5 mg/m3 Toxic 10.09 High

3 nitrobenzene 5.5 80C 6 3 NA Toxic 4.63 Light

4 Epichlorohydrin 0.58 31 6 3 0.5 ppm(OSHA)

Toxic 8.12 Moderate

5 Acetic acid 3.5 40 8 3 10 Toxic 6.51 Moderate6 Chlorine 0.13 -- 2.3 3 0.5 Toxic 9.18 Moderate7 Ammonia 1.2 -- 6 3 25 Toxic 6.51 Moderate


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter no - 7: Additional Studies


Toxicity (Mond) Index recommendations:

1. Toxic material should be stored in cool place. It should be away from heat and temperature.

2. Toxic material can cause breathing difficulty therefore storage area should be well

ventilated.

3. Dyke or Spill kit should be provided for storage to limit the spill of materials. Suitable

Absorbent like sodium bi carbonate should be used to absorb the spill.

4. The storage area should not be congested and good housekeeping practice should be

implemented.

5. The Toxic materials should be kept with other chemicals according to the compatibility

with each other. E.g. highly flammable chemicals should not be stored near oxidizing agents

7.7 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Objectives of Disaster Management Plan [DMP]

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in the

same order of priorities. For effective implementation of the DMP, it should be widely circulated

and personnel training through rehearsals/drills should be organized. Further, the management

should be able to demonstrate that its assessment of the consequences as good supporting

evidence. To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the factory or immediate

vicinity of the factory, a DMP has to be formulated and this planned emergency document is

called "Disaster Management Plan". The objective of the Industrial Disaster Management Plan is

to make use of the combined resources of the plant and the outside services to achieve the

following:

Effect the rescue and medical treatment of causalities

Safeguard other people

Minimize damage to property and the environment

Initially control and ultimately bring the incident under control




Identify any casualties

Provide authoritative information to the news media

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area

Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and

circumstances of the emergency. In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to

rescue rehabilitation and render medical help and to restore normalcy.

7.7.1 Onsite Emergency Plan

Salient Features of the Project and key personnel in formation and implementation of onsite

emergency plan is listed in table 7.7.

Table No. 7.7: Salient Features of Project

Name of Project NGL Fine-Chem Ltd.

Address (Plant) Plot no. S- 18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar,

Palghar Dist., Maharashtra, India.

Nature of the Project Production of API & API intermediates

Capacity 62.033 MT/month

Man Power 150 (Total)

Name of Managing Director Mr. Rahul Nachane

Key Persons in the Emergency Plan Safety Officer

Safety Supervisor

Safety Assistant

7.7.2 OBJECTIVES OF THE PLAN

On-Site emergency preparedness plan has the following objectives:

1. Safeguard lives and property at site and in its vicinity area.

2. Contain the incident and bring it under control;

3. Minimize damage to lives, property and environment;




4. Rescue and treat affected human beings;

5. To train the people to act efficiently and with confidence in an emergency.

6. Evacuate people to safe areas;

7. To minimize its occurrence.

7.7.2.1 Pre – Emergency Plans:

Pre – Emergency means the preparatory stage of the plan. It should be ensured that the prepared

plan contains all required provisions and details of facility to handle and to contain the

emergency situation successfully. The unit has to consider maximum and possible worst scenario

for emergency purpose while planning. The unit has to develop and maintain the essential

facilities, so that the emergency can be controlled and the damages are minimized in the shortest

period with proper use of all available resources.

The unit should be duly prepared and ready all the time to encounter any possible emergency,

while it may strike or not. Being a API Manufacturing unit various type of chemicals will be

used possessing varied types of hazards and knowing the hazards of the chemical, stored,

handled or processed in the factory, the quick response action must be created within unit.

The structure of the plan may vary depending on the number of employees, materials, process,

and availability of recourses, location of site, size and complexity of the unit. It should ensure to

work out a plan with possibilities of various emergencies with likely to arise within unit. Further

the periodical rehearsal is also to be carried out to check and examine the effectiveness,

awareness and preparedness of the plan as well as services. The emergency planning is not a

substitute for good design, plant operating and maintenance practices. Therefore, the Onsite

Emergency Action Plan must be followed to avoid emergency

7.7.2.2 Periodic Checking Schedule-

To check availability, work ability and take necessary actions for replacement and maintenance,

if required. Check resources of water. Keep all emergency and essential Telephone Nos. with




contact persons, suppliers for the same handy. Contact details may be displayed on the boards

installed at prominent locations in the plant and offices. Maintain the coordination with other

fire – services. Also the Firefighting system and PPE should be checked if they are in working

condition and proper maintenance should be done.

7.7.2.3 Preventive Maintenance (To Avoid Emergency)

A scheduled periodical preventative maintenance and inspection of the plants, Reactors,

centrifuges, equipment’s, storage tanks, air compressors, D.G. Sets etc. are as per laid down

procedures and check that records are maintained properly. Check the test, examination and

certification have been carried out within reasonable period.

7.7.2.4 Training

By imparting an effective training to the plant supervisors, inspectors, and education and

training of the workers from time to time, the awareness is to be kept alive all the time to ensure

safety awareness, preparedness for emergency situations, good housekeeping, discipline, etc.

Display of safety slogans, operative instructions and motivation for safety should be made part of

the company’s normal activities. All the persons earmarked for the emergency services are to be

trained to respond to the emergency. The company conducts internal & external training for

Environment Health & safety. The training should be conducted at a documented frequency. The

external training should be conducted six monthly and internal training is conducted every

month.

7.7.2.5 Monitoring the Environment

Continuous and periodic monitoring of environment is required for detection of a possible

damage or a risky situation arises.

7.7.2.6 Mock Drill




Organize the periodical mock drill / rehearsal as per suggested format by creating an emergency

situation so as to verify preparedness and awareness as well as shortcomings on the part of the

person to overcome the same. Provide sufficient time prior to mock drill to the emergency

services and public for proper response to exercise and provide training also. Record the

deficiencies of the system during the trial and take appropriate actions to improve the efficiency

of the plan in terms of preparedness and response.

7.7.2.7 Maintenance of Records

Keep the records of the monitoring conditions, safety systems, storage levels, process condition,

etc. and maintain the log- books, registers etc. Keep the M.S.D.S. and onsite emergency plan

with required details.

7.7.2.8 Emergency Control Room

The equipped Emergency Control Room should be in working order. The plant layout maps,

drawing, storage details, Material safety Data Sheets (MSDS), emergency operations, manuals

etc. should be kept and should be updated continuously. List of essential telephone Nos. is also

maintained up to date. The senior and expert person should be posted as in charge of the control

room.

7.7.2.9 Command & Control

The organization chart, for the emergency plan has been given which explains the chart of

command, channel of information flow, and actions as required during the emergency. The

single organizational structure has been created on striking emergency and the same shall be

continued till the emergency over. The Shift Supervisor shall take the initial charge as incident

controller; he will be coordinating with various agencies effectively to combat the situation. The

security office room will be used as emergency control Room. The security gate will be used as

Assembly point. The Factory Manager will act as site main controller for the unit. On arrival, he




will supervise all activities with the help of asst. Plant in- charge.

7.7.2.10 Identification of Hazards

The type of hazards have been identified in the previous section accordingly and risk

quantification is also been done for all hazardous raw materials.

7.7.3 Fire controlling measures in case of emergency situation:

In the plant premise different control measures shall be applied to control and extinguish fire in

accidental situations. Following list details the availability of such measures available at different

plant locations.

List of fire extinguishers provided

1. No. of fire extinguishers : 32

2. Type of extinguishers : As given below

3. Location of Fire Extinguishers: As given below

Table No.7.8: Details of fire extinguishers with location

Existing Proposed Totalincludingexisting &proposed

Type CapacityTotalnos. Type Capacity Total nos.

MechanicalFoam

50 lit 7MechanicalFoam

50 lit 8 15

MechanicalFoam

9 lit 1 -- -- -- 1

Dry ChemicalPowder

5.0 kg 4 -- -- -- 4

Dry ChemicalPowder

10.0 kg 7 -- -- -- 7

ABC DryChemicalPowder

6.0 kg 6ABC DryChemicalPowder

6.0 kg 17 23

Carbondioxide

2.0 4Carbondioxide

2.0 4 8

Carbondioxide

4.5 22Carbondioxide

4.5 22 44

Total numbers of Fire Extinguishers 102




7.7.4 Fire Fighting Systems

Table No.7.9: Details of fire fighting system

Fire Fighting Tank 2 nos.Total Capacity of Fire Fighting tanks 2,00,000 L UG+40,000 L overheadType of tank Overhead/ Below head Underground/ and OVERHEADMaterial of Construction RCCPump Capacity of fire fighting tank 75 HPNo. of assembly points One at each GateNo. of exit points for emergency evacuation Two ( Staircase for each building)Fire Hydrant system Yes / NoNumber of fire hydrant points in the premises 22Fire Fighting Tank DetailsType of tank Overhead/ Below head UndergroundMaterial of Construction RCCPump Capacity of fire fighting tank Main pump – 111m3/h, Jockey

Pump- 10.8m3/hr,No of assembly points 3 - Opp. Main gateNo of exit points for emergency evacuation 3 gatesFire Hydrant system YesNo of fire hydrant points in the premises 13

Table No. 7.10: details of fire hydrant points in the premises

Proposed Totalincludingexisting &proposed

Type Capacity Total nos.Mechanical Foam 50 lit 8 15Mechanical Foam 9 lit -- 1Dry ChemicalPowder

5.0 kg -- 4

Dry ChemicalPowder

10.0 kg -- 7

ABC DryChemical Powder

6.0 kg 17 23

Carbondioxide

2.0 4 8

Carbondioxide

4.5 22 44




Total numbers of Fire Extinguishers 102

7.7.5 Flow Diagram showing Key Persons involved in Emergency Situation and their

hierarchy.

Figure No. 7.2: Schematic Representation of organizational structure of environmentmanagement

Director/ Managing DirectorMr. Rahul Nachane

General Manager

Plant head EHS Head

Plant Supervisor

QA/ QC Head

Operator

Lab Chemist




Figure No. 7.3: Schematic representation of administrative order of company to deal with

environmental issues

7.7.6 Emergency Responsibilities

The responsibilities of the key personnel are appended below.

Safety assistant

On knowing about emergency, rushes to ECC.

Helps the Incident Controller in containment of the emergency.

Ensures fire pumps in operating conditions and instructs pump house operator to be ready

for any emergency with standby arrangement.

Guides the fire fighting crew i.e. firemen, trained plant personnel and security staff.

Organizes shifting the fire fighting facilities to the emergency site, if required.

Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for firefighting as well as assesses the

requirements of outside help.

Arranges to control the traffic at the gate and the incident area.

Managing Director

EHS head

Safety assistanceSafety assistant




Directs the security staff to the incident site to take part in the emergency operations

under his guidance and supervision.

Evacuates the people in the plant or in the nearby areas as advised by Site Controller.

Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them.

Assembles a search and evacuation team.

Arranges for safety equipment for the members of this team.

Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow.

Maintains law and order in the area and, if necessary, seeks the help of police.

7.7.7 Safety Supervisor

In the event of failure of electric supply and thereby internal telephone, sets up

communication point and establishes contact with the Emergency Control Centre (ECC).

Organizes medical treatment to the injured and, if necessary, arrange to shift the injured

to nearby hospitals.

Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary.

Keeps a list of qualified first aiders of the factory and seeks their assistance.

Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements.

Makes sure that all safety equipment is made available to the emergency team.

Assists Site Controller with necessary data and to coordinate the emergency activities.

Assists Site Controller in updating the emergency plan, organizing mock drills,

verification of inventory of emergency facilities and furnishing report to Site Controller.

Maintains liaison with Civil Administration.

Ensures availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation centre.

He will liaise with Site Controller/Incident Controller.

Ensures transportation facility.

Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/rehabilitation and emergency

expenditure.

Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency.




Makes available diesel/petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency operation.

7.7.8 Safety Manager

He would assist Site Controller and Incident Controller.

Maintains essential services like Diesel Generator, Water, Fire Water, compressed

Air/Instrument Air and power supply for lighting.

He would plan alternate facilities in the event of power failure, to maintain essential

services such as lighting, refrigeration plant etc.

He would organize separate electrical connections for all utilities and emergency services

so that in the event of emergency or fires, essential services and utilities are not affected.

Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply, isolation of certain

sections etc. to shift in charge and electricians.

Ensures availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment and other emergency

materials, spares etc.

7.7.9 General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency

During an emergency, it becomes more enhanced and pronounced when an emergency warning

is raised; the workers, if they are in charge of process equipment, should adopt safe and

emergency shut down and attend to any prescribed duty as essential employee. If no such

responsibility is assigned, he should adopt a safe course to assembly point and await instructions.

He should not resort to spread panic. On the other hand, he must assist emergency personnel

towards objectives of DMP.

7.7.10 Emergency Facilities

7.7.10.1 Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

M/s NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. will establish an Emergency Control Centre. It has external telephone,

telefax and telex facility. All the Site Controller/ Incident Controller Officers, Senior Personnel

would be located here. The following information and equipment will be provided at the

Emergency Control Centre (ECC):




Intercom, telephone

P and T telephone

Safe contained breathing apparatus

Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets

Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indicators

Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories

(Internal, P and T) factory layout, site plan

Emergency lamps/torch lights/batteries

Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room, sources of safety

equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location, vulnerable zones, and

escape routes

Hazard chart

Emergency shut-down procedures

Nominal roll of employees

List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency Co-ordinators

Duties of key personnel

Addresses with telephone numbers of key personnel, emergency coordinator, and

essential employees.

Important addresses and telephone numbers including Government agencies, neighboring

industries and sources of help, outside experts, chemical fact sheets, population details

around the factory.

7.7.10.2 Assembly Point

Number of assemblies depending upon the plant location would be identified wherein employees

who are not directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled for safety and

rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would be organized.

In view of the size of plant, different locations are earmarked as assembly points. Depending

upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used.




7.7.10.3 Emergency Power Supply

Plant facilities would be connected to Generator and would be placed in auto mode. Thus, water

pumps, plant’s lighting and emergency control centre, administrative building and other auxiliary

services are connected to emergency power supply. In all the blocks, flameproof type emergency

lamps would be provided.

7.7.10.4 Fire Fighting Facilities

First Aid and Firefighting equipment suitable for emergency are maintained well in each section

in the plant. This would be developed according to the statutory requirements. However, fire

hydrant line covering major areas has been laid. Fire alarms have been located in the bulk

storage areas.

7.7.10.5 Location of Wind Sock

Windsocks exist in the plant.

7.7.10.6 Emergency Medical Facilities

Stretchers, gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns

etc. will be maintained in the medical centre as well as in the emergency control room. Private

medical practitioners’ help would be sought. Government hospital would be approached for

emergency help. Apart from plant first aid facilities, external facilities would be augmented.

Names of medical personnel and medical facilities in the area would be Prepared and updated.

Necessary specific medicines for emergency Treatment of burns patients and for those affected

by toxicity would be maintained. Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment

would be provided and maintained. The help of nearby industrial managements in this regard

would be taken on mutual support basis.

Table No. 7.11: First Aid kit Facility

Sr.No.

No of First Aid kitsavailable

Locations where the first aid kitis Available

Person Responsible anddesignation.

1 3 Plant - I: Gr. Floor, 1st floor, 2nd

floorEHS manager




2 3 Plant II - : Gr. Floor, 1st floor, 2nd

floor3 1 Security Office4 1 Administration office5 1 Utility Section

Table No. 7.12: Components of First Aid Box

Sr. No. Item Description Qty. in Nos.1 STERILE ABSORBENT GAUZE 5 CM X 5 CM X 4 PLY 242 STERILE ABSORBENT GAUZE 7.5 CM X 7.5 CM X 4 PLY 123 STERILE ABSORBENT GAUZE 10 CM X 10 CM X 4 PLY 124 BURN DRESSINGS 125 NON STERILE COTTON 20 GM 126 ANTISEPTIC SOLUTION 100 ML 37 MERCUROCHROME 100 ml 38 SS SCISSOR – 6” 39 ADHESIVE PLASTER 5 CM X 5 MTR 1

10 ADHESIVE PLASTER 2.5 CM X 1 MTR 111 STERILE EYE PAD 1212 PARACETOMOL 500 MG (10 X 15 TAB) 713 ROLLER BANDAGE 10 cm X 3 mtr 1214 ROLLER BANDAGE 5 cm X 3 mtr 1215 TRIANGULAR BANDAGE 616 TOURNIQUET 117 WOODEN SLINTS 218 SAFETY PINS PACK OF 12 219 KIDNEY TRAY PLASTIC 120 BURN CARE OINTMENT 121 SNAKEBITE LANCET 122 POTASSIUM 1

7.7.11 Emergency Actions

7.7.11.1 Emergency Warning

Communication of emergency will be made familiar to the personnel inside the plant and people

outside. An emergency warning system has already been established in the plant.




7.7.11.2 Emergency Shutdown

There are a number of facilities which can be provided to help deal with hazardous conditions,

when a tank is on fire. The suggested arrangements are:

Stop feed

Dilute contents

Remove heat

Deluge with water

Transfer contents. Whether a given method is appropriate depends on the particular case.

Cessation of agitation may be the best action in some instances but not in others.

Stopping of the feed may require the provision of bypass arrangements.

Methods of removing additional heat include removal through the normal cooling arrangements

or use of an emergency cooling system. Cooling facilities, which use vaporizing liquid, may be

particularly effective, since a large increase in vaporization can be obtained by dropping

pressure.

7.7.11.3 Evacuation of Personnel

There could be more number of persons in the storage area and other areas in the vicinity. The

area would have adequate number of exits and staircases. In the event of an emergency,

unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point. Operators have to take emergency

shutdown procedure and escape. Time Office maintains a copy of deployment of employees in

each shift. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by rescue teams.

7.7.11.4 All Clear Signal

Also, at the end of an emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency Co-

coordinators, the Site Controller orders an all clear signal. When it becomes essential, the Site

Controller communicates to the District Emergency Authority, Police, and Fire Service

personnel regarding help required or development of the situation into an Off-Site Emergency.




7.7.12 General parameters

7.7.12.1Employee Information

During an emergency, employees would be warned by raising siren in specific pattern.

Employees would be given training of escape routes, taking shelter, protecting from toxic effects.

Employees would be provided with information related to fire hazards, antidotes and first aid

measures. Those who would be designated as key personnel and essential employees should be

given training in emergency response.

7.7.12.2 Public Information and Warning

The industrial disaster effects related to this plant may mostly be confined to the plant area. The

detailed risk analysis has indicated that the pool fire effects would not be felt outside. However,

as an abundant precaution, the information related to chemicals in use would be furnished to

District Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) for necessary dissemination to general

public and for any use during an offsite emergency.

7.7.12.3 Co-ordination with Local Authorities

Keeping in view the nature of the emergency, two levels of co-ordination are proposed. In the

case of an On Site Emergency, resources within the organization would be mobilized and in the

event of an extreme emergency, local authorities’ help should be sought.

In the event of an emergency developing into an offsite emergency, local authority

And District Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) would be apprised and

Under his supervision, the Off Site Disaster Management Plan would be exercised. For this

purpose, the facilities that are available locally, i.e. medical, transport, personnel, rescue

accommodation, voluntary organizations etc. would be mustered. Necessary rehearsals and

training in the form of mock drills should be organized.




7.8 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan

The off-site plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities. The proposed

plan will be based on the following guidelines.

7.8.1 Introduction

Off-site emergency plan follows the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences of an

emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it becomes an off-site emergency. Off-site

emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration. However, the factory

management will provide the public administration with the technical information relating to the

nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighboring population. The off-site plan in

detail will be based on those events, which are most likely to occur, but other less likely events,

which have severe consequence, will also be considered. Incidents, which have very severe

consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence, should also be considered during the

preparation of the plan. However, the key feature of a good off-site emergency plan is flexibility

in its application to emergencies other than those specifically included in the formation of the

plan.

The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan

are described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility for the off-site plan

should either rest with the works management or, with the local authority. Either way, the plan

should identify an emergency coordinating officer, who would take the overall command of the

off-site activities. As with the on-site plan, an emergency control centre should be set up within

which the emergency coordinating officer can operate. An early decision will be required in

many cases on the advice to be given to people living "within range" of the accident; in

particular, whether they should be evacuated or told to go indoor. In the latter case, the decision

can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation of the incident.

Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors:




In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank), only houses

close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard may require

this to be reviewed periodically.

If a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it might be

necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if insufficient time exists,

people should be advised to stay indoors and shield themselves from the fire For release or

potential release of toxic materials, limited evacuation may be appropriate downwind if there

is time. The decision would depend partly on the type of housing "at risk". Conventional

housing of solid construction with windows closed offers substantial protection from the

effects of a toxic cloud, while shanty house, which can exist close to factories, offers little or

no protection.

7.8.2 Aspects Proposed to be considered in the Off-Site Emergency Plan

The main aspects, which should be included in the emergency plan, are:

7.8.2.1 Organization

Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency control

centers. Names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and

other key personnel.

7.8.2.2 Communications

Identification of personnel involved, communication centre, call signs, network, lists of

telephone numbers.

7.8.2.3 Specialized knowledge

Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those

with specialized chemical knowledge, laboratories.

7.8.2.4 Voluntary organizations

Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc.

7.8.2.5 Chemical information




Details of the hazardous substances stored or processed on each site and a summary of the risk

associated with them.

7.8.2.6 Meteorological information

Arrangements for obtaining details of weather conditions prevailing at the time and weather

forecasts.

7.8.2.7 Humanitarian arrangements

Transport, evacuation centers, emergency feeding treatment of injured, First aid, ambulances,

temporary mortuaries.

7.8.2.8 Public information

Arrangements for: (a) dealing with the media press office; (b) informing relatives, etc.

7.8.2.9 Assessment

Arrangements for: (a) collecting information on the causes of the emergency; (b) reviewing the

efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.

7.8.2.10 Role of the Emergency Co-ordinating Officer

The various emergency services should be co-ordinated by an emergency co-ordinating officer

(ECO), who will be designated by the District Collector. The ECO should liaise closely with the

Site Controller. Again, depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or

prolonged off-site consequences, the external control should be passed on to a senior local

authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state government.

7.8.2.11 Role of the Local Authority

The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning

officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range of different

emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liase with the works, to obtain the

information to provide the basis for the plan. This liaison should ensure that the plan is

continually kept up to date.

It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations, which will be

involved off site in, handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by




having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular

responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans should be organized by the EPO.

7.8.2.12 Role of Police

Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and

controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders, evacuating

the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of dead or

injured.

7.8.2.13 Role of Fire Authorities

The control of a fire should normally be the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who

would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site.

The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as

explosions and toxic release. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about the location

of all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points, and fire-fighting equipment.

They should be involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion,

as observers of exercises involving on-site personnel.

7.8.2.14 Role of Health Authorities

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and similar other

persons/institutions should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should

form an integral part of the emergency plan. For major fires, injuries should be the result of the

effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this

in all but extreme cases may be generally available in most hospitals. For major toxic releases,

the effects vary according to the chemical in question, and the health authorities should be

apprised about the likely toxic releases from the plant, which will enable them to deal with the

aftermath of a toxic release with treatment appropriate to such casualties. Major off-site incidents

are likely to require medical equipment and facilities in additional to those available locally, and




a medical "mutual aid" scheme should exist to enable the assistance of neighboring authorities to

be obtained in the event of an emergency.

7.8.2.15 Role of Government Safety Authority

This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to want to

satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for producing the off-site plan has made

adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. They

may wish to see well documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the

plan. In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector

will apply. These may vary from keeping a watch to a close involvement in advising on

operations. While the industry will activate the DMP and take necessary alleviating measures

and arrange to extend all medical and security support, the factory inspectorate may be the only

external agency with equipment and resources to carry out appropriate tests to assess the impact.

7.8.3 External agencies contact details involved during emergency

No. and names of nearest hospitals from the industry, their address, telephone no anddistances from industry. ( Minimum 3 hospitals)

No. and names of nearest Police Station from the industry, their address, telephone no. anddistances from industry.

No. and names of nearest Fire Station from the industry, their address, telephone no. anddistances from industry.

Names of nearest MIDC office from the industry, their address, telephone no.

Names of nearest Municipality from the industry, their address, telephone no. Names of nearest Pollution Control Department from the industry, their address, telephone

no.




Table No. 7.13: Details of external agencies to be involved during emergency

1. No. and names of nearest Hospitals from the industry, their address, telephone no anddistances from industry. ( Minimum 3 hospitals)

Sr.

Name of Hospital Address Telephone Distances

1 TIMA Hospital MIDC Tarapur, Near Khaira FateBoisar, Dist. Palghar

02525278444,02525278666

2.5km

2 TMRCT Hospital J-70,MIDC Tarapur, Boisar, Dist.Palghar

02525 27030802525 270309

2.0km

3 Sai Leela Hospital Ground Floor, Satyam Building,Opp. Balaji Sweets,Otswal,Boisar, Dist.Palghar

0226167785 1.5km

2. No. and names of nearest Police Station from the industry, their address, telephone noand distances from industry.

Sr No Name of Police Station Address Telephone Distances1 MIDC Police Station MIDC Police

Station, NavapurRd., Camlin Naka,MIDC Tarapur,Boisar, Dist.Palghar.

02525 272444 1.5km

3. No. and names of nearest Fire Station from the industry, their address, telephone no anddistances from industry.

Sr No Name of FireStation

Address Telephone Distances

1 Boisar Fire Station Boisar Fire Station, NavapurRd., Camlin Naka, MIDCTarapur, Boisar, Dist. Palghar.

02525 27200002525 272262

1.5km

4. Names of nearest MIDC from the industry, their address, telephone no

Sr No Name of MIDC Address Telephone Distances1 Maharashtra Industrial

DevelopmentCorporation. Tarapur

MIDC Tarapur,Takinaka,Navapur Rd.,Boisar,

02525272389 1.5km




Dist.Palghar.

5. Names of nearest Municipality from the industry, their address, telephone no

Sr No Name of Municipality Address Telephone Distances1 Gram Panchyat

KolawadeGram PanchyatKolawade, PO.TAPP,Boisar, Tal. Palghar,Dist.Palghar.

02525645340

1.5 km

6. Names of nearest Pollution Control Department from the industry, their address,telephone no

Sr No Name of PCD Address Telephone Distances1 Maharashtra Pollution

Control Board, MIDCTarapur

MPCB Trapur,Chitralaya, BoisarTarapur Rd. Boisar,Dist. Palghar

02525 273314 1.5km


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter no 8 : Project Benefits


CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS

NGL Fine Chem Limited has proposed a new API manufacturing project in Tarapur MIDC,

Boisar, Palghar Dist., Maharashtra, India. The proposed project will be beneficial to the

surrounding area/community in terms of employment generation, social development & other

indirect benefits. This project will also reduce the demand & supply gap of Active

Pharmaceutical Intermediates (API’s) & thus ultimately result in to tap the demand - supply gap

of pharmaceutical products in local as well as international market.

It is anticipated that the proposed activity will provide benefits to locals during both construction

& operational phase thereby helping in up-liftmen of the locale specific socio-economic stature

of the project affected area.

Overall benefits of the project can be summarized as follows:

1) The plant is located at Notified Industrial Area, no human displacement or habitat loss is

envisaged.

2) Improvement in locale specific socio-economic aspects.

3) It will help in improving the infrastructural facilities

4) Company will employ around 150 persons of which skilled workers will be 90 persons &

unskilled/ semi skilled workers - 60 persons. The company would try to employ the local

people under skilled workers and worker section to boost the economic condition of the

surrounding area.

5) Under CSR activities the company will focus on locale specific aspects such as education

& skill development, Health awareness to the people, water and sanitation and various

social activities.

Education & Skill development:

Provisions of uniform, books, and stationary, necessary equipments etc, to the

schools of nearby areas.


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter no 8 : Project Benefits


Conduction of trainings for youth & women empowerment.

Health Awareness:

Organize free medical checkup camp for the villagers

Health Awareness campaigns will be organized.

6) The project will also contribute in increase in revenue in form of various taxes which

will be paid to government time to time. Company will also export their products to other

country that also can be benefitted to the country by increase in excise and vat revenues.

7) The CSR activities planned by company can be considerably very beneficial for health,

education, development of poor people, welfare of women & labour and support to

disabled persons etc.

Thus a significant benefit to the socio-economic environment is likely to be created due to the

expansion project and the project will help in developing the national income.


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter 9 : Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis


CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

The proposed project falls under the schedule 5 (f), category ‘B-1’ as per the EIA

Notification, 2006. The environmental cost benefit analysis was not made mandatory in the

project specific terms of references accorded to M/s NGL Fine Chem Limited by the State

Expert Appraisal Committee - I during 125th SEAC-I meeting dated 12th -13th April 2016.

Also the Standard Terms of References published by the MOEF & CC on April 2015 does

not include the environmental cost benefit analysis in the general & specific TOR prescribed

for Synthetic Organic chemicals industry which falls under schedule 5 (f).


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter 10 : Environmental Management Plan


CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Introduction

Every industrial development is associated with the positive and negative impacts on environmental

components. Though the probable negative impacts cannot be nullified completely the much required

developmental activities cannot be impeded. Environmental Impact Assessment helps in identifying

potentially environmental impacts of a proposed project activity. Based on the finding of the impact

assessment, Environment Management Plan is devised to minimize the adverse impacts and enumerate

various steps to be taken for improvement of the environment. Environmental Management Plan helps

in formulation, implementation and monitoring of environmental parameters during & commissioning

of project.

Environment Management Plan (EMP) is the tool to ensure a safe and clean environment. A project may

have identified proper mitigation measures but without a management plan to execute it, the desired

results may not be obtained. The Environment Management Plan envisages proper implementation of

mitigation measures to reduce the adverse impacts arising out of the project activities.

Some of the major objectives of the EMP are:

Ensure the project implementation with minimal impacts on all environmental components

Minimize the impacts on socio- economic indicators of local and adjoining regions

Maintain the highest level of readiness for meeting the needs of any deviation in sustainability

practices

Systematic implementation with adequate manpower, budget and action plan for EMP

To demonstrate the effectiveness of EMP workability along with the project proponent’s

commitment.




10.2 Organizational Structure of Environmental Management

Figure No. 10.1: Schematic Representation of organizational structure of environment

management

Plant manager Director, Finance

Stores R & D Production EHS department

Purchase Dept Marketing dept Accounts & finance dept

Managing Director




10.3 Budget for Environmental Management / Environmental Pollution Control Measures

The proposed capital investment of the company is envisaged to be 22 Cr. and the proposed capital

investment for Environmental Pollution Control Measures is around 2.335 Cr. The cost details for

Environmental Management are as below

10.4 Details of EMP Budgetary Allocation

The proposed budgetary allocation has been made with a view to install new pollution control devices &

management of overall environment during the operational phase the basis and estimated costing of the

EMP budget is as depicted in the following table.

Table No.10.2: Justification of EMP budgetary allocation

Sr.No.

Component Particulars

BudgetaryAllocation

CapitalInvestment

BudgetaryAllocationRecurring

Expenditure

1 Air

2 alkali scrubbers. Bag filterwith 30 m common stack toboiler and thermopack. DG andscrubber stack as per CPCBguidelines

22,00,000.00/- 8,00,000.00/-

2 Water

Low and high COD/TDS streamsegregation. ETP comprising ofpre-primary, primary, secondary& tertiary treatment having 80CMD capacity along withinstallation of 20 CMD capacityMEE with ATFD.

1,85,00,000.00 19,00,000.00

3OccupationalHealth

Goggles, Breathing Masks,Gloves, Boots, Helmets, EarPlugs etc. & annual health-medical checkup of workers

5,00,000.00 1,80,000.00

4 NoiseInstallation of anti-vibrationpads, & Enclosures for DG set &Boiler.

6,50,000.00 2,30,000.00




5Solid WasteManagement

Purchase of additional containersfor storage of solid waste

1,50,000.00 90,000.00

6 Green BeltDevelopment and maintenance ofgreen belt

4,00,000.00 1,10,000.00

7Rain WaterHarvesting

Installation of RWH system &annual cleaning of RWH tank

2,50,000.00 65,000.00

8

EnvironmentMonitoring&Management

Quarterly EnvironmentMonitoring

7,00,000.00 1,75,000.00

Ambient AirMonitoring

PM10, PM2.5,SO2, NOx, CO

Work PlaceAirMonitoring

VOCs &FugitiveEmissions

Boiler & DGSetMonitoring

TPM, SO2,NOx

Effluent(Treated &Untreated)

pH, COD,BOD, TSS,TDS, Oil &Grease

Total (Rs.) 2,33,50,000.00 35,50,000.00

10.5 Details of Environmental Mitigation Measures

The probable impacts identified & the mitigation measures envisaged for protection of Environmental

Components during the construction and operational phase are as tabulated in the table below.

Table No.10.3: Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures during

construction phase

A) Construction Phase

Sr.No

Environmental

Parameters

Aspect Attributes Impact Proposed MitigationMeasures




1. Air Quality Dust emissionsfrom handling &transportation ofcement/concrete/stone aggregates.

The dust emission wouldbe around 0.67tons/month of theconstruction activity.Workers getting exposedto the dust pollutiongenerated due to theconstruction activity cansuffer from respiratoryproblems and prolongedexposure can lead tomalfunctioning of lungs.

Traffic managementfor loading andunloading of thematerials. Regularsprinkling of water onthe working site,Avoiding Cementdust emission,Managing stockpiles.Creating wind barrierfor controlling thedust emissions.

2. Noise Quality Noise generatedfrom constructionequipments/machinery like spade,shovel, dabber,drill, hammer,concrete mixer etc.Transportation ofconstructionmaterials.

The impacts of high noiselevel would beTemporary/Permanenthearing loss,Mental disturbance,Increase in heart rate,Affecting worker'sperformance.

Appropriate PPEswill be provided tothe workers.Implementation ofTraffic management.Development ofGreen belt.

3. WaterQuality

Water used forconstructionactivity mainly forconcrete mixing,sprinkling etc.

Contamination of the soiland nearby water bodiesdue to the surface runoff.

Proper surface waterrunoff managementwould beimplemented. Stormwater drain should beprovided.

4. Solid WasteManagement

No demolitionwork is envisagedhowever minorquantities of solidwaste generation isanticipated in theform ofconcrete/construction materials leftover.

Unhealthy WorkConditions at project site.

The solid wastegenerated in theconstruction phasewould be disposed offthrough ThaneMunicipalCorporation.




Table No.10.4: Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures duringoperational phase

B) Operational Phase

Sr.No EnvironmentalParameters

AspectAttributes

Impact Proposed MitigationMeasures

1. Air Quality Operation ofBoiler,Thermopack &D.G SetGaseousemission frommanufacturingprocess, Nonspontaneousemissions fromtransportation ofraw materials &finished goods.VOC emissiongenerated due tothe handling andstorage of thesolvents & otherraw materials.

The MaximumIncrementalconcentration will bePM10 – 0.1 ug/m3

PM2.5 - 0.036 ug/m3

SO2 - 0.34 ug/m3

NOx - 0.05ug/m3

CO - 1.16 ug/m3

The Health effectsrelated to particulatematter are majorlyrespiratory,pulmonary injury &lung cancer etc.Exposure to SO2 andNOx majorly leads torespiratory problems.Carbon monoxidedecreases the oxygencarrying capacity ofthe blood by reducingthe hemoglobin. Thehealth effects relatedto VOC emission areeye, nose and throatirritation headaches,loss of coordinationand nausea, damage toliver, kidney andcentral nervoussystem etc.The air emissions inlong course of timemay affect the

1. Bag filter will beprovided to boiler exhaustfor controlling PMemission below 100µg/Nm3

Common stack of 30 mhigh will be provided forboiler & thermopack.2. D.G Set will beprovided with a stackheight of 11.4 m fromground level.3. Two alkali scrubbers of200 CFM respectively areprovided to mitigate theprocess emissions.4. The roads within thepremises are concreted /paved to avoid the dustgeneration from vehicularactivity.5. It will be ensured thatall the transportationvehicles have a validPUC (Pollution underControl) Certificate.6. Proper servicing &maintenance of vehiclesis carried out. Samepractice will be continuedin future.7. Regular sweeping of allthe roads & floors isbeing /will be done.




immediatesurroundingvegetation staturephysically (leafsenescence, hamperedgrowth etc.) &biologically thus mayaffect the overallsurrounding ecology.

8. Development of thegreen belt along the plantboundary will help tocapture the fugitiveemission.9. To control VOCemission carbonadsorption system can beimplemented.10. Industry to ensure thatat no point of time the airemission concentrationsdoes not exceed theprescribe standards.

2. Noise Quality Operation ofD.G set, Boiler,Reactors,ancillary utilities& transportationactivity.

The impacts of highnoise level would beTemporary/Permanenthearing loss,Mental disturbanceIncrease in heart rateDecreasing in workersperformance due topsychiatric disorderWorkers developingTinnitus due to highlevel of noiseexposure on regularbasis.

The increased noiselevel may inducelocale leveldisturbances/temporary migrationof fauna in theimmediate vicinity ofthe project area.

1. Acoustic enclosure willbe provided to D.G set forattenuation of noise levelduring operation.2. Boiler & Thermopackare placed in a confinedspace viz. boiler housewhere the surroundingwalls acts as a barrier fornoise propagation.3. Isolation of highintensity noise generatingequipments.4. Appropriate trafficmanagement to beimplemented.5. Green belt developedaround the companypremises will acts a noisebarrier.6. Appropriate PPEshould be provided toworkers.




3. Water Quality 1. Effluent frommanufacturingprocess.2. Effluent fromScrubberoperations3. Blow downwater fromBoiler andCooling Tower.4.Domesticwastewater

Indiscriminaterelease/discharge ofeffluents maycontaminate thesurrounding surfaceand groundwater &there by affecting theoverall ecology &agriculturalproductivity.

1. The effluent generatedfrom the process will besegregated into HighCOD/TDS stream & LowTDS/COD stream.2. The High COD/TDSstream will be subjectedto pre primary & primarytreatment followed bysolvent stripper withMEE & ATFD. The MEEcondensate shall bedirected to aeration tankof the ETP.3. The Low COD/TDSeffluent will be treated inthe ETP having full-fledged primary,secondary & tertiarytreatment scheme.

4. The Domestic effluentwill be treated in theaeration tank of theconventional ETP.

5. NGL Finechem havemembership of upcomingnew 50 MLD CETP atTarapur MIDC. Till thecommissioning of newCETP all treated effluentwill be recycled andreused within the plantpremises. Aftercommissioning of CETPtreated effluent will bedischarged to TEPSCETP (MIDC, Tarapur).

4. Solid Waste 1. Hazardous Unscientific handling 1. Hazardous waste




Management -HazardousWaste

waste generatedfrom themanufacturingprocess.2. Sludgegenerated fromthe ETPoperation.3. Residual saltsgenerated fromthe MEEoperation.

& disposal may leadto contamination ofsurrounding soil,water sources & thereby affecting theecology & health ofthe workers coming indirect contact with thehazardous waste likeskinallergies/rashes/burnsetc.

generated from themanufacturing process isdisposed to CHWTSDF.2. Dry sludge generatedfrom the ETP operationswill be disposed toCHWTSDF.3. MEE residue generatedfrom MEE operation willbe sent to CHWTSDF,The mixed solventgenerated from thestripper column would beconcentrated and reusedfor in-house purpose.

Solid WasteManagement -Non Hazardouswaste

1. Scrap Metal &plastic2. Office Waste

3.Food Waste4. Carboys &wooden pellets

5. Ash generatedby coalcombustion.

1.Hap-Hazardhandling & storagemay lead toinadequate open spacein plant premises & itmay lead to rodentbreeding

2. Improper storagewill lead to emissionof fly ash in theambient air. This maylead to respiration ofthe fine ash particlewhich can lead torespiration

Designated area for Scrapmaterials will be providedin the plant.

Scrap materials will berecycled throughregistered scrap vendors.

Daily housekeeping wasteand food waste will bedisposed throughmunicipal wastemanagement facility.

Ash will be kept indemarcated enclosed areaand it will be sold to brickmanufacturer.




10.6 Fly Ash utilization as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.

The manufacturing plant & MEE along with stripper column would require steam, to obtain this steam

company will operate one boiler of 3 ton/hr capacity and one thermopack of 4 lakh Kcal/Hr capacity

respectively. The fuel used for boiler & thermopack will be imported coal and FO. The maximum ash

percentage in LDO/FO is around 0.05% i.e. 0.15 kg/Day and the coal ash content is considered as 15%

therefore maximum 750 kg/day ash will be generated. This fly ash will be kept in the separate enclosed

area and it will be sold to brick manufactures in the nearby region.

10.7 Action Plan for Green Belt Development

Generally a green belt is developed with a view to minimize the air pollution & noise pollution at the

project site. Development of green belt not only minimizes these impacts but also improves the

aesthetics of the project site. However company has already developed the requisite green belt (33% of

the open plot area) as specified in the Consent to Operate granted by MPCB.

10.7.1 Design and development of green belt

Green belt development planning has to be done with the ecological perspective of the immediate

surrounding environment taking into consideration nature of pollutants, availability of space and

prominent wind directions. The project is located at Plot no. S- 18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Palghar

Dist., Maharashtra, India.

10.7.2 Guidelines & Technique for green belt development

The structure & composition of vegetation in the study area as observed during the baseline study,

edaphic characteristics in the study area & CPCB guideline (PROBES/75/1999-2000) for development

of green belt were the basis for selection of plant species along with the following considerations:

Local/Native fast growing preferably non fruiting trees & shrubs should be used for plantation

Plants should have preferably large leaf area

Plants having comparatively higher Air Pollution Tolerance Index should be used




10.7.3 Project plot area breakup details

Table No.10.6: Project plot area break up details

Area Details Total (sq. m.)

Total Plot Area 9174

Built up Area 7236

Ground coverage area 2256

Green Belt Area 1521

Parking Area 1120

10.7.4 Proposed green belt

Reconnaissance survey was conducted along with project proponent to identify sites for additional green

belt development in & around the project site.

10.7.5 Area calculations for plantation

Area required for tree/shrub is as follows:

1. Area required for Small Tree or Shrub = 2 meter x 2 meter

2. Area required for Large tree = 3 meter x 3 meter

10.7.6 Suggested plant species

In order to maintain ecological equilibrium with the immediate surroundings of the project area, some of

the native plant species thriving naturally in the study area are suggested for green belt development as

tabulated in the below table.

Table No.10.9: List of suggested plant species

Sr. No. Botanical Name Family Common name Habit

1 Ixora coccinea Rubiaceae Rugmimi Sh




2 Heterophragma quadriloculare Bignoniaceae Waras Tr

3 Oroxylum indicum Bignoniaceae Tetu Tr

4 Nerium oleander Apocyanceae Kanher Sh

5 Schleichera oleosa Sapindaceae Kusum Tr

6 Terminalia elliptica Combretaceae Ain Tr

7 Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae Kindal Tr

8 Catunaregum spinosa Rubiaceae Ghela Tr

9 Butea monosperma Fabaceae Palas Tr

10 Erythrina variegata Fabaceae Panghara Tr

11 Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae Bahava Tr

12 Helicteres isora Sterculiaceae Murudsheng Sh

13 Tabernaemontana alternifolia Apocyanaceae Naagkuda Tr

14 Macaranga peltata Euphorbiaceae Chandwar Tr

15 Albizia lebbeeck Mimosaceae Shirish Tr

16 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Neem Tr

17 Bridelia retusa Phyllanthaceae Asana Tr

18 Bombax ceiba Bombacaceae Sawar Tr

19 Pterospermum acerifolium Sterculiaceae Muchkund Tr

20 Cordia dichotoma Boraginaceae Shelu Tr

21 Neolamarckia cadamba Rubiaceae Kadamba Tr

22 Firmiana colorata Sterculiaceae Kaushi Tr

10.7.7 Budgetary Allocation & Action plan for green belt development plan

Table No.10.7: Action plan for proposed plantation Phase

Plantation on 1513 sq. m. block along the northern boundary of the project plot




Estimate for plantation around the project premisesTotal area: 1513.00 sq. m.Total no. of plants: Saplings of small Trees/Shrubs: 150

Saplings of large Trees: 100

Estimated Expenditure

Sr.No. Particulars of work Magnitude

Rate ( Rs.) perplant

Amount(Rs.)

1 Alignment & Digging of pits 250 100 25000

2 Provide good Soil and Fertilizers for the plants 250 225 56250

3Purchase ofplants

Small Trees/Shrubs(Saplings)Large Trees (Saplings)

150100

100125

1500012500

4 Transportation of plants 250 100 250005 Plant Loading/Unloading& planting in pits 250 50 12500

Total 146250

Table No.10.10: Recurring cost for maintaining green belt

Estimate for maintaining the Green Belt Estimated Expenditure

Recurring cost for maintain the Green Belt

Sr. No. Particular of work

1 Removing weeds twice a year 8000

2 Caretaker 1 No. for 12 month @ 1x7,000/month 84000

3 Other expenditures for gardening (fertilizer, equipment etc.) 18000

Total 1,10,000

10.8 Action plan for rain water harvesting measures at plant site

Rain Water Harvesting Details

The proponent is opted for Roof top Rain water harvesting system. Amount of Rain water collected

(Approx) : Annual rainfall (mm) X Roof Area of plant




(sq.m) X 0.9 (Run off Coefficient)

= 1200 X 1696.17 X 0.9

=18, 31,863.6 L/A

=4,57,965.9 L/ month

= 457.96 m3/month

Size and of RWH tank(s) and Quantity = 1*20 m3 (proposed) = 20 m3

The harvested water will be pumped t one 3, 00,000 L underground tank and used as the intake water for

boiler and for firefighting.

10.9 Storm Water Management

In developed area like Industrial estate or company premises, impervious surface such as pavements in

factory premises prevents precipitation from naturally soaking to the ground, instead of that water runs

into storm drains. Managing the quantity and quality of storm water is termed, "Storm water

Management."

Storm water quantity can be estimated by three methods.

1. SCS Technique: Curve number method of USDA

2. Commercial Software: Storm water management model (SWMM) or STORM

3. Rational Method.

In this section of the report rational method will be used to quantify the amount of storm water runoff

per hour in the plant premises.

Rational Method

Q = 10 CiA

Q= Runoff in m3/hr

C = Coefficient of runoff

i = intensity of rainfall in mm/hr

A = Area of drainage in hectares.




Q = 10 x 0.9 x 0.608 x 0.2650

Q = 1.45 m3/hr

Dimensions for Storm Water Drainage

Points Width (m) Height (m) Length (m) Maximum Water m3

1 0.9 1.02 237 217.56

Conclusion: The maximum water that can be received on the plant surface during rainfall is not

calculated to be more than 1.45 m3/hr. The dimensions of storm water drainage is given above and the

amount of water flowing through the drain is also calculated which is equal to 217.56 m3. Hence

flooding due to the heavy rainfall in the plant site is not envisaged.

10.10 Solvent Management System

Solvents are one of the costly raw materials which get utilized in API & Chemical Industries; these

solvents are very hazardous in nature, which may cause harm to environmental components. The main

requirement in the industry is minimum inventory maintenance, safe working environment and accurate

dispensing. The solvent dispensing system integrates various operations at solvent yard and production

blocks like unloading, dispensing etc. solvent management start right from solvent unloading, storage,

charging, recovery & reuse of the used solvent.

The solvent utilization, recycling and reuse for proposed project are envisaged as follows:

1) Chemicals will be stored in drums & solvent tank farm yard to avoid handling losses closed feed

system will be provided for filling and unloading of chemicals from the drums.

2) Products will be purified by using various solvents and use solvents will be collected and recycled or

sold to authorized vendors.

3) To avoid leakages from drums & pipelines, regular inspection & maintenance will be done.

4) Closed feed system will be adopted for reactor charging

5) Flame proof equipments will be used during maintenance

6) Earthing will be provided wherever solvent to be handled.




Table No.10.11: Solvent use & recovery summary

Sr.

No

Product Name solvent input solvent

recovered

solvent

recovery

1 Diminazine Diaceturate 85960.5 79425.0 92.4

2 Praziqantal 41544.0 37323.0 89.8

3 Clorsulon USP 32116.0 28904.0 90.0

4 Febuxostat 36384.0 32716.0 89.9

5 Isometamidium chloride 500.0 450.0 90.0

6 Homidium Chloride 5565.0 5008.5 90.0

7 Nitroxynil -- -- --

8 Buparvaquone 24532.4 23144.0 94.3

9 Parvaquone 12200.0 10477.0 85.9

10 Imidocarb Dipropionate 7908.0 7398.0 93.6

11 Amitraz 1034.0 930.5 90.0

12 TCA 6363.0 6232.5 97.9

13 TMTA 17189.8 24183.7 --

14 Ranolazine 41756.0 38668.0 92.6

15 Ractopamine Hydrochloride 11880.0 11286.0 95.0

16 Lumifantrine 7124.0 6710.0 94.2

17 Fendendazole 4750.0 4430.0 93.3

Total 337306.7 317736.2 --

The recovered solvent would be reused for 3-4 times and afterwards it will be sold to the following

MPCB authorized vendor. The consent copy is attached as annexure 10.1

Sr. no. Vendor name Consent no.




1 M/s. Romel holdings Pvt. Ltd.

Plot no. 292, TTC industrial area, MIDC

Rabale, Navi Mumbai.

RONM/NNB/TTC/Red/O/CC/-MPCB/14/01968

valid up to 31/12/2018

2 Ravi Industries

Plot no. G-45 , MIDC area, Jalgaon

BO/MPCB/RO(HQ)/Nashik/COB/ 7944 valid up

to 07/07/2020

10.11 CSR Activity (Enterprises Social Commitment)

Project undertaking social responsibility is not a business posture, but is the result of market economy

development in some stage, is the inner demand of enterprise and self-conscious action. Social

responsibility has become a new competition after the talent, technology and management, is the

important variable effected enterprise sustainable development, true sustainable and build up

harmonious society through undertaking social responsibility. Since the project comes under MIDC area

no public hearing was carried out. For development & improvement in socio economic condition

company will make provisions for fixed budgetary allocation for social commitment as a part of social

responsibility. After accomplishment of the proposed project, company is willing do following ESC

activities:

Initiatives for clean environment in the nearby areas under Swachh Bharat Abhiyan.

Plantation drives in the rural areas

Free medical check-up camp for nearby residents once a year.

Donation to economically backward patients to avail expensive medical facility.

Donate school stationary to needy students in nearby villages.

10.11.1 Action Plan for CSR Activity

Table No.10.12: List of CSR Activity

Year ofImplementation

Amount in Lakhs Activities




2017 11 Initiatives for clean environment in thenearby areas under Swachh BharatAbhiyan.

Plantation drives in the rural areas Free medical check-up camp for nearby

residents once a year. Donation to economically backward

patients to avail expensive medicalfacility.

Donate school stationary to needystudents in nearby villages

2018 11

2019 11

2020 11

2021 11

As a part of CSR activity the appropriate support was given to the nearby school and nearby villages for

construction of temple. Aid for medical treatment was given for needy people in nearby village. The

2.5% of total project cost will be reserved as a fund for enterprise social commitment and will be spend

in the next years for social causes in nearby area.

10.12 Occupational Health

10.12.1 Plan & fund allocation to ensure the occupation health and safety of all contract and

casual workers

The objective of occupational health environment is to provide safe working environment to the

employees of the company. Good occupational health management keeps workers physical conditions

healthy or non-deteriorating in work environment which keeps the worker physically and

psychologically sound. It results in

High productivity

Improved work efficiency

Work satisfaction

Less medical expenses toward employees thereby less recurring cost.

The company has planned all the necessary control measures to prevent air pollution, water pollution

and degradation of soil in the project surrounding areas. Since all the pollution control measures are

planned. Minor accidents, noise, poor ventilation and accidental chemical exposure are the only possible




occupational health hazards from the manufacturing activities. For the prevention of it, the company will

educate the operators and workers for the safety rules, procedure and preventive measures and to use

personnel protective measures.

The company has provided budgetary allocation of Rs. 1,80,000/- for purchase of Personal Protective

Equipments (PPEs) for man power as recurring expenditure for annual medical & health checkup of

workers as Occupational Health & Safety measures.

10.12.2 Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker.

The company will conduct medical health checkup of workers on periodic intervals as per the safety,health & environment protection policy.

10. 13 Corporate Environmental Policy

NGL Fine Chem Ltd. has not yet framed the functional Corporate Environmental Policy hence it is

robustly recommended to frame a functional Corporate Environmental Policy considering the following

aspects:

To ensure Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP)

To ensure continual improvement of effectiveness of the Environmental Management System

To be responsible for care of environment by promoting Environmental Awareness,

Complying applicable Environmental Regulations

To endeavor for Prevention of pollution in all aspects of operations

To endeavor for maximum conservation of resources

To endeavor for maximum recycle & reuse




10.13.1 Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues

Figure No. 10.3: Schematic representation of administrative order of company to deal with

environmental issues

10.13.2 Environmental Policy prescribes for standard operating process/procedure to bring into

focus any infringement/deviation/violation of the environmental norms.

The company will establish SOP’s for use/handling/operation of various safety & hazard management

features during any emergency situation.

Table No.10.13: List of SOP’s

Sr.

No.

Title of Standard Operating Procedure (SOP)

1 Standard Operating Procedure for Fire Hydrants, Fire Extinguishers,

Vice President

Safety Officer

Safety Supervisor

Safety AssistantSafety Assistant




Fire sand buckets

2 Standard Operating Procedure for medical emergency

3 Standard Operating Procedure for handling solid chemicals/

drums/cylinders

4 Standard Operating Procedure for filling the solvent tanks

10.13.3 Procedure for reporting accident/incident and attending the injured person

1.0 PROCEDURE

1.1 If any accident / incident occurred inform Safety Assistant immediately by verbal/telephone or by

other possible means.

1.2 Give the details of accident/incident like location of accident / incident, person involved in

accident/incident.

1.3 Provide the information about accident/incident like any leakages of toxic/flammable gas or fire due

to leakages of solvent or any other reasons.

1.4 Rescue the victim from affected area to safe area.

1.5 Give first aid to the injured at site as far as possible by trained first aider if required & analyze the

nature of injury whether minor or major. If injury is major or serious take action to hospitalize.

1.6 Give intimation to safety supervisor & safety dept. at the earliest by verbal/ telephone or by any

other possible means.

1.7 Identify injury & accordingly send injured person to hospital for further treatment if required.

1.8 Fill the internal accident / incident report form (in triplicate) & submit to EHS Department

immediately or at the most on following day of the occurrence of accident /incident.

1.9 Safety officer shall analyze the accident / incident & suggest the remedial measures to prevent

reoccurrences.

1.10 Recommend to the Vice president to report the accident/ incident to various government authorities

if necessary.




10.13.4 System of reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large.

NGL Fine Chem Ltd. will develop a system of reporting non compliance/violations of environmental

norms in the following manner,

In case of Non compliance, the lower officer will report to the plant in-charge. The plant in-charge will

report to the company vice president. To close the non compliance board meeting will be called in

which the action plan to attend the non compliance will be discussed. After discussion the board

resolution will be passed which should be implemented in a time bounded manner.


SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion


CHAPTER 11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

M/s. NGL fine-chem limited manufacturing will start its new manufacturing unit producing

human and animal category API. It also involved in production of API intermediates and dosage

form manufacturing. The manufacturing unit will be set up at Plot no. S- 18/3, Tarapur MIDC,

Boisar, Palghar Dist., Maharashtra, India.

11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

a. Name & Location of the project : M/s. NGL fine-chem limited

Plot no. S- 18/3, Tarapur MIDC, Boisar, Palghar

Dist., Maharashtra, India.

b. Details of Applicant : Mr. Rahul J. NachaneDesignation : Managing DirectorE-mail : [email protected] No: +919820037898

c. Type of Industry : Small Scale Manufacturing Unit

:e. Type of Land & Status : Project land is owned by M/s. NGL fine-chem

Ltd.

f. Capital Investment for EMP : 2.335 Cr.

g. Recurring Cost for EMP in Cr/Annum

: 35.5 Lakhs

h. Employment Opportunity : 150 persons (Approximately in three shifts)

i. Greenbelt Area : 1513 sq. m.

j. Water Pollution Control : 1. High COD/TDS stream consist of aqueous




layer from manufacturing process, process (1st

product wash) & Scrubber. The HCOD/LCODeffluent would contain around 3.5% salts & 2%COD concentration hence it would be subjectedto Primary Treatment followed by Stripper MEEwith ATFD. The collected condensate fromevaporator will be sent to aeration tank ofconventional ETP for further treatment of theeffluent.

2. Low COD/TDS stream generated from thereactors washing, process, blow down of coolingtower & boiler and domestic effluent is subjectedto the ETP comprises of Pri-primary, primarytreatment, aerobic secondary treatment followedby the tertiary treatment. The treated effluent willbe recycled to in-plant activities like Pland andvehicle washing, cooling tower use, flushing etc.till the new CETP, Tarapur will becommissioning. Later it will be discharged toCETP, Tarapur.

k. Flue gas emission control : A bag filter will be provided to boiler exhaust forcontroling outlet PM concentration below 100 ug/m3. Common Stack for Boiler & Thermopack willbe provided with adequate height of 30 m. as perCPCB norms. A stack of 11 m (from groundlevel) for D.G set will be provided.

l. Process gas emission control : Two wet alkali scrubbers of 200 CFM capacitywill be installed to scrub the un-reacted gasesgenerated from the manufacturing process havingscrubber exhaust at height of 5 m. above the roofof building

m. Hazardous waste Management : All types of Hazardous waste will be segregatedas per its category and stored in demarcated area




reserved for hazardous waste storage and it willbe disposed at CHWTSDF, Taloja .

n. Annual Expenditure for CSR activities : 11 Lakh/year will be done for betterment ofnearby social community.

o. Rehabilitation & Resettlement Aspects : The proposed project will be established in thenotified industrial area of Tarapur, MIDCtherefore no human or any life form rehabilitation& resettlement aspects are not applicable

p. Forestry/Wildlife/ Conservationrelated aspects

: The project site is located at Tarapur MIDC,which is an industrial zone. There is no NationalPark, Wildlife Sanctuary or Biosphere Reservewithin radius of 10 km area from proposed site.Hence forestry/conservation related aspects arenot applicable.

11.2 Conclusion

The proposed project is to be carried out within the acquired land at Tarapur MIDC which is a

notified MIDC. No displacement of people is required. The mitigation measures proposed are

adequate, would meet the requirement of MPCB and would not cause any adverse impact on

receiving water bodies. The proposed manufacturing activity does not create any major air

pollution problem. The hazardous waste generated from industrial processes will be sent to

authorized CHWTSD facility at Taloja. Area surrounding the project site does not have any

sensitive area like forest and cropland. Overall it can be said that the proposed project will not

cause any adverse environmental impact if at all it will have positive socio-economic impacts

around the project area by generating employment for the local residents.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed manufacturing unit of API & API IntermediatesChemicals at Tarapur MIDC , Palghar district, Maharashtra.

SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00CHAPTER NO - 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT


CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA report of M/s. NGL Fine-Chem Ltd.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA Team in the following, capacity that developed the aboveEIA

EIA Coordinator : 5 (f)

Name : Mr. P.R Sadekar

Signature & Date :

Period of Involvement: 3/11/2015 to till date

Contact Information : [email protected]

Functional Area Experts:Sr.No.

FunctionalAreas

Name of theExpert/s

Name ofthe TeamMember/s

InvolvementPeriod & Task

Signature & Date

1 AP Mr. AmoghJoshi

November 2015till dateTask: To monitor& analyze thebaseline data ofair quality andidentifying,assessing &reducing theprocess &fugitiveemissions.Checking theefficacy ofAPCD

Mr.Omkar

Jog

November 2015till dateTask: Assistingthe FAE.

2 WP Mr. VinayGupta

November 2015till date




Task: Designingsamplingnetwork, Waterauditing &balance. effluentsegregation andquantumcalculation.Performanceevaluation of thetreatmentscheme.

Mr.Omkar

Jog

November 2015till dateTask: Assistingthe FAE.

3 SHW Mr. PrabhakarR. Sadekar

November 2015till dateTask:Identification ofhazardous wastesources &categorized themaccording to theHW rule. Impactprediction andmitigation

Mr.Amogh H.

Joshi

November 2015till dateTask: Assistingthe FAE

4 SE Mr. PrasanjeetKhanderao -

November 2015till dateTask: study ofSocio- Economicconditions ofnearbypopulation andimpact prediction




5 EB Dr. P.B.Salaskar

November 2015till dateTask:identification ofdifferent floraand fauna instudy area andImpactAssessment ofEB due toexpansionactivity

Mr.BhaskarYengal

November 2015till dateTask: fieldsurvey for EBstudy andassisting FAE

6 GEO Mr. VivekNavare

November 2015till dateTask: geologicalsurvey of studyarea and impactprediction.

7 SC Dr. P. S.Naraina Varde

November 2015till dateTask:identification ofsoil quality andimpact predictionof soil qualitydeterioration

Mr.BhaskarYengal

November 2015till dateTask: fieldsurvey for EBstudy andassisting FAE

8 AQ Mr. VinayGupta

November 2015-Feb. 2016Task: DevelopingMicro-




meteorology data& simulation ofthe incrementalimpact.

Mr.Mayur

Gulekar


9 NV Mr. VinayGupta

- November 2015till dateTask: Monitoringof NV levels,Prediction ofIncrementalNoise levels.Impactidentification andsuggestingmitigationsmeasure

10 LU Mr. VasanthaKumar

November 2015till dateTask: groundtruthing of studyarea and ImpactAssessment ofLU by fieldsurvey andpredicting thechanges in landform.

Mr.BhaskarYengal


11 RH Mr.AmoghJoshi

November 2015till dateTask: datacollection andprocessing forestimation of riskassessment.





Mr.Mayur

Gulekar


9 NV Mr. VinayGupta




Mr.BhaskarYengal


11 RH Mr.AmoghJoshi






Mr.Mayur

Gulekar


9 NV Mr. VinayGupta




Mr.BhaskarYengal


11 RH Mr.AmoghJoshi





Impact predictionof RH

12 HG Mr. P. R.Sadekar

- November 2015till dateTask: Hydro-geological studyof the plant areaand impact onhydrogeologydue to expansion.

* One TM against each FAE may be shown** Please attach additional sheet if required____________________________________________________________________________________

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization /authorized person

I, Prabhakar R. Sadekar, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of NGLFine-Chem Ltd., I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature :

Name : Mr. P.R Sadekar

Designation : Director

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji – 403001

Goa State India.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date : NABET/EIA/1518/SA 021 dated 28/03/2017.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed manufacturing unit of API & API Intermediates Chemicalsat Tarapur MIDC , Palghar district, Maharashtra.


Annexure 1.1: Statutory permissions

Certificate of Incorporation (Title page)



Consent to Establish











Annexure 2.1: Material balance of all product reactions

Isometamidium chloride

RAW MATERIAL QTY PROCESS PRODUCT QTY

Stage -- I

Meta acid 0.392kg Solution of Meta acid 2.582kg

Sodium Nitrite 0.135kg GLR

Hydrochloric acid 0.305kg

Water 1.75kg

Total 2.582kg Total 2.582kg

Stage -- II

HMS 0.624kg Aq ML to ETP 3.126kg

Solution of Meta acid 2.582kg GLR Evaporation Loss 0.28kg

water 1.5kg


Stage -- III

ISM Crude 1.3Kg Acetone ML for Recovery 2.7kg

Acetone 2.5kg ISM crude loss 0.1kg

ISM 1.0kg

Total 3.8kg total 3.8kg



Acetone Recovery

Acetone ML 2.7kg SSR 316 Acetone Recovered for Reuse 2.25kg

1.2 KL evaporation Loss 0.2 kg

organic residue to ETP 0.25kg




Homidium Chloride

RAW MATERIAL QTY PROCESS PRODUCT QTY

Stage HMS-IV

HMS-III 1.701

HBT-4 1.516 GLRNitrobenzene ML for Recovery andreuse 10.464

Nitrobenzene 9.275 630 Lit Aq. ML to ETP 5.797

Soda ash 0.124 HMS-IV 0.681

Water 6.076

1.75

Total 18.692kg 18.692kg

Nitrobenzene Recovery

Nitrobenzene ML 10.464 SS 316 Nitrobenzene Recovered for reuse 8.3475

Steam 2.43 1200 Lit Evaporation Loss 0.453

sodium Hydroxide 1.215 Organic Residue 0.208

Aq ML to ETP 5.1005



Total 14.109kg 14.109kg

Stage -- HMS-V

HMS-IV1.75 GLR HMS-IV recovered for reuse 0.625

HDS-52.9375 630 Lit Aq. ML and washing to ETP 40.2025

Water25 SS 316 HMS-V 5

Ammonia solution3.64 4 KL

water washing12.5

Total 45.8275 45.8275

Stage -- HMS-VI

HMS-V 5 SSR 316

Water 10 4 KL Iron sluge 0.56

iron powder 0.5 SSR 316

ammonium chloride 4.5 600 Lit Aq. ML to ETP 16.905

Conc HCL 0.44 Evaporation Loss 1.725

1.25

HomidiumChloride 0.25

1

20.44 20.44

Nitroxynil



QTY UNIT QTY

Stage -- NX-II

GLR Evaporation Loss 0.643

2 KL

NX-I 0.517 Aq. ML to ETP 6.592

iodine 0.328

potassium Iodate 0.148

Sulfuric acid 0.705

sodium bisulfite 0.017

Water 6.520 1

GLR

2 KL

SSR 316

8.235 1.2 KL 8.235

Clorsulon

QTY UNIT QTY

Stage -- crude

GLR

CLX-IV 1.22 620 Lit

Chlorosulfonic acid 1.102 SO2 and HCL Gas to scrub 0.951

Thionyl chloride 1.125 (0.606 Kg SO2 and 0.345 Kg HCL)

EDC 12.195 HDPE tank Aq. Layer to ETP 6.271

ICE 0.5 5 KL



Water 5.5

SSR 316 EDC ML for Recovery 13.2

Ammonia gas 0.98 2 KL

Water 2.5 Aq. Layer to ETP 3.236

Drying Loss 0.244

DRY 1.22

25.122 25.122

Stage -- pure

CLX Crude 1.22 SSR 316 Solid waste (hyflow + carbon) 0.01

methanol 3.863 2 KL

hyflow 0.005 Evaporation Loss 0.385

Carbon 0.005

SSR 316 methanol Recoved for reuse 3.4767

water 3.66 1. 2 KL

Aq. ML low TDS 3.4813

Drying Loss 0.4

DRY 1

8.753 8.753

Buparvaquone

QTY UNIT QTY

Stage-- 1



KCL-D 0.938 GLR

KCL-C 0.975 2 KL

Aq. ML to ETP 30.607

Ammonium per sulfate 1.875

Toulene 11.175 Carbon dioxide gas 0.217

Water 27.813

SSR 316 Toulene recovered for Sale 10.813

Methanol 4.95 1.2 KL Evaporation Loss 0.129

Methanol ML for Sale 5.96

47.726 47.726

Stage -- 2

KCl-I 1.5 SSR 316 Methanol ML for recovery for reuse 39.2

Methanol 26.73 4 KL

Potassium Hydroxide 0.75

Conc.HCL 1.254

Water 25 Aq. washing to ETP 13.721

KCL-II 2.313

55.234 55.234

Methanol Recovery

Methanol ML 39.2 SSR 316 Methanol Recovered for Reuse 24.157

1.2 KL

evapration Loss 2.395



organic residue to ETP/ aq ml 12.648

39.2 39.2

Stage -- 3

SSR 316

KCL-II 2.313 4 KL Solid waste (Carbon + Hyflow) 0.25

Toulene 13.038

Carbon 0.15

Hyflow 0.1

SSR 316 Toulene recovered for reuse 12.386

Acetone 5.438 1.2 KL

water 17.5 Acetone ML for Recovery 5.153

Aq. ML to ETP 19.5

1.25

Buparvaquone Drying Loss 0.25

1

38.539 38.539

Acetone Recovery

Acetone ML 5.153 SSR 316 Acetone Recovered for Reuse 4.544

1.2 KL




organic residue to ETP 0.22

5.153 5.153

Parvaquone

QTY UNIT QTY

Stage -- 1

NQ 0.866 GLR

CCA 0.821 2 KL


Ammonium per sulfate 1.559 Carbon Dioxide gas 0.282

EDC 7.797

water 24.691

SSR 316 EDC recovered for Sale 7.039

Methanol 2.745 1.2 KL

Methanol ML for Sale 3.088

Eva loss 0.758

WET 1.3

SPV-I Drying loss 0.26

DRY 1.04

38.479 38.479

Stage -- 2



SPV-I 1.04 GLR

Acetic acid 5.224 2 KL Aq. ML to ETP 23.832

Chlorine gas 0.52

Sodium acetate 0.598 Nitrogen and Chlorine gas mixture 0.095

water 17.797

Nitrogen gas 0.048

Wet 1.3

SPV-II Drying loss 0.13

Dry 1.17

25.227 25.227

Stage -- 3

SPV-II 1.17 SSR 316

Methanol 27.789 4 KL Solid waste (Carbon + Hyflow) 0.11

Potassium Hydroxide 0.702

Carbon 0.047

Hyflow 0.047

Conc.HCL 0.936 GLR Methanol ML for recovery for reuse 40

Water 16.374 2KL

Aq. washing to ETP 5.668

Wet 1.287

drying loss 0.234



SPV-III Dry 1.053

47.065 47.065

Methanol Recovery

Methanol ML 40 SSR 316 Methanol Recovered for Reuse 22.695

1.2 KL


Aq ML to ETP 15.71

40 40

Stage -- 4

SSR 316

SPV-III 1.053 4 KL Solid waste (Carbon + Hyflow) 0.053

MDC 6.3

Carbon 0.032

Hyflow 0.021

SSR 316 MDC recovered for reuse 5.333

Methanol 4.168 1.2 KL Evaporation Loss 0.568

water 7.368 Methanol ML for Recovery 4.168

Aq. ML to ETP 7.557

WET



Drying Loss 0.263

Parvaquone Dry 1

18.942 18.942

Methanol Recovery


1.2 KL



4.168 4.168

Imidocarb Dipropionate

QTY UNIT QTY

Stage -- hydrochloride

IMD-II 1.262 GLR

Catalyst-E 0.152 630 Lit Aq. ML to ETP 6.785

Water 6.514

Methanol 1.268 Methanol ML for Recovery 1.276

1.135

Drying Loss 0.102

Hydrochloride 1.033

9.196 9.196



Methanol Recovery


1.2 KL



1.276 1.276

Stage -- Base

Hydrochloride 1.033 SSR

Water 40.154 4 KL Aq ML to ETP 36.423

Sodium Hydroxide 0.258

Evaporation Loss 3.368

1.654

Base 0.809

0.845

41.445 41.445

Stage -- IMD Final

Base 0.845 SSR 316 Solid waste (Carbon + Hyflow) 0.092

Methanol 3.991 2 KL

Propionic acid 0.374



carbon 0.046

hyflow 0.046

Acetone 2.649 SSR 316 Methanol recovered to reuse 3.792

water 1.725 1.2 KL Eva loss 0.2

Acetone ML for recovery 4.392

WET 1.2

Drying Loss 0.2

Imidocarb DipropionateDry 1

9.676 9.676

Acetone Recovery


1.2 KL


Aq. ML to ETP 1.763

4.392 4.392

Amitraz

QTY UNIT QTY

Stage -- I



N'-2,4-Dimethylphenyl-N-methylformamidine,N-[(2,4-

dimethylphenyl)iminomethyl] 1.053 SSR

IPA ML for Recovery 2.066

IPA 2.068

Wet

Amitraz Drying loss 0.055

Dry 1

3.121 3.121

IPA Recovery

IPA ML 2.066 SSR 316 IPA Recovered for Reuse 1.861

1.2 KL



2.066 2.066

TCA

QTY UNIT QTY

TCA OIL 0.859 SSR 316 Toluene Recovered for Reuse 4.155

Toluene 4.242 2 KL

Water washing 5.128 Aq ML to ETP 5.128



GLR

Water 10.319 2 KL Aq. ML to ETP 11.038

Conc.HCL 0.915

1.142

Drying Loss 0.142

TCA Dry 1

21.463 21.463

FebuxostatQTY QTY

Stage -- crude

N-I 1.253 SSR 316 Methnaol ML for recovery 17.857Methanol 7.146Sodium Hydroxide 0.152 Aq. ML to ETP 15.139water 25.063Conc.HCL 0.858 GLR

Drying loss 0.473Crude Dry 1.003

34.472 34.472

Methanol Recovery

Methanol ML 17.857 SSR 316 Methanol Recovered for Reuse 6.6461.2 KL


Aq ML to ETP 10.467

17.857 17.857

Stage -- Pure

Crude 1.003 SSR 316Methanol 11.046



SSR 316 Methanol ML for Recovery 10.538water 20.356 Aqueous ML 20.551

Drying loss 0.316Febuxostat Dry 1

32.405 32.405

Methanol Recovery

Methanol ML 10.538 SSR 316 Methanol Recovered for Reuse 9.7121.2 KL



10.538 10.538

Praziquantel

QTY UNIT QTY

Stage -- BLT-V

BLT-IV 1.5 GLR

Sulfuric acid 4.1

HDPE Tank

Water 24.4

Aq. To ETP 38.74

GLR

MDC 6.27

SSR 316 Solid waste (Carbon + Hyflow) 0.06




Water 6.52

Carbon 0.03 MDC Layer containing BLT-V 7.23

hyflow 0.03 46.03

46.03

QTY UNIT QTY

Stage -- VI

MDC Layer containing BLT-V 7.23 GLR

Potassium acetate 0.73 Aq. To ETP 2.54

CCACL 0.75

Water 11.5

Acetone 7.578 SSR / GLRGMP MDC recovered for Reuse 6

Water 10.17 Acetone ML for Recovery 10.5

Aq. To ETP 16.498

Eva loss 0.42

Praziquantel Drying Loss 1

dry 1

37.958 37.958

Acetone Recovery ????




1.2 KL


Aq to ETP 2.922

10.5 10.5

TMTACN

QTY QTY

Stage -- I

TA-I 4.495SSR

TA-II 3.372Acetonitrile recoveredfor reuse 4.658

Acetonitrile 7.87

Formamide 1.798

potassium carbonate 2.738 Aq ML to ETP 50.965

Water 44.136

4.086

TMTA-II 4.7

64.409 64.409

Stage -- II



TMTA-II 4.7GLR

sulfuric acid 7.05

methanol 20.636GLR Methanol ML for Sale 29.032

Water 0.705

wet 4.059

33.091 33.091

Stage -- III

TMTA-III (Wet) 4.059GLR

formaldehyde solution 4.882 Aq ML to ETP 46.671

Formic acid 4.659

Water 27.353 Carbon Dioxide Gas 0.811

Sodium Hydroxide 7.529SSR

TMTACN 1

48.482 48.482



Ranolazine

QTY UNIT QTY

Stage -- I

2,6-xylidine 0.334 GLR Toluene ML for Recovery 1.537

Chloroacetyl chloride 0.374

Toluene 1.588 Aq. ML to ETP 2.484


water 2.193

RZ-I 0.134

0.535

4.69 4.69

Toluene ML recovery

Toluene ML 1.537 SSR 316 Toluene Recovered for Reuse 1.51

1.2 KL



1.537 1.537

Stage -- II



RZ-I 0.535 SSR 316

Piperazine 0.575 Aq. Ml to ETP 9.026

Toulene 8.022

Ammonia solution Toulene for Reuse 7.62

Toluene 1.711

Water 8.348 Toluene ML for Recovery 1.721

Eva Loss 0.056

0.668

RZ-II 0.153

0.615

19.191 19.191

Toluene ML recovery


1.2 KL



1.721 1.721

Stage-III

2-methoxyphenol 0.364 SSR 316 Aq. ML to ETP 4.544

Epichlorohydrine 0.29 Dichloromethane recovered for reuse 4.98



Dichloromethane 5.533

Sodium Hydroxide 0.173 Eva Loss 0.476

Water 4.16

RZ-III 0.52

10.52 5.976

Stage -- IV Ranolazine

RZ-II 0.615 SSR 316

RZ-III 0.52

Methanol 2.138

IPA 1.886 SSR 316(GMP) Methanol Recovered for Reuse 1.902

IPA ML for recovery 1.856

Water 4.065 Aquoues ML to ETP 3.274

Eva loss 0.228

1.3

Ranolazine 0.964

1

9.224 9.224

IPA ML recovery

IPA ML 1.856 SSR 316 IPA Recovered for Reuse 1.697



1.2 KL



1.856 1.856

RactopamineHydrochloride

QTYUNIT QTY

Octapamine HCL 0.909 SSR 316

Raspberry ketone 0.787 sodium chloride 0.28

Methanol 7.92

Sodium hydroxide 0.194

Pd/C Catalyst 0.036 SSR 316 Pd/C 0.073

Hydrogen 0.022 Pressure reactor

Nitrogen gas 0.018

Nitrogen 0.018 hydrogen gas 0.015

Water 10 SSR 316 Methanol Recovery for reuse 7.524


Conc. HCL 0.558 GLR



Carbon 0.02Solid waste (Carbon +Hyflow) 0.04

Hyflow 0.02


Ractopamine Hydrochloride 0.85

1

20.484 20.484

Lumifantrine

QTY UNIT QTY

stage -- I

DBA 0.957 SSR Methanol for recovery 7.74

PCB 0.364

Sodium Hydroxide 0.115 Water wash to ETP 4.528

Methanol 7.579

water 4.784

wet 1.531

Lumi crude Drying loss 0.478

Dry 1.053

13.799 13.799



Methanol Recovery


1.2 KL



7.74 7.74

Stage -- II

Lumi crude 1.053 SSR Acetone Ml for Recovery 6.599

Acetone 6.669

GMP

Water 2 Aq ML to ETP 1.74

Wet 1.083

Lumifantrine Drying loss 0.383

Dry 1

9.722 9.722

Acetone Recovery




1.2 KL



6.599 6.599

Fenbendazole

QTYUNI

T QTY

Stage -- I

SNA 1 solid waste 0.125

Hydrazine Hydrate 0.7

feCl3 0.02

Carbon 0.04

Toluene 6

Hyflow 0.02

Aq ML to ETP 4.565

Water 5

Hydrochloric acid 1.015 Toluene For Recovery 6.005

Diamine Solution 3.1

13.795

13.795



Toluene Recovery


1.2 KL

evaporation Loss 0.35


6.005 6.005

Stage --II

Hydrogen cyanamidesolution 0.45 Acetone recovered 0.96

methyl chloroformate 0.55

water 1.6


Diamine Solution 3.1

Acetone 1 Aq ML to ETP 5.09

wet

0.15

FenbendazoleCrude dry 1.05

7.25 7.25

Stage -- III

Fenbendazole Crude 1.05



Methanol 2.5 Methanol ML for Recovery 2.475

Wet

0.075

Fenbendazole dry 1

3.55 3.55

Methanol Recovery

Methanol ML 2.475 SSR 316Methanol Recovered forReuse 2.25

1.2 KL



2.475 2.475



Annexure: 3.1 - Detailed Floral & Faunal Inventory

Table 1: Floral diversity observed in the study area

Sr.No. Botanical Name Habit Family Local Name

IUCNStatus

Origin

Inner 5 km (Core Study Area)

1 Avicennia marina Tr Acanthaceae TivarLeast

Concern ver3.1

Na

2Acanthusilicifolius

Sh Acanthaceae MarandiLeast

Concern ver3.1

Na

3Avicenniaofficinalis

Tr Acanthaceae TivarLeast

Concern ver3.1

Na

4Caesalpinia

bonducCl Caesalpiniaceae Sagarlata

NotAssessed

Na

5 Derris trifoliata Cl Fabaceae Karanj velNot

AssessedNa

6 Derris scandens Cl Fabaceae GarudvelLeast

Concern ver3.1

Na

7 Salvadora persica Tr Salvadoraceae PiluNot

AssessedNa

8Clerodendrum

inermeSh Verbenaceae Vanjai

NotAssessed

Na

9Typha

domingensisHb Typhaceae Pan-kanis

LeastConcern ver

3.1

Na

10 Hyptis suaveolens Hb Lamiaceae Jungali tulasNot

AssessedNt

11 Ricinus communis Tr Euphorbiaceae AerandalNot

AssessedNa

12Chromolaena

odorataHb Asteraceae Tivra gandha Not

Assessed

Nt

13 Lantana camara Sh Verbenaceae GhaneriNot

AssessedNt

14 Ipomoea obscura Cl Convolvulaceae PilobonvaeiNot

AssessedNa

15Ipomoea pes-

capraeCl Convolvulaceae Maryada-vel

NotAssessed

Na

16 Lantana camara Sh Verbenaceae Ghaneri Not Na



Assessed

17Calotropisgigantea

Tr Asclepiadaceae RuiNot

AssessedNa

18 Cyperus rotundus Hb Cyperaceae Barik mothaLeast

Concern ver3.1

Na

19Fimbristylisferruginea

Hb Cyperaceae --Least

Concern ver3.1

--

20 Persicaria glabra Hb Polygonaceae SheralLeast

Concern ver3.1

Na

21 Ipomoea carnea Sh Convolvulaceae BesharamNot

AssessedNt

22Alternanthera

sessilisHb Amaranthaceae Kanchari Least

Concern ver3.1

Na

23 Amaranthus viridis Hb Amaranthaceae MathNot

AssessedNa

24Sesuvium

portulacastrumHb Aizoaceae Dhapa

NotAssessed

Na

25Thespesiapopulnea

Tr Malvaceae Paras pipalNot

AssessedNa

26 Mucuna pruriens Cl Fabaceae Khaj kuiriNot

AssessedNt

27Blumea oxyodonta Hb Asterace -- Not

AssessedNa

28Lysiloma

latisiliquumTr Fabaceae --

NotAssessed

--

29 Quisqualis indica Cl Combretaceae Vilayati chambeliNot

AssessedNa

30Bougainvillea

spectabilisCl Nyctaginaceae Booganvel

NotAssessed

In

31 Nerium oleander Sh Apocynaceae KanerLeast

Concern ver3.1

Na

32 Plumeria rubra Tr Apocynaceae ChafaNot

AssessedIn

33 Tecoma stans Tr Bignoniaceae GhantifulNot

AssessedIn

34Millingtonia

hortensisTr Bignoniaceae Kaval nimb Not

AssessedNa

35Thevetia

peruvianaTr Apocynaceae Pivli kaner

NotAssessed

Nt



36Tabernaemontana

divaricataTr Apocynaceae Ananta

NotAssessed

Na

37Peltophorumpterocarpum

Tr Caesalpiniaceae TambadshengNot

AssessedIn

38Spathodea

campanulataTr Bignoniaceae Pichkari

NotAssessed

In

39 Psidium guajava Tr Myrtaceae PeruNot

AssessedNa

40 Annona squamosa Tr Annonaceae SitaphalNot

AssessedIn

41Neolamarckia

cadambaTr Rubiaceae Kadamba

NotAssessed

Na

42Carica papaya Tr Caricaceae Papaya Data

Deficient ver3.1

Na

43Terminalia

catappaTr Combreatacea Jangali badam

NotAssessed

Na

44Mangifera indica Tr Anacardiaceae Amba Data

Deficient ver2.3

Na

45 Ipomoea obscura Cl Convolvulaceae PungaliNot

AssessedNa

46Merremia vitifolia Cl Convolvulaceae Navli Not

AssessedNa

47Catharanthus

roseusHb Apocynaceae Sadafuli

NotAssessed

In

48Roystonea regia Tr Arecaceae -- Not

AssessedIn

49 Delonix regia Tr Caesalpiniaceae GulmohurLeast

Concern ver3.1

Nt

50Tabernaemontana

divaricataTr Apocynaceae Ananta

NotAssessed

Na

51 Alstonia scholaris Tr Apocynaceae Saptaparni

LowerRisk/least

concern ver2.3

Na

Outer 5 km (Buffer Study Area)

1 Tectona grandis Tr Verbenaceae SaagNot

AssessedNa

2Butea

monospermaTr Fabaceae Palash

NotAssessed

Na

3 Cassia fistula Tr Caesalpiniaceae Bahava Not Na



Assessed

4Calotropisgigantea

Sh Asclepidaceae RuiNot

AssessedNa

5 Mucuna pruriens Cl Fabaceae Khaj kuiriNot

AssessedNt

6 Gliricidia sepium Tr Fabaceae --Not

AssessedIn

7Amaranthus viridis Hb Amaranthaceae Math Not

AssessedNa

8 Tectona grandis Tr Verbenacea SaagNot

AssessedNa

9Peltophorumpterocarpum

Tr Caesalpiniaceae TambadshengNot

AssessedIn

10 Macaranga peltata Tr Euphorbiaceae ChandwarNot

AssessedNa

11 Moullava spicata Tr Caesalpiniaceae WagatiNot

AssessedNa

12Acacia

auriculiformisTr Mimosaceae --

LeastConcern ver

3.1

In

13 Bombax ceiba Tr Bombacaceae SawarNot

AssessedNa

14Microcos

paniculataTr Tiliaceae Shirali

NotAssessed

Na

15 Alstonia scholaris Tr Apocynaceae Saptaparni

LowerRisk/least

concern ver2.3

Na

16 Caryota urens Tr Arecaceae Bherli maadLeast

Concern ver3.1

Na

17 Oroxylum indicum Tr Bignoniaceae TetuNot

AssessedNa

18 Dregea volubilis Cl Asclepiadaceae HarandodiNot

AssessedNa

19 Helicteres isora Tr Sterculiaceae MurudshengNot

AssessedNa

20 Cocos nucifera Tr Arecaceae NaralNot

AssessedNa

21Calycopterisfloribunda

Cl Combretaceae UkshiNot

AssessedNa

22 Mangifera indica Tr Anacardiaceae AmbaData

Deficient ver2.3

Na



23Artocarpus

heterophyllusTr Moraceae Phanas

NotAssessed

Na

24Terminalia

belliricaTr Combretaceae Baheda

NotAssessed

Na

25 Wrightia tinctoria Tr Apocynaceae Kala kuda

LowerRisk/least

concern ver2.3

Na

26 Carissa carandas Sh Apocynaceae KarwandaNot

AssessedNa

27Terminaliapaniculata

Tr Combretaceae KinjalNot

AssessedNa

28 Xylia xylocarpa Tr Mimosaceae JambhaNot

AssessedNa

29Callicarpatomentosa

Tr Verbenaceae AyamsarNot

AssessedNa

30 Syzygium cumini Tr Myrtaceae JambulNot

AssessedNa

31Tabernaemontana

alternifoliaTr Apocynaceae Naag kuda

NotAssessed

Na

32Terminalia

ellipticaTr Combretaceae Ain

NotAssessed

Na

33Ficus racemosa Tr Moraceae Umber Not

AssessedNa

34Madhucalongifolia

Tr Sapotaceae Mahua --Na

35Schleichera

oleosaTr Sapindaceae Kusum

NotAssessed

Na

36 Ficus benghalensis Tr Moraceae VadNot

AssessedNa

37Erythrinasuberosa

Tr Fabaceae PangaraNot

AssessedNa

38 Bridelia retusa Tr Phyllanthaceae AsanaNot

AssessedNa

39 Sterculia guttata Tr Sterculiaceae KukarNot

AssessedNa

40Holopteleaintegrifolia

Tr Ulmaceae AinsadadaNot

AssessedNa

41Catunaregam

spinosaTr Rubiaceae Ghela

NotAssessed

Na

42 Cordia dichotoma Tr Boraginaceae SheluNot

AssessedNa



43 Ficus religiosa Tr Moraceae PimpalNot

AssessedNa

44Terminalia

catappaTr Combretaceae Jangali badam

NotAssessed

Na

45 Azadirachta indica Tr Meliaceae Kadu limbNot

AssessedNa

46 Pongamia pinnata Tr Fabaceae KaranjLeast

Concern ver3.1

Na

47 Albizia lebbeck Tr Mimosaceae SirisNot

AssessedNa

48Neolamarckia

cadambaTr Rubiaceae Kadamba

NotAssessed

Na

49Dalbergia sissoo Tr Fabaceae Shisham Not

AssessedNa

50Leea indica Sh Vitaceae Karkani Not

AssessedNa

51Heterophragmaquadriloculare

Tr Bignoniaceae Waras NotAssessed

Na

52Bambusa bambos Hb Poaceae Bamboo Not

AssessedNa

53Argemonemexicana

Hb Papaveraceae DhtoraNot

AssessedNt

54Pithecellobium

dulceTr Mimosaceae Vilayati chinch

NotAssessed

Nt

55 Moringa oleifera Tr Moringaceae ShevagaNot

AssessedNa

56Typha

domingensisHb Typhaceae Pan-kanis

LeastConcern ver

3.1

Na

57 Cyperus rotundus Hb Cyperaceae Barik mothaLeast

Concern ver3.1

Na

58 Lantana camara Sh Verbenaceae GhaneriNot

AssessedNt

59 Hyptis suaveolens Hb Lamiaceae Jungali tulasNot

AssessedNt

60Chromolaena

odorataHb Asteraceae Tivra gandha Not

Assessed

Nt

Crops/Orchards

61 Manilkara zapota Tr Sapotaceae Chikoo --Na



62 Mangifera indica Tr Anacardiaceae Amba --Na

63 Psidium guajava Tr Myrtaceae Peru --Na

64 Cocos nucifera Tr Arecaceae Naral --Na

65 Oryza sativa Hb Poaceae Bhaat --Na

Hb - Herb, Cl- Climber, Sh -Shrub, Tr - Tree, Na - Native, Nt- Naturalized, In - Introduced

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed manufacturing unit of API & API Intermediates Chemicals at Tarapur MIDC , Palghar district, Maharashtra.


Table 2: Avifaunal diversity observed in the Study AreaSr.No.

Family Scientific Name CommonName

IUCN Status WPAAssessment

Habitat Feeding Habit DwellingStatus

1 Corvidae Corvus splendens House Crow LeastConcern ver 3.1

Schedule - V Lives in closeassociation with man inhuman inhabited areas

Omnivorous R

2 Corvusmacrorhynchos

Jungle Crow LeastConcern ver 3.1

-- Chiefly a bird of countryside but also seen in

town & villages

Omnivorous R

3 Meropidae Merops orientalis Small BeeEater

LeastConcern ver 3.1

-- Gardens, light scrubjungle, near and away

human habitations

Insectivorous R

4 Halcyonidae Halcyonsmyrnensis

White-throated

Kingfisher


Schedule -IV Near ponds, puddles,rain-filled ditches,

inundated paddy fields,near shore, also in

wooded country awayfrom water

Piscivorous &Insectivorous

R

5 Columbidae Streptopeliachinensis

Spotted Dove Not Assessed Schedule -IV Open well wooded &cultivated country freely

enters gardens

Granivorous R

6 Columba livia Blue RockPigeon


-- Lives in closeassociation with man inhuman inhabited areas

Granivorous R

7 Leiothrichidae Turdoides striatus JungleBabbler


Schedule -IV Outlying jungle,gardens, groves of treesabout towns & villages

Omnivorous R

8 Dicruridae Dicrurusmacrocercus

Black Drongo LeastConcern ver 3.1

Schedule - IV A familiar bird of opencountry

Omnivorous R

9 Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer Red VentedBulbul


Schedule - IV Gardens, light scrubjungle, near and away

Omnivorous R



human habitations10 Pycnonotus

jocosusRed

WhiskeredBulbul


Schedule - IV Though enters gardensprefers wooded

localities

Omnivorous R

11 Alcedinidae Alcedo atthis Small BlueKingfisher


Schedule - IV Near streams, tanks,puddles

Piscivorous &Insectivorous

R

12 Charadriidae Vanellus indicus Red-wattledLapwing


-- Open country, ploughedfields, grazing land,

margins & dry beds oftanks, puddles

Insectivorous R

13 Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis CommonMyna


Schedule - IV An associate of humaninhabited areas

Omnivorous R

14 Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret LeastConcern ver 3.1

Schedule - IV Reed swamps in &around surface water

bodies

Insectivorous &Piscivorous

R

15 Egretta garzetta Little Egret LeastConcern ver 3.1

Schedule - IV Jheels, Swamps,Wetlands etc.

R

16 Ardeola grayii Indian PondHeron


Schedule - IV Found wherever there iswater

Insectivorous &Piscivorous

R

17 Nycticoraxnycticorax

Black-crowned

Night-Heron


Schedule - IV Jheels, inland waters,tidal creeks & mangrove

swamps

Carnivorous R

18 Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocoraxniger

LittleCormorant


-- Inland waters, brackishlagoons, tidal creeks

Piscivorous R

19 Rallidae Amaurornisphoenicurus

White-breasted

Waterhen


-- Moist ground overgrownwith tangles of bushes,

margins of jheels &ponds

Omnivorous R

20 Porphyriopoliocephalus

Grey-headedSwamphen

Not Assessed -- Reedy swaps, Marginsof jheels overgrown with

bushes

Omnivorous R



21 Muscicapidae Saxicola caprata PiedBushchat


-- Sparsely scrubbedcountry & hillsides,

common inneighborhood of

cultivation & villages

Insectivorous R

22 Muscicapidae Saxicoloidesfulicata

Indian Robin LeastConcern ver 3.1

-- Stony scrub country Insectivorous R

23 Copsychus saularis OrientalMagpie-Robin


-- In & around villagesalong shrubberies

Insectivorous &Herbivorous

R

24 Psittacidae Psittacula krameri Rose-ringedParakeet


Schedule – IV Wooded country,Cultivations, Orchards

Frugivorous R

25 Accipitridae Milvus migrans Black Kite LeastConcern ver 3.1

-- Carnivorous R

26 Cuculidae Centropus sinensis GreaterCoucal


Schedule-IV Open forest, Scrubs,Shrubbery

Carnivorous R

27 Passeridae Passer domesticus Housesparrow


-- A confirmed hanger-onof man

Omnivorous R

R- Resident



Table 3: Faunal diversity observed in the Study AreaSr.No.

Common Name Scientific Name Family IUCN Status WPAAssessment

Mammals1 Indian Palm

SquirrelFunambuluspalmarum

Sciuridae Least Concern ver3.1

--

2 Stray dog Canus sp. Canidae -- --

3 Pig Sus sp. Suidae -- --

4 Buffalo Bubalus sp. Bovidae -- --

Reptiles1

Forest calotes Calotes rouxii AgamidaeLeast Concern ver

3.1--

Secondary DataTable 3: Faunal diversity in the Study Area as known from secondary source

Sr. No. Common Name Scientific Name Family IUCN Status WPA Assessment1 Dhaman Ptyas mucosa Colubridae Not Assessed Schedule - IV2 Phursa Echis carinatus Viperidae Not Assessed Schedule - IV3 Ghonas Daboia russelii Viperidae Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV

4 Naag Naja naja Elapidae -- Schedule - IV



Annexure 4.1 : AERMOD dispersion profile of pollutants

Figure: AERMOD analysis for PM10



Figure: AERMOD analysis for PM2.5



Figure: AERMOD analysis for SO2(uncontrolled condition)



Figure: AERMOD analysis for NOX(uncontrolled condition)



Figure: AERMOD analysis for CO(uncontrolled condition)



Annexure 4.2: Details of membership of TEPS CETP, Tarapur MIDC.



Annexure 4.3: Estimation of outlet concentration of fly ash from bag filter.

Ash content of the Indonesian coal is estimated to be 15% w/w.

The coal fired boiler will run for 20 hrs by consuming 5 MT/day coal. Therefore,

Ash quantity of total ash content = 5000/20*0.15

= 37.5 kg/hour of total ash will be generated.

The total ash generated will contain 90% w/w fly ash and 10% w/w bottom ash,

Fly ash quantity of total ash content = 37.5* 90/100

= 33.75 kg/hour of fly ash will be passed through bagfilter.

The fly ash loading to the bag filter will be,

= 33.75 kg/hr* 1/ 6000 m3/hour

= 0.00286 kg/m3

= 5.625 g/m3

Fly ash concentration at the exit of the bag filter with 99.9% removal efficiency will be,

= 5.625 g/m3 * (1- 0.999)

= 0.005625 g/m3

= 0.005625*1000

= 5.625 mg/ m3

6 mg/ m3

The outlet flue gas from bag filter will have fly ash concentration 6 mg/m3 which is wellbelow the national TPM limit equivalent to 100 mg/m3



Annexure 7.1: Risk assessment

HAZOP Study Terminology

Table : Guide words with example causes associated

GUIDE

WORD

DEVIATION EXAMPLE OF CAUSES

NONE FLOW Wrong routing - blockage - incorrect slip plate - incorrectly

fitted check valve - burst pipe - large leak - equipment

failure (isolation valve, pump vessel, etc.) - incorrect

pressure differential - isolation in error – etc.

REVERSE FLOW Defective check valve - siphon effect - incorrect pressure

differential - two way flow - emergency venting - incorrect

operation - in line spare equipment - etc.

MORE

THAN

FLOW Increased pumping capacity - increased suction pressure -

reduced delivery head - greater fluid density - exchanger

tube leaks - restriction orifice plates deleted - cross

connection of systems - control faults - control valve trim

changed - running two pumps - etc.

LESS

THAN

FLOW Line restrictions - filter blockage - defective pumps - fouling

of vessels, valves, orifice plates - density or viscosity

changes – etc.

MORE

THAN

LEVEL Outlet isolated or blocked - inflow greater than outflow -

control failure - faulty level measurement - gravity liquid

balancing - etc

LESS

THAN

LEVEL Inlet flow stops - leak - outflow greater than inflow - control

failure - faulty level measurement - draining of vessel – etc.



GUIDE

WORD


MORE

THAN

PRESSURE Surge problems - connection to high pressure system - gas

breakthrough (inadequate venting) - defective isolation

procedures for relief valves - thermal overpressure - positive

displacement pumps - failed open PCV's design pressures,

specifications of pipes, vessels, fittings, instruments - etc.

LESS

THAN

PRESSURE Generation of vacuum condition - condensation - gas

dissolving in liquid - restricted pump/compressor suction

line - undetected leakage - vessel drainage - blockage of

blanket gas reducing valve etc.

MORE

THAN

TEMPERATURE Ambient conditions - fouled or failed exchanger tubes - fire

situation - cooling water failure - defective control - heater

control failure - internal fires - reaction control failures -

heating medium leak into process etc

LESS

THAN

TEMPERATURE Ambient conditions - reducing pressure - fouled or failed

exchanger tubes - loss of heating - depressurisation of

liquefied gas - Joule/Thompson effect – etc.

MORE

THAN

VISCOSITY Incorrect material or composition - incorrect temperature -

high solids' concentration - settling of slurries - etc.

OTHER

THAN

COMPOSITION

CHANGE

Leaking isolation valves - leaking exchanger tubes - phase

change - incorrect feedstock/specification - inadequate

quality control - process control upset - reaction

intermediates/by-products - settling of slurries, etc.

AS WELL

AS

CONTAMINATION Leaking exchanger tubes - leaking isolation valves -

incorrect operation of system - interconnected systems

(especially services, blanket systems) - effect of corrosion -

wrong additives - ingress of air - shutdown and start-up

conditions - grade change – etc.



GUIDE

WORD


RELIEF Relief philosophy (process/fire, etc.) - type of relief device

and reliability - relief valve discharge location - pollution

implications - two phase flow - effect of de-bottlenecking on

relief capacity - inlet and outlet piping - etc.

INSTRUMENTATION Control philosophy - location of instruments - response time

- set points of alarms and trips and ability to change - time

available for operator invention - alarm and trip testing - fire

protection - trip/control amplifiers - panel arrangement and

location - auto/manual facility and human error - fail safe

philosophy – etc.

SAMPLING Sampling procedure and operator safety - time for analysis

result - calibration of automatic samplers -

reliability/accuracy of representative sample - diagnosis of

result - loss of sample flow - etc.

CORROSION/

EROSION

Cathodic protection arrangements- internal/external

corrosion protection - engineering specifications - zinc

embitterment - stress corrosion cracking - fluid velocities -

etc.

SERVICE Failure of instrument air / steam / nitrogen / cooling water /

hydraulic power / electric power/water or other -

contamination of instrument air, nitrogen etc. -

telecommunications - heating and ventilation systems -

computers - etc.

ABNORMAL

OPERATION

Purging - flushing - start-up - normal shutdown - emergency

shutdown - emergency operations - inspection of operating

machines - guarding of machinery - etc.



GUIDE

WORD


MAINTENANCE Isolation philosophy - drainage - purging - cleaning - drying

- slip plates - access - rescue plan - training - pressure testing

- work permit system - condition monitoring - lifting and

manual handling - etc.

IGNITION Grounding arrangements- insulated vessels/equipment - low

conductance fluids - splash filling of vessels - insulated

strainers and valve components - dust generation - powder

handling equipment - electrical classification - flame

arrestors - hot work - hot surfaces - auto ignition -

pyrophoric materials -etc.

SAFETY Toxic properties of process materials - fire and gas detection

system/alarms - emergency shutdown arrangement - fire

fighting response time - emergency shutdown arrangements

- emergency and major emergency training - contingency

plans - TLVs of process materials and methods of detection

- noise - knowledge of hazards of process materials - first

aid/medical resources - effluent disposal - hazards created

by others (adjacent storage areas/process plant etc.) - testing

of emergency equipments - compliance with local/national

regulations – etc.

The steps used to conduct the HAZOP are as follows:

1. Select and confirm the scope of a node.

2. Explain the general intentions and operating conditions of the node.

3. Specify process parameters for node.

4. Select a process parameter (Flow, Pressure, etc.) and specify the intention relating to this

parameter.



5. Apply a deviation (more, less, etc.) to the parameter and develop a meaningful causes / hazards of

the deviation from the intention.

6. Identify all scenarios causes / hazards of the deviation from the intention.

7. Identify all major consequences associated with each cause without regards to safeguards.

8. Specify predominate safeguards against each consequence.

9. Make recommendations to mitigate the consequences if the severity is unacceptable.

10. Repeat above steps for other guide words.

11. Repeat above steps for other process parameters.

12. Repeat above steps for all other nodes in review.

13. Document all recommendations agreed by the HAZOP team.



Annexure 7.2: DOW Fire and Explosion Index

Table: UN classification of raw materials

SR.

No

Class as per U

N

Classification

Description Raw Materials

1. Class 1 Explosives --

2. Class 1.1 Mass explosion hazard --

3. Class 1.2 Projection hazard but not mass

explosion hazard

--

4. Class 1.3 which have a fire hazard and either a

minor blast hazard or a minor

projection hazard or both

--

5. Class 1.4 no significant hazard; only a small

hazard in the event of ignition or

initiation during transport with any

effects largely confined to the package

--

6. Class 1.5 Very insensitive substances which have

a mass explosion hazard

--

7. Class 1.6 Extremely insensitive articles which do

not have a mass explosion hazard

--

8. Class 2.1 Flammable Gas Hydrogen

9. Class 2.2 Non Flammable and Nontoxic Gas Nitrogen (purging)

10. Class 2.3 Poisonous Gas --

11. Class 3 Flammable Liquid Diacetone alcohol,

Acetophenone

Acetone

Methanol

12. Class 4.1 Flammable Solid

13. Class 4.2 Spontaneously Combustible substance

14. Class 4.3 Materials emitting flammable gases

when contacted with water

15. Class 5 Oxidizing Material



16. Class 6.1 Poisonous, Toxic and Harmful

substances benzaldehyde

Isophoron

Methanol

17. Class 6.2 Infectious substances --

18. Class 7 Radioactive material --

19. Class 8 Corrosive Materials Acetic acid, caustic soda

Acetic anhydride

20. Class 9 Miscellaneous dangerous goods PTBP, OTBP

21. Irritant Cinnamaldehyde

Acetic anhydride

Soda ash, caustic soda

Table: Degree of Hazard for F & EI

Degree of Hazard for F & EIF & EI Index Range Degree of Hazard

1-60 Light61-96 Moderate97-127 Intermediate128-158 Heavy159-up Severe

Table : DOW F&E Index

Tank No. -- Equipment

Name

acetone drumBasic Material for

Material factor

Plastic drum Density, kg/l 1.48Properties of material

N h 1 Nf

f

3 N r 0 M.F. 16Boil.

pt.

133 ºF -- ºC Flash

pt.

-4 ºF -- ºC

HC = Heat of

Combustion

12300 BTU / lb -- KJ/ Kg

Quantity of the

material

Drums 33 6600 Kg 14550.5 lb

Storage conditions Temp 30 ºC Pressure 1.0 bar



Table: recommended minimum features according to Dow Fire and Explosion Index

Penalty factor range Penalty

factor

used1.General Process

Hazard

Base Factor 1.00 1.00Exothermic Chemical Reaction 0.30 to 1.25 0.3Endothermic Processes 0.20 to 0.40 0.00Material handling and transfer 0.25 to 1.05 0.65Enclosed or Indoor Process Units 0.25 to 0.90 0.3Access 0.20 to 0.35 0.35Drainage and Spill Control 0.25 to 0.50 0.5General Process Hazard Factor ( F1 ) 3.1

2.Special Process

Hazard

Base Factor 1.00 1.00

Toxic material(s) 0.20 to 0.80 0.2Sub atmospheric pressure (< 500 mm Hg) 0.50 0.00Operation in or near flammable range

_____inerted ______noninerted

0.00 to 0.80 0.00

1. Tank farm storage flammable liquids 0.50 0.502. Process upset or purge failure 0.30 0.003. Combustible solids in storage. Dust in

process

0.80 0.00

Dust Explosion 0.25 to 2.00 0.00Pressure Operating pressure psig

Relief setting ________ psig

0.00

Low temperature 0.20 to 0.30 0.00Quantity of flammable / unstable material

1. Liquids or gases in process 0.00

2. Liquids or gases in storage 0.163. Combustible Solids in Storage, Dust in

Process

0.00

Corrosion & Erosion 0.10 to 0.75 0.10Leakage - Joints & Packing 0.10 to 1.50 0.30Use of Fired Equipment 0.00Hot oil heat exchange system 0.15 to 1.15 0.0Rotating Equipment 0.50 0.00Special Process Hazard Factor ( F2 ) 2.26

Process Unit Hazard Factor ( F3 = F1 x F2) 3.1*2.26 7.006Fire & Explosion Index (F.& E.I.= F3 x M.F. ) 8.118*16 112Degree of Hazard Intermediate



Risk assessment for HSD tank

Tank No. -- Equipment Name HSD Tank (12400 L)Basic Material for Materialfactor

MS Drums Density, kg/l 0.933Properties of materialN h 0 N f 2 N r 0 M.F. 10Boil.pt.

- 0F - 0C Flash pt. 142 0F 61 0C

HC = Heat ofComb.

19427 BTU / lb 10800 Kcal/kgQuantity of thematerial

12400 l -- kg -- LbStorage conditions Temp 30 0C Pressure 1.0 bar

Penalty factorrange

Penalty factor used1.General ProcessHazard


Exothermic Chemical Reaction 0.30 to 1.25 0.00

Endothermic Processes 0.20 to 0.40 0.00

Material handling and transfer 0.25 to 1.05 0.25

Enclosed or Indoor Process Units 0.25 to 0.90 0.00

Access 0.20 to 0.35 0.20

Drainage and Spill Control 0.25 to 0.50 0.50

General Process Hazard Factor ( F1 ) 1.952.Special ProcessHazard


Toxic material(s) 0.20 to 0.80 0.00

Sub atmospheric pressure (< 500 mmHg)

0.50 0.00

Operation in or near flammable range_____inerted ______noninerted

0.00 to 0.80

1. Tank farm storage flammableliquids

0.50 0.5

2. Process upset or purge failure 0.30 0.00

3. Always in contact of Flameprocess

0.80 0.00

Dust Explosion 0.25 to 2.00 0.00

Pressure Operating pressure psigRelief setting ________

psig

0.00

Low temperature 0.20 to 0.30 0.00

Quantity of flammable / unstablematerial1. Liquids or gases in process 0.00

2. Liquids or gases in storage 0.2

3. Combustible Solids in Storage,Dust in Process

0.00

Corrosion & Erosion 0.10 to 0.75 0.10

Leakage - Joints & Packing 0.10 to 1.50 0.10

Use of Fired Equipment 0.00

Hot oil heat exchange system 0.15 to 1.15 0.00

Rotating Equipment 0.50 0.00

Special Process Hazard Factor ( F2 ) 1.9

Process Unit Hazard Factor ( F3 = F1 x F2) 3.7

Fire & Explosion Index (F.& E.I.= F3 x M.F. ) 37Degree of Hazard Light



Radius of Exposure (index* 0.3048) 11.28 metersArea of Exposure 400 sq. m



Annexure 7.3: Mond’s Toxicity Index

Toxicity Index: Th + Ts*(1+GPH+SPH)/ 100

Where, SPH = Special Process Hazard

GPH = General Process Hazard

Th = Toxicity factor based on the NFPA hazard index (0 – 4)

Ts = Correction factor (additional penalty) for toxicity based on Maximum

Allowable Concentration (MAC) value in ppm

NFPA Index NumberToxicity Factor

(Th)

0 0

1 50

2 125

3 250

4 325

MAC (in ppm) Ts

5 and below 125

Between 5 and 50 75

50 and more 50

Table A: Toxicity Index

The resulting TI values are ranked into three categories:



1-5 Light

6-9 Moderate

10-up High

A) Monds Index Calculation for ethylene dichloride :

Th (Toxicity Factor): For acetic anhydride will be 250 from the table as the Nh factor for EDC is 3

Ts (Correction Factor): For EDC will be 250 from the table.

General and Special Process Hazard

1.General Process

Hazard


2.Special Process

Hazard

Base Factor 1.00 1.00Toxic material(s) 0.20 to 0.80 0.4Sub atmospheric pressure (< 500 mm Hg) 0.50 0.00Operation in or near flammable range


0.00 to 0.80 0.00

1. Tank farm storage flammable liquids 0.50 0.502. Process upset or purge failure 0.30 0.003. Always in Flammable range

process

0.80 0.00



0.00




Process

0.00

Corrosion & Erosion 0.10 to 0.75 0.10Leakage - Joints & Packing 0.10 to 1.50 0.30Use of Fired Equipment 0.00Hot oil heat exchange system 0.15 to 1.15 0.0



Rotating Equipment 0.50 0.00Special Process Hazard Factor ( F2 ) 2.46

Therefore from the above table the GPH and SPH is coming to be around 3.3 and 2.46 respectively.

Calculation of Toxicity Index:

Toxicity Index : Th + Ts*(1+GPH+SPH)/ 100

Toxicity Index : [250 + 125 (1 + 3.3+2.46)]/100

Toxicity Index : 10.09

The Toxicity Index for EDC is calculated to be around 10.09 which indicate that the degree of

hazard is high from above table A.

B) Monds Index Calculation for nitrobenzene

Th (Toxicity Factor): For nitrobenzene will be 250 from the table as the Nh factor for Acetic Acid is 3

Ts (Correction Factor): For nitrobenzene will be 50 from the table as the MAC is 100 ppm

General & Special Process Hazard

1.General Process

Hazard


2.Special Process

Hazard

Base Factor 1.00 1.00Toxic material(s) 0.20 to 0.80 0.4Sub atmospheric pressure (< 500 mm Hg) 0.50 0.00Operation in or near flammable range


0.00 to 0.80 0.00



1. Tank farm storage flammable liquids 0.50 0.502. Process upset or purge failure 0.30 0.003. Always in Flammable range

process

0.80 0.00



0.00




Process

0.00


Therefore from the above table the GPH and SPH is coming to be around 3.3 and 2.46 respectively.



Toxicity Index : [250 + 50(1 + 3.3+2.46)]/100


The Toxicity Index for nitrobenzene is calculated to be around 4.63 which indicate that the

degree of hazard is light from table A.

C) Monds Index Calculation for Acetic Acid

Th (Toxicity Factor): For Acetic Acid will be 250 from the table as the Nh factor for Acetic

Acid is 3

Ts (Correction Factor): For Acetic Acid will be 75 from the table as the MAC is 10 ppm


1.General Process

Hazard




Exothermic Chemical Reaction 0.30 to 1.25 0.00Endothermic Processes 0.20 to 0.40 0.00Material handling and transfer 0.25 to 1.05 0.85Enclosed or Indoor Process Units 0.25 to 0.90 0.00Access 0.20 to 0.35 0.2Drainage and Spill Control 0.25 to 0.50 0.5General Process Hazard Factor ( F1 ) 2.55

2.Special Process

Hazard

Base Factor 1.00 1.00Toxic material(s) 0.20 to 0.80 0.60Sub atmospheric pressure (< 500 mm

Hg)

0.50 0.00Operation in or near flammable range


0.00 to 0.80

1. Tank farm storage flammable

liquids

0.50 0.002. Process upset or purge failure 0.30 0.003. Always in Flammable range

process

0.80 0.00


Relief setting ________

psig

0.00

Low temperature 0.20 to 0.30 0.00Quantity of flammable / unstable

material1. Liquids or gases in process 0.002. Liquids or gases in storage 0.13. Combustible Solids in Storage, Dust

in Process0.00


Therefore from the above table the GPH and SPH is coming to be around 2.55 and 1.8

respectively.



Toxicity Index : [250 + 75 (1 + 2.55 + 1.80)]/100




The Toxicity Index for Acetic Acid is calculated to be around 6.51 which indicate that

the degree of hazard is moderate from table.

D) Monds Index Calculation for ammonia

Th (Toxicity Factor): For ammonia will be 250 from the table as the Nh factor for ammonia is

3

Ts (Correction Factor): For ammonia will be 75 from the table as the MAC is 25 ppm


1.General Process

Hazard


2.Special Process

Hazard


Hg)

0.50 0.00Operation in or near flammable range


0.00 to 0.80


liquids


process

0.80 0.00



psig

0.00



in Process0.00

Corrosion & Erosion 0.10 to 0.75 0.10Leakage - Joints & Packing 0.10 to 1.50 0.00Use of Fired Equipment 0.00Hot oil heat exchange system 0.15 to 1.15 0.00



Rotating Equipment 0.50 0.00Special Process Hazard Factor ( F2 ) 1.8


respectively.



Toxicity Index : [250 + 75 (1 + 2.55 + 1.80)]/100


The Toxicity Index for ammonia is calculated to be around 6.51 which indicate that the

degree of hazard is moderate from table.

D) Monds Index Calculation for Chlorine

Th (Toxicity Factor): For chlorine will be 250 from the table as the Nh factor for chlorine is 3

Ts (Correction Factor): For chlorine will be 125 from the table as the MAC is 0.5 ppm


1.General Process

Hazard


2.Special Process

Hazard


Hg)

0.50 0.00



Operation in or near flammable range


0.00 to 0.80


liquids


process

0.80 0.00



psig

0.00



in Process0.00



respectively.



Toxicity Index : [250 + 125 (1 + 2.55 + 1.80)]/100


The Toxicity Index for chlorine is calculated to be around 9.18 which indicate that the

degree of hazard is moderate from table.



Annexure 7.2: ALOHA

Methanol underground tank: 1

Site Data:

Location: NGL Fine-Chem Ltd. TARAPUR MIDC, INDIA

Chemical Data:

Chemical Name: METHANOL

Molecular Weight: 32.04 g/mol

AEGL-1 (60 min): 530 ppm, AEGL-2 (60 min): 2100 ppm , AEGL-3 (60 min): 7200

ppm

IDLH: 6000 ppm LEL: 71800 ppm UEL: 365000 ppm

Ambient Boiling Point: 64.7° C

Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: 0.033 atm

Ambient Saturation Concentration: 32,549 ppm or 3.25%

Atmospheric Data: (Manual Input of Data)

Wind: 1 meters/second from NW at 10 meters

Ground Roughness: urban or forest Cloud Cover: 5 tenths

Air Temperature: 27° C Stability Class: B

No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 85%

Source Strength:

Leak from short pipe or valve in vertical cylindrical tank

Flammable chemical escaping from tank (not burning)

Tank Diameter: 2.3 meters Tank Length: 3.6 meters

Tank Volume: 15.0 cubic meters

Tank contains liquid Internal Temperature: 27° C

Chemical Mass in Tank: 11.85 tons Tank is 91% full

Circular Opening Diameter: 0.1 centimeters

Opening is 36.0 centimeters from tank bottom

Ground Type: Default soil Ground Temperature: 25° C

Max Puddle Diameter: Unknown

Release Duration: ALOHA limited the duration to 1 hour

Max Average Sustained Release Rate: 15.6 grams/min

(averaged over a minute or more)

Total Amount Released: 587 grams

Note: The chemical escaped as a liquid and formed an evaporating puddle.



The puddle spread to a diameter of 0.7 meters.

Scenario: methanol/01

THREAT ZONE:

Threat Modeled: Toxic area of vapour cloud

Red : less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (7200 ppm = AEGL-3 (60 min))

Orange: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (2100 ppm = AEGL-2 (60 min))

Yellow: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (530 ppm = AEGL-1 (60 min))

THREAT ZONE:

Threat Modeled: Flammable Area of Vapor Cloud

Red : less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (43080 ppm = 60% LEL = Flame Pockets)

Yellow: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (7180 ppm = 10% LEL)


SOURCE STRENGTH:

Leak from short pipe or valve in vertical cylindrical tank

Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from tank






Opening is 36.0 centimeters from tank bottom


Max Flame Length: 0 meters

Burn Duration: ALOHA limited the duration to 1 hour

Max Burn Rate: 36.3 grams/min

Total Amount Burned: 2.04 kilograms

Note: The chemical escaped as a liquid and formed a burning puddle.


Threat Zone:

Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire

Red : less than 10 meters --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec)



Orange: less than 10 meters --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec)

Yellow: less than 10 meters--- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)


SOURCE STRENGTH:

BLEVE of flammable liquid in vertical cylindrical tank



Tank contains liquid

Internal Storage Temperature: 70° C


Percentage of Tank Mass in Fireball: 100%

Fireball Diameter: 128 meters Burn Duration: 9 seconds Threat Zone:

THREAT ZONE:

Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from fireball

Red : 199 meters --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec)

Orange: 287 meters --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec)

Yellow: 453 meters --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)



Figure: Thermal radiation from fireball scenario for methanol tank


SOURCE STRENGTH:

Direct Source: 15000 liters Source Height: 0

Source State: Liquid

Source Temperature: equal to ambient

Release Duration: 1 minute

Release Rate: 197 kilograms/sec

Total Amount Released: 11,815 kilograms

THREAT ZONE:

Threat Modeled: Overpressure (blast force) from vapor cloud explosion

Type of Ignition: ignited by spark or flame

Level of Congestion: congested

Model Run: Heavy Gas

Red : LOC was never exceeded --- (8.0 psi = destruction of buildings)

600 400 200 0 200 400 600500

300

100

0

100

300

500

meters

meters

Greater than 10.0 kW/(sq m) (potentially lethal within 60 sec)Greater than 5.0 kW/(sq m) (2nd degree burns within 60 sec)Greater than 2.0 kW/(sq m) (pain within 60 sec)

Wind



Orange: LOC was never exceeded --- (3.5 psi = serious injury likely)

Yellow: 208 meters --- (1.0 psi = shatters glass)

Toluene Tank

SITE DATA:


Building Air Exchanges per Hour: 0.21 (unsheltered double storied)

CHEMICAL DATA:

Chemical Name: TOLUENE


AEGL-1 (60 min): 200 ppm

30 20 10 0 10 20 3025

15

50

0

50

15

25

meters

meters

greater than 8.0 psi (destruction of buildings)greater than 3.5 psi (serious injury likely)greater than 1.0 psi (shatters glass)wind direction confidence lines

wind






Ambient Boiling Point: 110.6° C

Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: 0.042 atm

Ambient Saturation Concentration: 41,610 ppm or 4.16%

ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA)

Wind: 1 meters/second from nw at 10 meters


Air Temperature: 27° C Stability Class: A


Scenario: Toluene/01

SOURCE STRENGTH:

Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank.



Tank Volume: 15000 liters


Chemical Mass in Tank: 12900 kilograms

Tank is 80% full

Circular Opening Diameter: 1 centimeters

Opening is 4.37 meters from tank bottom

Ground Type: Default soil

Ground Temperature: equal to ambient


Release Duration: ALOHA limited the duration to 1 hour

Max Average Sustained Release Rate: 1.04 kilograms/min (averaged over a minute or more)

Total Amount Released: 35.2 kilograms

Note: The chemical escaped as a liquid and formed an evaporating puddle.


THREAT ZONE:

Model Run: Heavy Gas / Toxic area of vapour cloud



Red : less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (4500 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min])

Orange: 11 meters --- (1200 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min])

Yellow: 30 meters --- (200 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])

Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make dispersion

predictions less reliable for short distances.


THREAT ZONE:



Red : LOC was never exceeded --- (6600 ppm = 60% LEL = Flame Pockets)

Yellow: 11 meters --- (1100 ppm = 10% LEL)


SOURCE STRENGTH:

Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank






Tank is 100% full


Opening is 4.92 meters from tank bottom


Max Flame Length: 4 meters

Burn Duration: ALOHA limited the duration to 1 hour

Max Burn Rate: 3.8 kilograms/min

Total Amount Burned: 225 kilograms

Note: The chemical escaped as a liquid and formed a burning puddle.


THREAT ZONE:

Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire

Red: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec)

Orange: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec)

Yellow: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)




SOURCE STRENGTH:

BLEVE of flammable liquid in vertical cylindrical tank



Tank contains liquid

Internal Storage Temperature: 27° C


Tank is 100% full

Percentage of Tank Mass in Fireball: 100%

Fireball Diameter: 136 meters Burn Duration: 10 seconds

THREAT ZONE:

Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from fireball

Red : 280 meters --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec)

Orange: 396 meters --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec)

Yellow: 618 meters --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)



SOURCE STRENGTH:

Direct Source: 15000 liters Source Height: 0

Source State: Liquid

Source Temperature: equal to ambient


Release Rate: 216 kilograms/sec

Total Amount Released: 12,931 kilograms

THREAT ZONE:





1 0.5 0 0.5 10.75

0.25

0

0.25

0.75

kilometers

kilometers

greater than 10.0 kW/(sq m) (potentially lethal within 60 sec)greater than 5.0 kW/(sq m) (2nd degree burns within 60 sec)greater than 2.0 kW/(sq m) (pain within 60 sec)

wind




Orange: 368 meters --- (3.5 psi = serious injury likely)


Hydrogen cylinder:

Details

Diameter -0.2 m

Height -1.3 m

Volume -40 L

Chemical data for Hydrogen

Chemical Name: HYDROGEN

60 40 20 0 20 40 6050

30

10

0

10

30

50

meters

meters


wind




PAC-1: 65000 ppm

PAC-2: 230000 ppm

PAC-3: 400000 ppm

LEL: 40000 ppm

UEL: 750000 ppm

Ambient Boiling Point: -252.8° C

Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: greater than 1 atm

Ambient Saturation Concentration: 1,000,000 ppm or 100.0%

The Assumptions made while running ALOHA

SITE DATA:


Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 0.35 (unsheltered double storied)


Wind: 1 meters/second from NW at 10 meters


Air Temperature: 27° F Stability Class: B


Scenario: Hydrogen/01

SOURCE STRENGTH:





Tank contains gas only Internal Temperature: 27° C

Amount of Chemical in Tank: 7 cubic meters


Release Duration: 6 minutes

Max Average Sustained Release Rate: 399 grams/min


Total Amount Released: 625 grams (averaged over a minute or more)




THREAT ZONE:

Scenario: Toxic area of vapour cloud

Model Run: Gaussian

Red : less than 10 meters (10.9 yards) --- (400000 ppm = PAC-3)

Orange: less than 10 meters (10.9 yards) --- (230000 ppm = PAC-2)

Yellow: less than 10 meters (10.9 yards) --- (65000 ppm = PAC-1)

Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make dispersion predictions

less reliable for short distances.


SOURCE STRENGTH:





Tank contains gas only Internal Temperature: 27° F



Max Flame Length: 0 meters Burn Duration: 12 minutes

Max Burn Rate: 321 grams/min

Total Amount Burned: 621 grams

THREAT ZONE:

Threat Modeled: Toxic area of vapour cloud:Flammable Area of Vapor Cloud

Model Run: Gaussian

Red : less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (24000 ppm = 60% LEL = Flame Pockets)





Source Strength:

SOURCE STRENGTH:








Max Flame Length: 0 meters Burn Duration: 6 minutes

Max Burn Rate: 676 grams/min

Total Amount Burned: 625 grams

Threat Zone: Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from jet fire

Red : less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec)

Orange: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec)



SOURCE STRENGTH:

Direct Source: 140 cubic meters Source Height: 0

Source State: Gas

Source Temperature: 550° C

Source Pressure: 150 atmospheres


Release Rate: 10.4 kilograms/sec

Total Amount Released: 627 kilograms

THREAT ZONE:





Level of Congestion: uncongested

Model Run: Gaussian




Figure: overpressure blast scenario for hydrogen cylinders

300 200 100 0 100 200 300250

150

50

0

50

150

250

meters

meters

greater than 8.0 psi (destruction of buildings)greater than 3.5 psi (serious injury likely)greater than 1.0 psi (shatters glass)

wind direction confidence lines

wind



Chlorine Cylinder

CHEMICAL DATA:

Chemical Name: CHLORINE

CAS Number: 7782-50-5 Molecular Weight: 70.91 g/mol

AEGL-1 (60 min): 0.5 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 2 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 20 ppm

IDLH: 10 ppm

Ambient Boiling Point: -34.1° C




Wind: 2.1 meters/second from ESE at 10 meters

Ground Roughness: 40 centimeters Cloud Cover: 3 tenths

Air Temperature: 30° C Stability Class: B


SOURCE STRENGTH:

Direct Source: 100 kilograms Source Height: 0




Note: This chemical may flash boil and/or result in two phase flow.

THREAT ZONE:

Model Run: Toxic area of vapour cloud

Model Run: Gaussian



Red : 1000 meters --- (20 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min])


Yellow: 3700 meters --- (0.5 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])

SOURCE

STRENGTH:

Leak from short pipe or valve in horizontal cylindrical tank

Non-flammable chemical is escaping from tank

Tank Diameter: .39 meters Tank Length: 1 meters



Chemical Mass in Tank: 3.09 kilograms

Internal Press: 8.2 atmospheres



Max Average Sustained Release Rate: 44.3 grams/sec



THREAT ZONE:




Yellow: 1.1 kilometers --- (0.5 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])



Ammonia Cylinder - Gas

Chemical Name: AMMONIA

CAS Number: 7664-41-7 Molecular Weight: 17.03 g/mol

AEGL-1 (60 min): 30 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 160 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 1100 ppm


Ambient Boiling Point: -28.2° F



1) Scenario - Ammonia 1 - Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank, Flammablechemical escaping from tank (not burning), Gaussian



SOURCE STRENGTH:







Internal Press: 8 atmospheres






THREAT ZONE:

Model Run: Gaussian


Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness

make dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances.







2) Scenario - Ammonia 2 - Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank Flammablechemical escaping from tank (not burning), Flammable Area of Vapor Cloud

SOURCE STRENGTH:













SOURCE STRENGTH:

Direct Source: 100 kilograms Source Height: 0





Use both dispersion modules to investigate its potential behavior.

THREAT ZONE:




Model Run: Gaussian

Red : 20 meters --- (90000 ppm = 60% LEL = Flame Pockets)




3) Scenario - Ammonia 3 - Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank Flammablechemical escaping from tank (not burning), Overpressure (blast force) from vaporcloud explosion

SOURCE STRENGTH:















THREAT ZONE:




Model Run: Gaussian






4) Scenario - Ammonia 4 - Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank, Leakingtank chemical is burning as a jet fire, Thermal radiation from jet fire

SOURCE STRENGTH:






10 0 10 20 3015

5

0

5

15

meters

meters


wind



Chemical Mass in Tank: 6.46e-004 tons



Max Flame Length: 1 yard Burn Duration: 53 seconds

Max Burn Rate: 0.0546 pounds/sec

Total Amount Burned: 1.10 pounds

THREAT ZONE:

Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from jet fire

Red : less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60sec)

Orange: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60sec)




5) Scenario - Ammonia 5 - Catastrophic failure of cylinder (Direct Source), Toxicarea of vapor cloud

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200500

300

100

0

100

300

500

meters

greater than 1100 ppm (AEGL-3 [60 min])greater than 160 ppm (AEGL-2 [60 min])greater than 30 ppm (AEGL-1 [60 min])wind direction confidence lines

wind

meters



SOURCE STRENGTH:

Direct Source: 50 kilograms/sec Source Height: 0


Release Rate: 110 pounds/sec

Total Amount Released: 6,614 pounds



THREAT ZONE:

Model Run: Gaussian




6) Scenario - Ammonia 6 - Catastrophic failure of cylinder, Direct Source, Overpressure blast force

SOURCE STRENGTH:

Direct Source: 50 kilograms/sec Source Height: 0


Release Rate: 110 pounds/sec

Total Amount Released: 6,614 pounds





THREAT ZONE:




Model Run: Gaussian






10 0 10 20 3015

5

0

5

15

meters

meters


wind



Annexure 10.1: consent copies of MPCB authorized vendors for solvent recovery

1: M/s. Ravi Industries













2: M/s. Romel Holdings Pvt. Ltd.







Documents

EIA Report for Proposed Manufacturing Unit of API and ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/FormB/EC/EIA_EMP/... · SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/NGLFCL/002/2016-17/00 EIA Report for Proposed